- Move all usable previous translation to the po translation of zh_TW

  handbook
- Translate all table of contents
- Update translations of some chapters.

Submitted by:	Chien-Wei Lin <cwlin0416@gmail.com>
Reviewed by:	wblock
Differential Revision:	https://reviews.freebsd.org/D7009

2 files changed, 100553 insertions, 165 deletions

diff --git a/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/handbook/Makefile b/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/handbook/Makefile
index 99d75e5e6f..6adfe8a20a 100644
--- a/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/handbook/Makefile
+++ b/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/handbook/Makefile
@@ -3,16 +3,6 @@
 #
 # Build the FreeBSD Handbook (Traditional Chinese).
 #
-# Original revision: r46480
-#
-
-# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# To add a new chapter to the Handbook:
-#
-# - Update this Makefile, chapters.ent and book.xml
-# - Add a descriptive entry for the new chapter in preface/preface.xml
-#
-# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 .PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../share/xml/glossary
 
@@ -25,12 +15,20 @@ FORMATS?= html-split
 INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz
 INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=
 
+# English images
+# as these are translated, move them from IMAGES_EN to IMAGES
 IMAGES_EN = advanced-networking/isdn-bus.eps
 IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/isdn-twisted-pair.eps
 IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/natd.eps
 IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/net-routing.pic
 IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/pxe-nfs.png
 IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/static-routes.pic
+IMAGES_EN+= basics/disk-layout.eps
+IMAGES_EN+= basics/example-dir1.eps
+IMAGES_EN+= basics/example-dir2.eps
+IMAGES_EN+= basics/example-dir3.eps
+IMAGES_EN+= basics/example-dir4.eps
+IMAGES_EN+= basics/example-dir5.eps
 IMAGES_EN+= bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1.png
 IMAGES_EN+= bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser2.png
 IMAGES_EN+= bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser3.png
@@ -87,71 +85,6 @@ IMAGES_EN+= bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid.png
 IMAGES_EN+= bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type.png
 IMAGES_EN+= bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning.png
 IMAGES_EN+= geom/striping.pic
-IMAGES_EN+= install/adduser1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/adduser2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/adduser3.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/boot-loader-menu.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/boot-mgr.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/config-country.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/config-keymap.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/console-saver1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/console-saver2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/console-saver3.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/console-saver4.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-auto.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-ed1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-ed2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-fs.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-root1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-root2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-root3.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/disk-layout.eps
-IMAGES_EN+= install/dist-set.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/dist-set2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/docmenu1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/ed0-conf.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/ed0-conf2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/edit-inetd-conf.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/fdisk-drive1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/fdisk-drive2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/fdisk-edit1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/fdisk-edit2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/ftp-anon1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/ftp-anon2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/hdwrconf.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/keymap.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/main1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/mainexit.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/main-std.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/main-options.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/main-doc.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/main-keymap.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/media.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse3.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse4.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse5.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse6.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/mta-main.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/net-config-menu1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/net-config-menu2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/nfs-server-edit.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/ntp-config.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/options.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/pkg-cat.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/pkg-confirm.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/pkg-install.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/pkg-sel.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/probstart.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/routed.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/security.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/sysinstall-exit.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/timezone1.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/timezone2.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/timezone3.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/userconfig.scr
-IMAGES_EN+= install/userconfig2.scr
 IMAGES_EN+= mail/mutt1.scr
 IMAGES_EN+= mail/mutt2.scr
 IMAGES_EN+= mail/mutt3.scr
@@ -160,12 +93,6 @@ IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine2.scr
 IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine3.scr
 IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine4.scr
 IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine5.scr
-
-IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir1.eps
-IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir2.eps
-IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir3.eps
-IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir4.eps
-IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir5.eps
 IMAGES_EN+= security/ipsec-network.pic
 IMAGES_EN+= security/ipsec-crypt-pkt.pic
 IMAGES_EN+= security/ipsec-encap-pkt.pic
@@ -226,95 +153,12 @@ IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png
 IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png
 IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png
 
-#
-# SRCS lists the individual XML files that make up the document. Changes
-# to any of these files will force a rebuild
-#
-
 # XML content
-SRCS+= audit/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= book.xml
-SRCS+= bsdinstall/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= colophon.xml
-SRCS+= dtrace/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= advanced-networking/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= basics/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= bibliography/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= boot/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= config/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= cutting-edge/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= desktop/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= disks/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= eresources/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= firewalls/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= zfs/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= filesystems/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= geom/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= install/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= introduction/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= jails/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= kernelconfig/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= l10n/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= linuxemu/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= mac/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= mail/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= mirrors/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= multimedia/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= network-servers/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= pgpkeys/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= ports/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= ppp-and-slip/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= preface/preface.xml
-SRCS+= printing/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= security/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= serialcomms/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= virtualization/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= x11/chapter.xml
-
-# Entities
-SRCS+= chapters.ent
+SRCS= book.xml
 
 SYMLINKS=	${DESTDIR} index.html handbook.html
 
-# Turn on all the chapters.
-CHAPTERS?= ${SRCS:M*chapter.xml}
-
-XMLFLAGS+= ${CHAPTERS:S/\/chapter.xml//:S/^/-i chap./}
-XMLFLAGS+= -i chap.freebsd-glossary
-
 URL_RELPREFIX?=	../../../..
 DOC_PREFIX?=	${.CURDIR}/../../..
 
-#
-# rules generating lists of mirror site from XML database.
-#
-XMLDOCS=	lastmod:::mirrors.lastmod.inc \
-		mirrors-ftp-index:::mirrors.xml.ftp.index.inc \
-		mirrors-ftp:::mirrors.xml.ftp.inc \
-		eresources-index:::eresources.xml.www.index.inc \
-		eresources:::eresources.xml.www.inc
-DEPENDSET.DEFAULT=	transtable mirror
-XSLT.DEFAULT=		${XSL_MIRRORS}
-XML.DEFAULT=		${XML_MIRRORS}
-
-PARAMS.lastmod+=	--param 'target' "'lastmod'"
-PARAMS.mirrors-ftp-index+=	--param 'type' "'ftp'" \
-				--param 'proto' "'ftp'" \
-				--param 'target' "'index'"
-PARAMS.mirrors-ftp+=	--param 'type' "'ftp'" \
-			--param 'proto' "'ftp'" \
-			--param 'target' "'handbook/mirrors/chapter.xml'"
-PARAMS.eresources-index+=	--param 'type' "'www'" \
-				--param 'proto' "'http'" \
-				--param 'target' "'index'"
-PARAMS.eresources+=	--param 'type' "'www'" \
-			--param 'proto' "'http'" \
-			--param 'target' "'handbook/eresources/chapter.xml'"
-
-SRCS+=		mirrors.lastmod.inc \
-		mirrors.xml.ftp.inc \
-		mirrors.xml.ftp.index.inc \
-		eresources.xml.www.inc \
-		eresources.xml.www.index.inc
-
 .include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk"
diff --git a/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/handbook/zh_TW.po b/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/handbook/zh_TW.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a1643c1a5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/handbook/zh_TW.po
@@ -0,0 +1,100544 @@
+# $FreeBSD$
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-06-30 10:46+0800\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 21:10+0800\n"
+"Last-Translator: Chien Wei Lin <cwlin0416@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: \n"
+"Language: zh_TW\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.8\n"
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:589
+msgid "FreeBSD Handbook"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 使用手冊"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/author
+#: book.translate.xml:591
+msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
+msgstr "<orgname>FreeBSD 文件計劃</orgname>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/pubdate
+#. (itstool) path: info/releaseinfo
+#: book.translate.xml:595 book.translate.xml:597
+msgid ""
+"$FreeBSD: head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/book.xml 48108 2016-01-28 "
+"02:09:41Z wblock $"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
+#: book.translate.xml:599
+msgid ""
+"<year>1995</year> <year>1996</year> <year>1997</year> <year>1998</year> "
+"<year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> <year>2002</year> "
+"<year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> <year>2006</year> "
+"<year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> "
+"<year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> <year>2014</year> "
+"<year>2015</year> <holder>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</holder>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
+#: book.translate.xml:626
+msgid "Copyright"
+msgstr "版權"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:628
+msgid ""
+"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, "
+"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are "
+"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:635
+msgid ""
+"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright "
+"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first "
+"lines of this file unmodified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:641
+msgid ""
+"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to "
+"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright "
+"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the "
+"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:650
+msgid ""
+"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS"
+"\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE "
+"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE "
+"ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE "
+"LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR "
+"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF "
+"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS "
+"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN "
+"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) "
+"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF "
+"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:667
+msgid "FreeBSD is a registered trademark of the FreeBSD Foundation."
+msgstr "FreeBSD 是 FreeBSD 基金會的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:669
+msgid "3Com and HomeConnect are registered trademarks of 3Com Corporation."
+msgstr "3Com 和 HomeConnect 是 3Com Corporation 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:671
+msgid "3ware is a registered trademark of 3ware Inc."
+msgstr "3ware 是 3ware Inc 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:673
+msgid "ARM is a registered trademark of ARM Limited."
+msgstr "ARM 是 ARM Limited. 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:675
+msgid "Adaptec is a registered trademark of Adaptec, Inc."
+msgstr "Adaptec 是 Adaptec, Inc. 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:677
+msgid ""
+"Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash and PostScript are either registered "
+"trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States "
+"and/or other countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash 以及 PostScript 是 Adobe Systems "
+"Incorporated 在美國和/或其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:681
+msgid ""
+"Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, "
+"Quicktime, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. "
+"and other countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, "
+"Quicktime 以及 TrueType 是 Apple Inc. 在美國以及其他國家的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:686
+msgid "Android is a trademark of Google Inc."
+msgstr "Android 是 Google Inc 的商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:688
+msgid ""
+"Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino, and Times Roman are either registered "
+"trademarks or trademarks of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG in the U.S. and "
+"other countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino 以及 Times Roman 是 Heidelberger "
+"Druckmaschinen AG 在美國以及其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:692
+msgid ""
+"IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390, and ThinkPad are trademarks of "
+"International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other "
+"countries, or both."
+msgstr ""
+"IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390 以及 ThinkPad 是 International Business "
+"Machines Corporation 在美國和其他國家的商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:696
+msgid ""
+"IEEE, POSIX, and 802 are registered trademarks of Institute of Electrical "
+"and Electronics Engineers, Inc. in the United States."
+msgstr ""
+"IEEE, POSIX 以及 802 是 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, "
+"Inc. 在美國的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:699
+msgid ""
+"Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium, "
+"and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its "
+"subsidiaries in the United States and other countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium 以"
+"及 Xeon 是 Intel Corporation 及其分支機構在美國和其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:703
+msgid ""
+"Intuit and Quicken are registered trademarks and/or registered service marks "
+"of Intuit Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and other "
+"countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Intuit 和 Quicken 是 Intuit Inc., 或其子公司在美國和其他國家的商標或註冊商"
+"標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:706
+msgid "Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds."
+msgstr "Linux 是 Linus Torvalds 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:708
+msgid ""
+"LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID and Mylex are trademarks or "
+"registered trademarks of LSI Logic Corp."
+msgstr ""
+"LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID 以及 Mylex 是 LSI Logic Corp 的"
+"商標或註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:711
+msgid ""
+"Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media and Windows "
+"NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation "
+"in the United States and/or other countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media 以及 "
+"Windows NT 是 Microsoft Corporation 在美國和/或其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:715
+msgid ""
+"Motif, OSF/1, and UNIX are registered trademarks and IT DialTone and The "
+"Open Group are trademarks of The Open Group in the United States and other "
+"countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Motif, OSF/1 以及 UNIX 是 The Open Group 在美國和其他國家的註冊商標； IT "
+"DialTone 和 The Open Group 是其商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:719
+msgid "Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation."
+msgstr "Oracle 是 Oracle Corporation 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:721
+msgid ""
+"RealNetworks, RealPlayer, and RealAudio are the registered trademarks of "
+"RealNetworks, Inc."
+msgstr ""
+"RealNetworks, RealPlayer, 和 RealAudio 是 RealNetworks, Inc. 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:724
+msgid ""
+"Red Hat, RPM, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in "
+"the United States and other countries."
+msgstr "Red Hat, RPM, 是 Red Hat, Inc. 在美國和其他國家的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:727
+msgid ""
+"Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, "
+"Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS and VirtualBox are trademarks or "
+"registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and "
+"other countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, "
+"Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS 以及 VirtualBox 是 Sun "
+"Microsystems, Inc. 在美國和其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:732
+msgid "MATLAB is a registered trademark of The MathWorks, Inc."
+msgstr "MATLAB 是 The MathWorks, Inc. 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:734
+msgid "SpeedTouch is a trademark of Thomson."
+msgstr "SpeedTouch 是 Thomson 的商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:736
+msgid "VMware is a trademark of VMware, Inc."
+msgstr "VMware 是 VMware, Inc. 的商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:738
+msgid "Mathematica is a registered trademark of Wolfram Research, Inc."
+msgstr "Mathematica 是 Wolfram Research, Inc 的註冊商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:740
+msgid "XFree86 is a trademark of The XFree86 Project, Inc."
+msgstr "XFree86 是 The XFree86 Project, Inc 的商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:742
+msgid "Ogg Vorbis and Xiph.Org are trademarks of Xiph.Org."
+msgstr "Ogg Vorbis 以及 Xiph.Org 是 Xiph.Org 的商標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:744
+msgid ""
+"Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish "
+"their products are claimed as trademarks. Where those designations appear in "
+"this document, and the FreeBSD Project was aware of the trademark claim, the "
+"designations have been followed by the <quote>™</quote> or the <quote>®</"
+"quote> symbol."
+msgstr ""
+"許多製造商和經銷商使用一些稱為商標的圖案或文字設計來區別自己的產品。 本文件中"
+"出現的眾多商標，以及 FreeBSD Project 本身廣所人知的商標，後面將以 <quote>™</"
+"quote> 或 <quote>®</quote> 符號來標示。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: book.translate.xml:753
+msgid ""
+"Welcome to FreeBSD! This handbook covers the installation and day to day use "
+"of <emphasis>FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE</emphasis> and <emphasis>FreeBSD 10.3-"
+"RELEASE</emphasis>. This book is the result of ongoing work by many "
+"individuals. Some sections might be outdated. Those interested in helping to "
+"update and expand this document should send email to the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD "
+"documentation project mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"歡迎使用 FreeBSD！ 本使用手冊涵蓋範圍包括了 <emphasis>FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE</"
+"emphasis> 與 <emphasis>FreeBSD 10.3-RELEASE</emphasis>。 這份使用手冊是很多人"
+"的集體創作，而且仍然『持續不斷』的進行中。 許多章節仍未完成，已完成的部份也有"
+"些需要更新。 如果您有興趣協助本計畫的話，請寄電子郵件至 <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD 文件專案郵"
+"遞論壇</link>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: book.translate.xml:761
+msgid ""
+"The latest version of this book is available from the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">FreeBSD web site</link>. Previous versions can "
+"be obtained from <uri xlink:href=\"http://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/\">http://"
+"docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/</uri>. The book can be downloaded in a variety of "
+"formats and compression options from the <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp."
+"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/doc/\">FreeBSD FTP server</link> or one of the "
+"numerous <link linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\">mirror sites</link>. Printed copies "
+"can be purchased at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/"
+"\">FreeBSD Mall</link>. Searches can be performed on the handbook and other "
+"documents on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html"
+"\">search page</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"在 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">FreeBSD 網站</link> 可以找到"
+"這份文件的最新版本，舊版文件可從 <uri xlink:href=\"http://docs.FreeBSD.org/"
+"doc/\">http://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/</uri> 取得，也可以從 <link xlink:href="
+"\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/doc/\">FreeBSD FTP 伺服器</link> 或是眾"
+"多 <link linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\">鏡像網站</link> 下載不同格式的資料。 如果比"
+"較偏好實體書面資料，那可以在 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/"
+"\">FreeBSD 商城</link> 購買。 此外，您可在 <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html\">搜尋頁面</link> 中搜尋本文件或其他文"
+"件的資料。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/title
+#: book.translate.xml:782
+msgid "Preface"
+msgstr "序"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-audience
+#: book.translate.xml:784
+msgid "Intended Audience"
+msgstr "給讀者的話"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:787
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD newcomer will find that the first section of this book guides "
+"the user through the FreeBSD installation process and gently introduces the "
+"concepts and conventions that underpin <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
+"trademark>. Working through this section requires little more than the "
+"desire to explore, and the ability to take on board new concepts as they are "
+"introduced."
+msgstr ""
+"若您是第一次接觸 FreeBSD 的新手，可以在本書第一部分找到 FreeBSD 的安裝方法，"
+"同時會逐步介紹 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 的基礎概念與"
+"一些常用、共通的東西。而閱讀這部分並不難，只需要您有探索的精神和接受新概念。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:794
+msgid ""
+"Once you have traveled this far, the second, far larger, section of the "
+"Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to "
+"FreeBSD system administrators. Some of these chapters may recommend that you "
+"do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of "
+"each chapter."
+msgstr ""
+"讀完這些之後，手冊中的第二部分花很長篇幅介紹的各種廣泛主題，相當值得系統管理"
+"者去注意。 在閱讀這些章節的內容時所需要的背景知識，都註釋在該章的大綱裡面，若"
+"不熟的話，可在閱讀前先預習一番。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:801
+msgid ""
+"For a list of additional sources of information, please see <xref linkend="
+"\"bibliography\"/>."
+msgstr "延伸閱讀方面，可參閱 <xref linkend=\"bibliography\"/>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from3
+#: book.translate.xml:804
+msgid "Changes from the Third Edition"
+msgstr "自第三版後的主要修訂"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:807
+msgid ""
+"The current online version of the Handbook represents the cumulative effort "
+"of many hundreds of contributors over the past 10 years. The following are "
+"some of the significant changes since the two volume third edition was "
+"published in 2004:"
+msgstr ""
+"您目前看到的這本手冊代表著上百位貢獻者歷時 10 年所累積的心血之作。以下為自 "
+"2014 年發佈的兩冊第三版後所做的主要修訂："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:814
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"dtrace\"/> has been added with information about the "
+"powerful DTrace performance analysis tool."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"dtrace\"/> 增加說明有關強大的 DTrace 效能分析工具的資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:819
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"filesystems\"/> has been added with information about non-"
+"native file systems in FreeBSD, such as ZFS from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"filesystems\"/> 增加有關 FreeBSD 非原生檔案系統的資訊，如：來"
+"自 <trademark>Sun</trademark> 的 ZSF。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:825
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"audit\"/> has been added to cover the new auditing "
+"capabilities in FreeBSD and explain its use."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"audit\"/> 增加的內容涵蓋 FreeBSD 的新稽查功能及其使用說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:830
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/> has been added with information about "
+"installing FreeBSD on virtualization software."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/> 增加有關在虛擬化軟體安裝 FreeBSD  的資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:836
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"bsdinstall\"/> has been added to cover installation of "
+"FreeBSD using the new installation utility, <application>bsdinstall</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"bsdinstall\"/> 增加的內容涵蓋使用新安裝工具 "
+"<application>bsdinstall</application> 來安裝 FreeBSD。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from2
+#: book.translate.xml:842
+msgid "Changes from the Second Edition (2004)"
+msgstr "自第二版後的主要修訂 (2004)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:845
+msgid ""
+"The third edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the "
+"dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The printed edition "
+"grew to such a size that it was necessary to publish as two separate "
+"volumes. The following are the major changes in this new edition:"
+msgstr ""
+"您目前看到的這本手冊第三版是 FreeBSD 文件計劃的成員歷時兩年完成的心血之作。因"
+"文件內容成長到一定大小，印刷版需要分成兩冊發佈。新版的主要修訂部分如下："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:853
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/> has been expanded with new information "
+"about the ACPI power and resource management, the <command>cron</command> "
+"system utility, and more kernel tuning options."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/> 已針對新內容作更新，如：ACPI 電源管理、"
+"<command>cron</command> 以及其他更多的核心調校選項說明內容。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:860
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"security\"/> has been expanded with new information about "
+"virtual private networks (VPNs), file system access control lists (ACLs), "
+"and security advisories."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"security\"/> 增加了虛擬私人網路(VPN)、檔案系統的存取控制"
+"(ACL)，以及安全報告。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:866
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"mac\"/> is a new chapter with this edition. It explains what "
+"MAC is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"mac\"/> 是此版本新增的章節。該章介紹：什麼是 MAC 機制？以及如"
+"何運用它來使您的 FreeBSD 系統更安全。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:872
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been expanded with new information about USB "
+"storage devices, file system snapshots, file system quotas, file and network "
+"backed filesystems, and encrypted disk partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> 新增了像是：USB 隨身碟、檔案系統快照(snapshot)、檔"
+"案系統配額(quota) 、檔案及網路的備援檔案系統、以及如何對硬碟分割區作加密等詳"
+"解。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:879
+msgid ""
+"A troubleshooting section has been added to <xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/>."
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> 增加了疑難排解的章節。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:883
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded with new information about using "
+"alternative transport agents, SMTP authentication, UUCP, "
+"<application>fetchmail</application>, <application>procmail</application>, "
+"and other advanced topics."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> 新增有關如何使用其它的傳輸代理程式、SMTP 認證、"
+"UUCP、<application>fetchmail</application>、<application>procmail</"
+"application> 的運用以及其它進階主題。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:891
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/> is all new with this edition. This "
+"chapter includes information about setting up the <application>Apache HTTP "
+"Server</application>, <application>ftpd</application>, and setting up a "
+"server for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients with <application>Samba</"
+"application>. Some sections from <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> "
+"were moved here to improve the presentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/> 是該版中全新的一章。這一章介紹了如何架設 "
+"<application>Apache HTTP 伺服器</application>、<application>ftpd</"
+"application> 以及用於支援 <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
+"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 客戶端的 "
+"<application>Samba</application>。其中有些段落來自原先的 <xref linkend="
+"\"advanced-networking\"/> 。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:901
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> has been expanded with new "
+"information about using <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</"
+"trademark> devices with FreeBSD, setting up wireless networks, and "
+"Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) networking."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> 新增有關在 FreeBSD 中使用<trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">藍牙</trademark>裝置、設定無線網路以及使用非同步傳輸模"
+"式 (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)  網路的介紹。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:908
+msgid ""
+"A glossary has been added to provide a central location for the definitions "
+"of technical terms used throughout the book."
+msgstr "增加詞彙表，用以說明全書中出現的術語。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:914
+msgid ""
+"A number of aesthetic improvements have been made to the tables and figures "
+"throughout the book."
+msgstr "重新美編書中所列的圖表。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes
+#: book.translate.xml:919
+msgid "Changes from the First Edition (2001)"
+msgstr "自第一版後的主要修訂 (2001)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:922
+msgid ""
+"The second edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the "
+"dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The following were "
+"the major changes in this edition:"
+msgstr ""
+"本手冊的第二版是 FreeBSD 文件計劃的成員歷時兩年完成的心血之作。第二版包的主要"
+"變動如下︰"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:930
+msgid "A complete Index has been added."
+msgstr "增加完整的目錄索引。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:934
+msgid "All ASCII figures have been replaced by graphical diagrams."
+msgstr "所有的 ASCII 圖表均改成圖檔格式的圖表。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:939
+msgid ""
+"A standard synopsis has been added to each chapter to give a quick summary "
+"of what information the chapter contains, and what the reader is expected to "
+"know."
+msgstr "每個章節均加入概述，以便快速的瀏覽該章節內容摘要、讀者所欲了解的部分。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:945
+msgid ""
+"The content has been logically reorganized into three parts: <quote>Getting "
+"Started</quote>, <quote>System Administration</quote>, and "
+"<quote>Appendices</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"內容架構重新組織成三大部分: <quote>入門</quote>、<quote>系統管理</quote> 以"
+"及 <quote>附錄</quote>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:952
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"basics\"/> has been expanded to contain additional "
+"information about processes, daemons, and signals."
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"basics\"/> 新增了程序、Daemon 以及 Signal 的介紹。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:958
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"ports\"/> has been expanded to contain additional "
+"information about binary package management."
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 新增了介紹如何管理 binary 套件的資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:964
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> has been completely rewritten with an emphasis on "
+"using modern desktop technologies such as <application>KDE</application> and "
+"<application>GNOME</application> on <trademark>XFree86</trademark> 4.X."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> 經過全面改寫，著重於在 <trademark>XFree86</"
+"trademark> 4.X 上的現代桌面技術，如： <application>KDE</application> 和 "
+"<application>GNOME</application>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:971
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"boot\"/> has been expanded."
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"boot\"/> 更新相關內容。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:975
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been written from what used to be two separate "
+"chapters on <quote>Disks</quote> and <quote>Backups</quote>. We feel that "
+"the topics are easier to comprehend when presented as a single chapter. A "
+"section on RAID (both hardware and software) has also been added."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> 分別以兩個章節 <quote>磁碟</quote> 與 <quote>備份</"
+"quote> 來撰寫。我們認為這樣子會比單一章節來得容易瞭解。還有關於 RAID (包含硬"
+"體、軟體 RAID) 的段落也新增上去了。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:984
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"serialcomms\"/> has been completely reorganized and updated "
+"for FreeBSD 4.X/5.X."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"serialcomms\"/> 架構重新改寫，並更新至 FreeBSD 4.X/5.X 的內"
+"容。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:989
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> has been substantially updated."
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> 有相當程度的更新。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:994
+msgid ""
+"Many new sections have been added to <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> 加入許多新內容。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:998
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded to include more information about "
+"configuring <application>sendmail</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> 大量新增了設定 <application>sendmail</application> "
+"的介紹。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1004
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"linuxemu\"/> has been expanded to include information about "
+"installing <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></"
+"application> and <application><trademark class=\"registered\">SAP</"
+"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">R/3</trademark></application>."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"linuxemu\"/> 增加許多有關安裝 <application><trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></application> 以及 <application><trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">SAP</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">R/3</"
+"trademark></application> 的介紹。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1011
+msgid "The following new topics are covered in this second edition:"
+msgstr "此外，第二版還新加章節，以介紹下列新主題："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1016
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>."
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1020
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-overview
+#: book.translate.xml:1026
+msgid "Organization of This Book"
+msgstr "本書架構"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1028
+msgid ""
+"This book is split into five logically distinct sections. The first section, "
+"<emphasis>Getting Started</emphasis>, covers the installation and basic "
+"usage of FreeBSD. It is expected that the reader will follow these chapters "
+"in sequence, possibly skipping chapters covering familiar topics. The second "
+"section, <emphasis>Common Tasks</emphasis>, covers some frequently used "
+"features of FreeBSD. This section, and all subsequent sections, can be read "
+"out of order. Each chapter begins with a succinct synopsis that describes "
+"what the chapter covers and what the reader is expected to already know. "
+"This is meant to allow the casual reader to skip around to find chapters of "
+"interest. The third section, <emphasis>System Administration</emphasis>, "
+"covers administration topics. The fourth section, <emphasis>Network "
+"Communication</emphasis>, covers networking and server topics. The fifth "
+"section contains appendices of reference information."
+msgstr ""
+"本書主要分為五大部分，第一部份<emphasis>入門</emphasis>：介紹 FreeBSD 的安"
+"裝、基本操作。 讀者可根據自己的程度，循序或者跳過一些熟悉的主題來閱讀； 第二"
+"部分<emphasis>一般作業</emphasis>：介紹 FreeBSD 常用功能，這部分可以不按順序"
+"來讀。 每章前面都會有概述，概述會描述本章節涵蓋的內容和讀者應該已知的， 這主"
+"要是讓讀者可以挑喜歡的章節閱讀； 第三部分<emphasis>系統管理</emphasis>：介紹 "
+"FreeBSD 老手所感興趣的各種主題部分； 第四部分<emphasis>網路通訊</emphasis>："
+"則包括網路和各式伺服器主題；而第五部分則為附錄包含各種有關 FreeBSD 的資源。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1053
+msgid ""
+"Introduces FreeBSD to a new user. It describes the history of the FreeBSD "
+"Project, its goals and development model."
+msgstr "向新手介紹 FreeBSD。該篇說明了 FreeBSD 計劃的歷史、目標和開發模式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1063
+msgid ""
+"Walks a user through the entire installation process of FreeBSD 9."
+"<replaceable>x</replaceable> and later using <application>bsdinstall</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+"帶領使用者走一次使用 <application>bsdinstall</application> 在 FreeBSD 9."
+"<replaceable>x</replaceable> 及之後版本的完整安裝流程。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1073
+msgid ""
+"Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. "
+"If you are familiar with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
+"or another flavor of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> then "
+"you can probably skip this chapter."
+msgstr ""
+"涵蓋 FreeBSD 作業系統的基礎指令及功能。若您熟悉 <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Linux</trademark> 或其他類 UNIX® 系統，您則可跳過此章。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1084
+msgid ""
+"Covers the installation of third-party software with both FreeBSD's "
+"innovative <quote>Ports Collection</quote> and standard binary packages."
+msgstr ""
+"涵蓋如何使用 FreeBSD 獨創的 <quote>Ports 套件集</quote> 與標準 Binary 套件安"
+"裝第三方軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1094
+msgid ""
+"Describes the X Window System in general and using X11 on FreeBSD in "
+"particular. Also describes common desktop environments such as "
+"<application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"介紹 X Windows 系統概要及在 FreeBSD 上使用 X11，同時也會介紹常用的桌面環境如 "
+"<application>KDE</application> 與 <application>GNOME</application>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1107
+msgid ""
+"Lists some common desktop applications, such as web browsers and "
+"productivity suites, and describes how to install them on FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"列出一些常用的桌面應用程式，例如：網頁瀏覽器、辦工工具並介紹如何安裝這些應用"
+"程式到 FreeBSD。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1116
+msgid ""
+"Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your system. Also "
+"describes some sample audio and video applications."
+msgstr ""
+"示範如何在您的系統設定音效及影像播放支援，同時會介紹幾個代表性的音訊及視訊應"
+"用程式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1126
+msgid ""
+"Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed "
+"instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel."
+msgstr "說明為何需要設定新的核心並會提供設定、編譯與安裝的詳細操作說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1136
+msgid ""
+"Describes managing printers on FreeBSD, including information about banner "
+"pages, printer accounting, and initial setup."
+msgstr ""
+"介紹如何在 FreeBSD 管理印表機，包含橫幅頁面、列印帳務以及初始設定等資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1146
+msgid ""
+"Describes the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
+"compatibility features of FreeBSD. Also provides detailed installation "
+"instructions for many popular <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
+"trademark> applications such as <application><trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Oracle</trademark></application> and <application><trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Mathematica</trademark></application>."
+msgstr ""
+"介紹 FreeBSD 的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 相容性功"
+"能，同時提供許多熱門的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 應用"
+"程式詳細的安裝操作說明，例如 <application><trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Oracle</trademark></application> 及 <application><trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Mathematica</trademark></application>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1160
+msgid ""
+"Describes the parameters available for system administrators to tune a "
+"FreeBSD system for optimum performance. Also describes the various "
+"configuration files used in FreeBSD and where to find them."
+msgstr ""
+"介紹可供系統管理者用來調校 FreeBSD 系統的可用參數來最佳化效率，同時也介紹 "
+"FreeBSD 用到的各種設定檔以及到何處尋找這些設定檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1171
+msgid ""
+"Describes the FreeBSD boot process and explains how to control this process "
+"with configuration options."
+msgstr "介紹 FreeBSD 開機流程並說明如何使用設定選項控制開機流程。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1180
+msgid ""
+"Describes many different tools available to help keep your FreeBSD system "
+"secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH."
+msgstr ""
+"介紹許多可讓您的  FreeBSD 系統更安全的各種工具，包含 Kerberos, IPsec 及 "
+"OpenSSH。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1190
+msgid ""
+"Describes the jails framework, and the improvements of jails over the "
+"traditional chroot support of FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1199
+msgid ""
+"Explains what Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is and how this mechanism can "
+"be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1209
+msgid ""
+"Describes what FreeBSD Event Auditing is, how it can be installed, "
+"configured, and how audit trails can be inspected or monitored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1219
+msgid ""
+"Describes how to manage storage media and filesystems with FreeBSD. This "
+"includes physical disks, RAID arrays, optical and tape media, memory-backed "
+"disks, and network filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1230
+msgid ""
+"Describes what the GEOM framework in FreeBSD is and how to configure various "
+"supported RAID levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1239
+msgid ""
+"Examines support of non-native file systems in FreeBSD, like the Z File "
+"System from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1248
+msgid ""
+"Describes what virtualization systems offer, and how they can be used with "
+"FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1257
+msgid ""
+"Describes how to use FreeBSD in languages other than English. Covers both "
+"system and application level localization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1267
+msgid ""
+"Explains the differences between FreeBSD-STABLE, FreeBSD-CURRENT, and "
+"FreeBSD releases. Describes which users would benefit from tracking a "
+"development system and outlines that process. Covers the methods users may "
+"take to update their system to the latest security release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1280
+msgid ""
+"Describes how to configure and use the DTrace tool from <trademark>Sun</"
+"trademark> in FreeBSD. Dynamic tracing can help locate performance issues, "
+"by performing real time system analysis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1293
+msgid ""
+"Explains how to connect terminals and modems to your FreeBSD system for both "
+"dial in and dial out connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1303
+msgid "Describes how to use PPP to connect to remote systems with FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1312
+msgid ""
+"Explains the different components of an email server and dives into simple "
+"configuration topics for the most popular mail server software: "
+"<application>sendmail</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1323
+msgid ""
+"Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up "
+"your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, "
+"network information system server, or time synchronization server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1334
+msgid ""
+"Explains the philosophy behind software-based firewalls and provides "
+"detailed information about the configuration of the different firewalls "
+"available for FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1344
+msgid ""
+"Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection "
+"with other computers on your LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless "
+"networking, <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark>, ATM, "
+"IPv6, and much more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1357
+msgid ""
+"Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well "
+"as different sites on the Internet that allow you to download and install "
+"FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1367
+msgid ""
+"This book touches on many different subjects that may leave you hungry for a "
+"more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that "
+"are referenced in the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1378
+msgid ""
+"Describes the many forums available for FreeBSD users to post questions and "
+"engage in technical conversations about FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1388
+msgid "Lists the PGP fingerprints of several FreeBSD Developers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv
+#: book.translate.xml:1394
+msgid "Conventions used in this book"
+msgstr "本書的編排體裁"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1397
+msgid ""
+"To provide a consistent and easy to read text, several conventions are "
+"followed throughout the book."
+msgstr "為方便閱讀本書，以下是一些本書所遵循的編排體裁："
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-typographic
+#: book.translate.xml:1400
+msgid "Typographic Conventions"
+msgstr "文字編排體裁"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:1404
+msgid "<emphasis>Italic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>斜體字</emphasis>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1407
+msgid ""
+"An <emphasis>italic</emphasis> font is used for filenames, URLs, emphasized "
+"text, and the first usage of technical terms."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>斜體字</emphasis>用於：檔名、目錄、網址(URL)、 強調語氣、以及第一次"
+"提及的技術詞彙。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:1414
+msgid "<literal>Monospace</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>等寬字</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1417
+msgid ""
+"A <literal>monospaced</literal> font is used for error messages, commands, "
+"environment variables, names of ports, hostnames, user names, group names, "
+"device names, variables, and code fragments."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>等寬字</literal>用於： 錯誤訊息、指令、環境變數、Port 名稱、主機名"
+"稱、帳號、群組、裝置名稱、變數、程式碼等。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:1425
+msgid "<application>Bold</application>"
+msgstr "<application>粗體字</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1428
+msgid ""
+"A <keycap>bold</keycap> font is used for applications, commands, and keys."
+msgstr "以<keycap>粗體字</keycap>表示：應用程式、命令、按鍵。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-commands
+#: book.translate.xml:1435
+msgid "User Input"
+msgstr "使用者輸入"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1438
+msgid ""
+"Keys are shown in <keycap>bold</keycap> to stand out from other text. Key "
+"combinations that are meant to be typed simultaneously are shown with "
+"`<literal>+</literal>' between the keys, such as:"
+msgstr ""
+"鍵盤輸入以<keycap>粗體字</keycap>表示，以便與一般文字做區隔。 組合鍵是指同時"
+"按下一些按鍵，我們以 `<literal>+</literal>' 來表示連接，像是："
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1443
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> "
+"<keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1449
+msgid ""
+"Meaning the user should type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap>, and <keycap>Del</keycap> keys at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+"是說，一起按 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>、 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 以及 <keycap>Del</"
+"keycap> 鍵。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1453
+msgid ""
+"Keys that are meant to be typed in sequence will be separated with commas, "
+"for example:"
+msgstr "若要逐一按鍵，那麼會以逗號(,)來表示，像是："
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1456
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>X</keycap> </"
+"keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>S</"
+"keycap></keycombo>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1465
+msgid ""
+"Would mean that the user is expected to type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and "
+"<keycap>X</keycap> keys simultaneously and then to type the <keycap>Ctrl</"
+"keycap> and <keycap>S</keycap> keys simultaneously."
+msgstr ""
+"是說：先同時按下 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 與 <keycap>X</keycap> 鍵， 然後放開後"
+"再同時按 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 與 <keycap>S</keycap> 鍵。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-examples
+#: book.translate.xml:1471
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "範例"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1473
+msgid ""
+"Examples starting with <filename>C:\\&gt;</filename> indicate a <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> command. Unless otherwise noted, "
+"these commands may be executed from a <quote>Command Prompt</quote> window "
+"in a modern <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> environment."
+msgstr ""
+"範例以  <filename>C:\\&gt;</filename> 為開頭代表 <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> 的指令。 若沒有特殊情況的話，這些指令應該是"
+"在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 環境的 <quote>命令提示字元(Command "
+"Prompt)</quote> 視窗內執行。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1479
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>E:\\&gt;</prompt> <userinput>tools\\fdimage floppies\\kern.flp A:</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1481
+msgid ""
+"Examples starting with <prompt>#</prompt> indicate a command that must be "
+"invoked as the superuser in FreeBSD. You can login as <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem> to type the command, or login as your normal "
+"account and use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> to gain superuser privileges."
+msgstr ""
+"範例以 <prompt>#</prompt> 為開頭代表在 FreeBSD 中以超級使用者權限來執行的指"
+"令。 你可以先以 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 登入系統並下"
+"指令，或是以你自己的帳號登入再使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來取得超級使用者權限。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1487
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1489
+msgid ""
+"Examples starting with <prompt>%</prompt> indicate a command that should be "
+"invoked from a normal user account. Unless otherwise noted, C-shell syntax "
+"is used for setting environment variables and other shell commands."
+msgstr ""
+"範例以 <prompt>%</prompt> 為開頭代表在 FreeBSD 中以一般使用者帳號執行的指"
+"令。 除非有提到其他用法，否則都是預設為 C-shell 語法，用來設定環境變數以及下"
+"其他指令的意思。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1494
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-acknowledgements
+#: book.translate.xml:1496
+msgid "Acknowledgments"
+msgstr "銘謝"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1498
+msgid ""
+"The book you are holding represents the efforts of many hundreds of people "
+"around the world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted "
+"complete chapters, all the contributions have been useful."
+msgstr ""
+"您所看到的這本書是經過數百個分散在世界各地的人所努力而來的結果。 無論他們只是"
+"糾正一些錯誤或提交完整的章節，所有的點滴貢獻都是非常寶貴有用的。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1503
+msgid ""
+"Several companies have supported the development of this document by paying "
+"authors to work on it full-time, paying for publication, etc. In particular, "
+"BSDi (subsequently acquired by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.windriver.com"
+"\">Wind River Systems</link>) paid members of the FreeBSD Documentation "
+"Project to work on improving this book full time leading up to the "
+"publication of the first printed edition in March 2000 (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). "
+"Wind River Systems then paid several additional authors to make a number of "
+"improvements to the print-output infrastructure and to add additional "
+"chapters to the text. This work culminated in the publication of the second "
+"printed edition in November 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004, <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com\">FreeBSD Mall, Inc</link>, paid "
+"several contributors to improve the Handbook in preparation for the third "
+"printed edition."
+msgstr ""
+"也有一些公司透過提供資金讓作者專注於撰稿、提供出版資金等模式來支持文件的寫"
+"作。 其中，BSDi (之後併入 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.windriver.com\">Wind "
+"River Systems</link>) 資助 FreeBSD 文件計劃成員來專職改善這本書直到 2000 年 "
+"3 月第一版的出版。(ISBN 1-57176-241-8) Wind River Systems 同時資助其他作者來"
+"對輸出架構做很多改進，以及給文章增加一些附加章節。這項工作結束於 2001 年 11 "
+"月第二版。(ISBN 1-57176-303-1) 在 2003-2004 兩年中，<link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.freebsdmall.com\">FreeBSD Mall, Inc</link> 把報酬支付給改進這本"
+"手冊以使第三版印刷版本能夠出版的志工。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: part/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1522
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr "入門"
+
+#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1525
+msgid ""
+"This part of the handbook is for users and administrators who are new to "
+"FreeBSD. These chapters:"
+msgstr "這部份是提供給初次使用 FreeBSD 的使用者和系統管理者。 這些章節包括："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1530
+msgid "Introduce FreeBSD."
+msgstr "介紹 FreeBSD 給您。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1534
+msgid "Guide readers through the installation process."
+msgstr "在安裝過程給您指引。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1538
+msgid ""
+"Teach <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> basics and "
+"fundamentals."
+msgstr "教您 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 的基礎及原理。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1542
+msgid ""
+"Show how to install the wealth of third party applications available for "
+"FreeBSD."
+msgstr "展示給您看如何安裝豐富的 FreeBSD 的應用軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1547
+msgid ""
+"Introduce X, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> windowing "
+"system, and detail how to configure a desktop environment that makes users "
+"more productive."
+msgstr ""
+"向您介紹 X，<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 的視窗系統以及詳"
+"細的桌面環境設定，讓您更有生產力。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1553
+msgid ""
+"The number of forward references in the text have been kept to a minimum so "
+"that this section can be read from front to back with minimal page flipping."
+msgstr ""
+"我們試著儘可能的讓這段文字的參考連結數目降到最低，讓您在讀使用手冊的這部份時"
+"可以不太需要常常前後翻頁。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1567 book.translate.xml:23657 book.translate.xml:65535
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "簡介"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: book.translate.xml:1570 book.translate.xml:2823
+msgid ""
+"<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </"
+"personname> <contrib>Restructured, reorganized, and parts rewritten by </"
+"contrib>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1582 book.translate.xml:2876 book.translate.xml:5481
+#: book.translate.xml:8870 book.translate.xml:10534 book.translate.xml:12704
+#: book.translate.xml:13826 book.translate.xml:15432 book.translate.xml:17914
+#: book.translate.xml:19171 book.translate.xml:22656 book.translate.xml:23569
+#: book.translate.xml:27640 book.translate.xml:29250 book.translate.xml:31018
+#: book.translate.xml:31752 book.translate.xml:35405 book.translate.xml:41337
+#: book.translate.xml:41544 book.translate.xml:42846 book.translate.xml:43897
+#: book.translate.xml:46046 book.translate.xml:46431 book.translate.xml:48634
+#: book.translate.xml:50302 book.translate.xml:52215 book.translate.xml:57941
+#: book.translate.xml:61628
+msgid "Synopsis"
+msgstr "概述"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1584
+msgid ""
+"Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various "
+"aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development "
+"model, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"非常感謝您對 FreeBSD 感興趣！以下章節涵蓋 FreeBSD 計劃的各方面：比如它的歷"
+"史、目標、開發模式等等。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1588 book.translate.xml:2903 book.translate.xml:5488
+#: book.translate.xml:8882 book.translate.xml:10555 book.translate.xml:15445
+#: book.translate.xml:17936 book.translate.xml:19185 book.translate.xml:23582
+#: book.translate.xml:27712 book.translate.xml:29277 book.translate.xml:31042
+#: book.translate.xml:31760 book.translate.xml:35431 book.translate.xml:41369
+#: book.translate.xml:41552 book.translate.xml:43909 book.translate.xml:46084
+#: book.translate.xml:46442 book.translate.xml:48645 book.translate.xml:50313
+#: book.translate.xml:57996 book.translate.xml:61633
+msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:"
+msgstr "讀完這章，您將了解︰"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1592
+msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems."
+msgstr "FreeBSD 與其他作業系統之間的關係。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1597
+msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project."
+msgstr "FreeBSD 計劃的歷史。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1601
+msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project."
+msgstr "FreeBSD 計劃的目標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1605
+msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model."
+msgstr "FreeBSD 開源開發模式的基礎概念。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1610
+msgid "And of course: where the name <quote>FreeBSD</quote> comes from."
+msgstr "當然囉，還有 <quote>FreeBSD</quote> 這名字的由來。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1617
+msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!"
+msgstr "歡迎使用 FreeBSD!"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1619 book.translate.xml:1788
+msgid "<primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1621
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD is a 4.4BSD-Lite based operating system for Intel (x86 and "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark>), AMD64, Sun <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">UltraSPARC</trademark> computers. Ports to other "
+"architectures are also under way. You can also read about <link linkend="
+"\"history\">the history of FreeBSD</link>, or the <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases\">current release</link>. If you are interested "
+"in contributing something to the Project (code, hardware, funding), see the "
+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
+"contributing/index.html\">Contributing to FreeBSD</link> article."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 是一個從 4.4BSD-Lite 衍生出而能在以 Intel (x86 與 <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Itanium</trademark>), AMD64, Sun <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">UltraSPARC</trademark> 為基礎的電腦上執行的作業系統。同時，移植到其他平台"
+"的工作也在進行中。 對於本計劃歷史的介紹，請看 <link linkend=\"history"
+"\">FreeBSD 歷史</link>， 對於 FreeBSD 的最新版本介紹，請看 <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases\">最新的發行版本</link>。 若打算對於 FreeBSD 計"
+"劃有所貢獻的話 (程式碼、硬體、經費)， 請看 <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/zh_TW.UTF-8/articles/contributing/index.html\">如何"
+"對 FreeBSD 有貢獻</link>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1631
+msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 能做什麼？"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1633
+msgid "FreeBSD has many noteworthy features. Some of these are:"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 提供給你許多先進功能。這些功能包括："
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1639
+msgid "<primary>preemptive multitasking</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>先佔式多工</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1638
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Preemptive multitasking</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> with dynamic "
+"priority adjustment to ensure smooth and fair sharing of the computer "
+"between applications and users, even under the heaviest of loads."
+msgstr ""
+"動態優先權調整的 <emphasis>先佔式多工</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> 能夠確保，"
+"即使在系統負擔很重的情況下，程式執行平順並且應用程式與使用者公平地共享資源。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1648
+msgid "<primary>multi-user facilities</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>多人共用</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1648
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Multi-user facilities</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> which allow many "
+"people to use a FreeBSD system simultaneously for a variety of things. This "
+"means, for example, that system peripherals such as printers and tape drives "
+"are properly shared between all users on the system or the network and that "
+"individual resource limits can be placed on users or groups of users, "
+"protecting critical system resources from over-use."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>多人共用</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> 代表著許多人可以同時使用一個 "
+"FreeBSD 系統來處理各自的事務。 系統的硬體周邊 (如印表機及磁帶機) 也可以讓所有"
+"的使用者適當地分享。 也可以針對各別使用者或一群使用者的系統資源，予以設限，以"
+"保護系統不致被過度使用。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1661
+msgid "<primary>TCP/IP networking</primary>"
+msgstr "TCP/IP 網路"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1660
+msgid ""
+"Strong <emphasis>TCP/IP networking</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> with support "
+"for industry standards such as SCTP, DHCP, NFS, NIS, PPP, SLIP, IPsec, and "
+"IPv6. This means that your FreeBSD machine can interoperate easily with "
+"other systems as well as act as an enterprise server, providing vital "
+"functions such as NFS (remote file access) and email services or putting "
+"your organization on the Internet with WWW, FTP, routing and firewall "
+"(security) services."
+msgstr ""
+"強大的 <emphasis>TCP/IP 網路</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> 功能可支援許多業界標"
+"準，如：SCTP、DHCP、NFS、NIS、PPP、SLIP、IPSec、IPv6 的支援，也就是說 "
+"FreeBSD 可以容易地跟其他作業系統透過網路共同運作，或是當作企業的伺服器用途 ，"
+"例如提供遠端檔案共享(NFS)及電子郵件等服務， 或是讓您的企業連上網際網路並提供 "
+"WWW、FTP、路由及防火牆 (安全性) 等必備服務。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1674
+msgid "<primary>memory protection</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>記憶體保護</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1674
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Memory protection</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> ensures that "
+"applications (or users) cannot interfere with each other. One application "
+"crashing will not affect others in any way."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>記憶體保護</emphasis> 能確保程式 (或使用者) 不會互相干擾，即使任何"
+"程式有不正常的運作，都不會影響其他程式的執行。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1683 book.translate.xml:1926
+msgid "<primary>X Window System</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>X Window 系統</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1682
+msgid ""
+"The industry standard <emphasis>X Window System</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> "
+"(X11R7) can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) on any machine and "
+"comes with full sources."
+msgstr ""
+"業界標準的 <emphasis>X Window 系統</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> (X11R7) 可以在"
+"常見的便宜 VGA 顯示卡/螢幕， 提供了圖形化的使用者介面 (GUI)，並且包括了完整的"
+"原始程式碼。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1692 book.translate.xml:17919
+msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>Linux</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>Linux</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1696
+msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SCO</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>SCO</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1700
+msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SVR4</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>SVR4</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1704
+msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>BSD/OS</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>BSD/OS</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1708
+msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>NetBSD</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>NetBSD</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1691
+msgid ""
+"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
+"indexterm-5/> <emphasis>Binary compatibility</emphasis> with many programs "
+"built for Linux, SCO, SVR4, BSDI and NetBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
+"indexterm-5/> <emphasis>Binary 相容性</emphasis> 可執行許多其他作業系統 "
+"(如： Linux、SCO、SVR4、BSDI 和 NetBSD) 的可執行檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1718
+msgid ""
+"Thousands of <emphasis>ready-to-run</emphasis> applications are available "
+"from the FreeBSD <emphasis>ports</emphasis> and <emphasis>packages</"
+"emphasis> collection. Why search the net when you can find it all right here?"
+msgstr ""
+"數以萬計的 <emphasis>立即可以執行</emphasis> 的應用程式，這些都可透過 "
+"FreeBSD 的 <emphasis>ports</emphasis> 及 <emphasis>套件</emphasis> 管理機制來"
+"取得。 不再需要費心到網路上到處搜尋所需要的軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1726
+msgid ""
+"Thousands of additional and <emphasis>easy-to-port</emphasis> applications "
+"are available on the Internet. FreeBSD is source code compatible with most "
+"popular commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems "
+"and thus most applications require few, if any, changes to compile."
+msgstr ""
+"在網路上有數以千計 <emphasis>易於移植</emphasis> 的應用程式。FreeBSD 的原始程"
+"式碼與許多常見的商業版 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 系統"
+"都相容， 所以大部分的程式都只需要很少的修改(或根本不用修改) ，就可以編譯執"
+"行。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1735
+msgid "<primary>virtual memory</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>虛擬記憶體</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1734
+msgid ""
+"Demand paged <emphasis>virtual memory</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> and "
+"<quote>merged VM/buffer cache</quote> design efficiently satisfies "
+"applications with large appetites for memory while still maintaining "
+"interactive response to other users."
+msgstr ""
+"需要時才置換的 <emphasis>虛擬記憶體</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> 及 "
+"<quote>merged VM/buffer cache</quote> 的設計， 這點在系統中有用去大量記憶體的"
+"程式執行時，仍然有不錯的效率表現。 "
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1744
+msgid "<primary>Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>對稱多工處理 (SMP)</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1744
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>SMP</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> support for machines with multiple "
+"CPUs."
+msgstr ""
+"支援 CPU 的<emphasis>對稱多工處理(SMP)</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/>：可以支援"
+"多 CPU 的電腦系統。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1753
+msgid "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>編譯器</primary> <secondary>C</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1757
+msgid "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C++</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>編譯器</primary> <secondary>C++</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1752
+msgid ""
+"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> A full complement of <emphasis>C</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>C++</emphasis> development tools. Many additional "
+"languages for advanced research and development are also available in the "
+"ports and packages collection."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:indexterm-1/><_:indexterm-2/>完全相容的 <emphasis>C</emphasis>、"
+"<emphasis>C++</emphasis> 以及 Fortran 的環境和其他開發工具。 以及其他許多可供"
+"進階研發的程式語言也收集在 ports 和套件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1770
+msgid "<primary>source code</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>原始碼</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1770
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Source code</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> for the entire system means "
+"you have the greatest degree of control over your environment. Why be locked "
+"into a proprietary solution at the mercy of your vendor when you can have a "
+"truly open system?"
+msgstr ""
+"整個系統都有 <emphasis>原始程式碼</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/>， 這讓你對作業環"
+"境擁有最完全的掌握度。 既然能擁有完全開放的系統，何苦被特定封閉軟體所約束，任"
+"廠商擺佈呢？"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1779
+msgid "Extensive <emphasis>online documentation</emphasis>."
+msgstr "廣泛且豐富的 <emphasis>線上文件</emphasis>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1784
+msgid "<emphasis>And many more!</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>當然囉，還不止如此！</emphasis>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1791
+msgid "<primary>Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>電腦系統研究組 (CSRG)</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1788
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/> release from Computer "
+"Systems Research Group (CSRG)<_:indexterm-2/> at the University of "
+"California at Berkeley, and carries on the distinguished tradition of BSD "
+"systems development. In addition to the fine work provided by CSRG, the "
+"FreeBSD Project has put in many thousands of hours in fine tuning the system "
+"for maximum performance and reliability in real-life load situations. "
+"FreeBSD offers performance and reliability on par with commercial offerings, "
+"combined with many cutting-edge features not available anywhere else."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 系統乃是基於美國加州大學柏克萊分校的電腦系統研究組 (Computer Systems "
+"Research Group 也就是 CSRG) 所發行的 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/>，以及基於 "
+"BSD 系統開發的優良傳統。 除了由 CSRG 所提供的高品質的成果， 為了提供可處理真"
+"正具負荷的工作， FreeBSD 計劃也投入了數千小時以上的細部調整， 以能獲得最好的"
+"執行效率以及系統的穩定度。 正當許多商業上的巨人正努力地希望能提供效能及穩定"
+"時，FreeBSD 已經具備這樣的特質，並具有其他地方沒有的尖端功能。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1802
+msgid ""
+"The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your "
+"own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory "
+"control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antennae; if it can be "
+"done with a commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> "
+"product then it is more than likely that you can do it with FreeBSD too! "
+"FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands of high quality "
+"applications developed by research centers and universities around the "
+"world, often available at little to no cost. Commercial applications are "
+"also available and appearing in greater numbers every day."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 的運用範圍無限，其實完全限制在你的想像力上。 從軟體的開發到工廠自動"
+"化，或是人造衛星上面的天線的方位角度的遠端控制； 這些功能若可以用商用的 "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 產品來達成， 那麼極有可能使"
+"用 FreeBSD 也能辦到！ FreeBSD 也受益於來自於全球各研究中心及大學所開發的數千"
+"個高品質的軟體 ，這些通常只需要花費很少的費用或根本就是免費的。 當然也有商業"
+"軟體，而且出現的數目是與日俱增。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1814
+msgid ""
+"Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is generally available, the "
+"system can also be customized to an almost unheard of degree for special "
+"applications or projects, and in ways not generally possible with operating "
+"systems from most major commercial vendors. Here is just a sampling of some "
+"of the applications in which people are currently using FreeBSD:"
+msgstr ""
+"由於每個人都可以取得 FreeBSD 的原始程式碼， 這個系統可以被量身訂做成能執行任"
+"何原本完全無法想像的功能或計劃， 而對於從各廠商取得的作業系統通常沒有辦法這樣"
+"地被修改。 以下提供一些人們使用 FreeBSD 的例子："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1824
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Services:</emphasis> The robust TCP/IP networking built "
+"into FreeBSD makes it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services "
+"such as:"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>網際網路服務：</emphasis> FreeBSD 內建強勁的網路功能使它成為網路服"
+"務(如下例)的理想平台："
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1831
+msgid "<primary>web servers</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>網頁伺服器</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1831
+msgid "World Wide Web servers<_:indexterm-1/> (standard or secure [SSL])"
+msgstr "全球資訊網伺服器<_:indexterm-1/> (標準的或更安全的 [SSL])"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1838
+msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing"
+msgstr "IPv4 及 IPv6 路由"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1842 book.translate.xml:57932
+msgid "<primary>firewall</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>防火牆</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1845 book.translate.xml:61098
+msgid "<primary>NAT</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1842
+msgid ""
+"Firewalls<_:indexterm-1/> and NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (<quote>IP masquerading</"
+"quote>) gateways"
+msgstr ""
+"防火牆<_:indexterm-1/>以及 NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (<quote>IP masquerading</"
+"quote>) 通訊閘。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1852
+msgid "<primary>FTP servers</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>FTP 伺服器</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1852
+msgid "FTP servers<_:indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr "檔案傳輸協定伺服器<_:indexterm-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1859
+msgid "<primary>electronic mail</primary> <see>email</see>"
+msgstr "<primary>電子郵件</primary> <see>email</see>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1863 book.translate.xml:50304
+msgid "<primary>email</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1858
+msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> Electronic Mail servers"
+msgstr "<_:indexterm-1/><_:indexterm-2/> 電子郵件伺服器"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1870
+msgid "And more..."
+msgstr "還有更多..."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1876
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Education:</emphasis> Are you a student of computer science or a "
+"related engineering field? There is no better way of learning about "
+"operating systems, computer architecture and networking than the hands on, "
+"under the hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely "
+"available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make it highly "
+"useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get "
+"<emphasis>other</emphasis> work done!"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>教育：</emphasis>若您是資工相關領域的學生，再也沒有比使用 FreeBSD "
+"能學到更多作業系統、計算機結構、及網路的方法了。 另外如果你想利用電腦來處理一"
+"些<emphasis>其他</emphasis>的工作，還有一些如 CAD、 數學運算以及圖形處理軟體"
+"等可以免費地取得使用。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1888
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Research:</emphasis> With source code for the entire system "
+"available, FreeBSD is an excellent platform for research in operating "
+"systems as well as other branches of computer science. FreeBSD's freely "
+"available nature also makes it possible for remote groups to collaborate on "
+"ideas or shared development without having to worry about special licensing "
+"agreements or limitations on what may be discussed in open forums."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>研究：</emphasis>有了完整的原始程式碼，FreeBSD 是研究作業系統及電腦"
+"科學的極佳環境。 具有免費且自由取得特性的 FreeBSD 也使得一個分置兩地的合作計"
+"劃，不必擔心版權及系統開放性的問題， 而能自在的交流。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1900 book.translate.xml:61976
+msgid "<primary>router</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>路由器</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1902
+msgid "<primary>DNS Server</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>DNS 伺服器</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1899
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Networking:</emphasis> Need a new router?<_:indexterm-1/> A name "
+"server (DNS)?<_:indexterm-2/> A firewall to keep people out of your internal "
+"network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC sitting in the corner into "
+"an advanced router with sophisticated packet-filtering capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>網路：</emphasis> 你如果需要 路由器<_:indexterm-1/>、名稱伺服器 "
+"(DNS)<_:indexterm-2/> 或安全的防火牆， FreeBSD 可以輕易的將你沒有用到的 386 "
+"或 486 PC 變身成為絕佳的伺服器，甚至具有過濾封包的功能。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1913
+msgid "<primary>embedded</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>嵌入式</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1911
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Embedded:</emphasis> FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build "
+"embedded systems upon. <_:indexterm-1/> With support for the <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</"
+"trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> "
+"platforms, coupled with a robust network stack, cutting edge features and "
+"the permissive <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
+"books/faq/introduction.html#bsd-license-restrictions\">BSD license</link> "
+"FreeBSD makes an excellent foundation for building embedded routers, "
+"firewalls, and other devices."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>嵌入式：</emphasis> FreeBSD 是一套可用來建立嵌入式系統的傑出平台。 "
+"<_:indexterm-1/> 支援 <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark>, "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</trademark> 以及 <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> 平台，再加上健全的網路環境、尖端的功能以及"
+"自由的 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/"
+"introduction.html#bsd-license-restrictions\">BSD 授權條款</link>，FreeBSD 成"
+"為用來建置嵌入式路由器、防火牆及其他裝置的絕佳基礎。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1929 book.translate.xml:11904
+msgid "<primary>GNOME</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1932 book.translate.xml:11991
+msgid "<primary>KDE</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1925
+msgid ""
+"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <emphasis>Desktop:</"
+"emphasis> FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution "
+"using the freely available X11 server. FreeBSD offers a choice from many "
+"open-source desktop environments, including the standard <application>GNOME</"
+"application> and <application>KDE</application> graphical user interfaces. "
+"FreeBSD can even boot <quote>diskless</quote> from a central server, making "
+"individual workstations even cheaper and easier to administer."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <emphasis>桌面:</"
+"emphasis> FreeBSD 同時也是低成本桌面解決方案中不錯的選擇，使用了免費的 X11 伺"
+"服器。FreeBSD 提供許多開源桌面環境可選擇，包含了標準 <application>GNOME</"
+"application> 及 <application>KDE</application> 圖型化使用者介面。FreeBSD 甚至"
+"可以透過中央伺服器做 <quote>無磁碟</quote> 開機，讓個人工作站變的更便宜、更易"
+"於管理。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1951
+msgid "<primary>Compiler</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>編譯器</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1948
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Software Development:</emphasis> The basic FreeBSD system comes "
+"with a full complement of development tools including a full C/C++<_:"
+"indexterm-1/> compiler and debugger suite. Support for many other languages "
+"are also available through the ports and packages collection."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>軟體開發：</emphasis> 基本安裝的 FreeBSD 就包含了完整的程式開發工"
+"具，如 C/C++<_:indexterm-1/> 編譯器及除錯器。 透過 port 與套件管理系統也可支"
+"援需多其他語言。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1960
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on "
+"either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see <xref linkend=\"mirrors\"/> for more "
+"information about obtaining FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"你可以經由燒錄 CD-ROM、DVD 或是從 FTP 站上抓回 FreeBSD。 詳情請參閱 <xref "
+"linkend=\"mirrors\"/> 取得 FreeBSD。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1967
+msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?"
+msgstr "誰在用 FreeBSD？"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1969
+msgid ""
+"<primary>users</primary> <secondary>large sites running FreeBSD</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+"<primary>使用者</primary> <secondary>執行 FreeBSD 的大型站台</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1974
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD's advanced features, proven security, predictable release cycle, and "
+"permissive license have led to its use as a platform for building many "
+"commercial and open source appliances, devices, and products. Many of the "
+"world's largest IT companies use FreeBSD:"
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 先進的功能、成熟的安全性、可預測的發佈週期以及自由的授權條款，讓 "
+"FreeBSD 已經被用來做為建立許多商業、開源應用、裝置以及產品的平台，有許多世界"
+"上最大的資訊公司使用 FreeBSD："
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1984 book.translate.xml:56605
+msgid "<primary>Apache</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1983
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apache.org/\">Apache</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"The Apache Software Foundation runs most of its public facing "
+"infrastructure, including possibly one of the largest SVN repositories in "
+"the world with over 1.4 million commits, on FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:1994
+msgid "<primary>Apple</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1993
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apple.com/\">Apple</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"OS X borrows heavily from FreeBSD for the network stack, virtual file "
+"system, and many userland components. Apple iOS also contains elements "
+"borrowed from FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2004
+msgid "<primary>Cisco</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2003
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cisco.com/\">Cisco</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"IronPort network security and anti-spam appliances run a modified FreeBSD "
+"kernel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2012
+msgid "<primary>Citrix</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2011
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.citrix.com/\">Citrix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"The NetScaler line of security appliances provide layer 4-7 load balancing, "
+"content caching, application firewall, secure VPN, and mobile cloud network "
+"access, along with the power of a FreeBSD shell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2023
+msgid "<primary>Dell KACE</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2021
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dell.com/KACE\">Dell KACE</link> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/> - The KACE system management appliances run FreeBSD because of "
+"its reliability, scalability, and the community that supports its continued "
+"development."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2033
+msgid "<primary>Experts Exchange</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2031
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.experts-exchange.com/\">Experts Exchange</"
+"link> <_:indexterm-1/> - All public facing web servers are powered by "
+"FreeBSD and they make extensive use of jails to isolate development and "
+"testing environments without the overhead of virtualization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2043
+msgid "<primary>Isilon</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2042
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.isilon.com/\">Isilon</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"Isilon's enterprise storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. The extremely "
+"liberal FreeBSD license allowed Isilon to integrate their intellectual "
+"property throughout the kernel and focus on building their product instead "
+"of an operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2055
+msgid "<primary>iXsystems</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2054
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ixsystems.com/\">iXsystems</link> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/> - The TrueNAS line of unified storage appliances is based on "
+"FreeBSD. In addition to their commercial products, iXsystems also manages "
+"development of the open source projects PC-BSD and FreeNAS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2065
+msgid "<primary>Juniper</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2064
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.juniper.net/\">Juniper</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
+"- The JunOS operating system that powers all Juniper networking gear "
+"(including routers, switches, security, and networking appliances) is based "
+"on FreeBSD. Juniper is one of many vendors that showcases the symbiotic "
+"relationship between the project and vendors of commercial products. "
+"Improvements generated at Juniper are upstreamed into FreeBSD to reduce the "
+"complexity of integrating new features from FreeBSD back into JunOS in the "
+"future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2080
+msgid "<primary>McAfee</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2079
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mcafee.com/\">McAfee</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"SecurOS, the basis of McAfee enterprise firewall products including "
+"Sidewinder is based on FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2089
+msgid "<primary>NetApp</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2088
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netapp.com/\">NetApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"The Data ONTAP GX line of storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. In "
+"addition, NetApp has contributed back many features, including the new BSD "
+"licensed hypervisor, bhyve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2099 book.translate.xml:2361
+msgid "<primary>Netflix</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2098
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netflix.com/\">Netflix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
+"- The OpenConnect appliance that Netflix uses to stream movies to its "
+"customers is based on FreeBSD. Netflix has made extensive contributions to "
+"the codebase and works to maintain a zero delta from mainline FreeBSD. "
+"Netflix OpenConnect appliances are responsible for delivering more than 32% "
+"of all Internet traffic in North America."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2112
+msgid "<primary>Sandvine</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2111
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sandvine.com/\">Sandvine</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
+"> - Sandvine uses FreeBSD as the basis of their high performance realtime "
+"network processing platforms that make up their intelligent network policy "
+"control products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2122
+msgid "<primary>Sony</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2121
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.com/\">Sony</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The "
+"PlayStation 4 gaming console runs a modified version of FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2130
+msgid "<primary>Sophos</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2129
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sophos.com/\">Sophos</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"The Sophos Email Appliance product is based on a hardened FreeBSD and scans "
+"inbound mail for spam and viruses, while also monitoring outbound mail for "
+"malware as well as the accidental loss of sensitive information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2142
+msgid "<primary>Spectra Logic</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2140
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.spectralogic.com/\">Spectra Logic</link> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/> - The nTier line of archive grade storage appliances run "
+"FreeBSD and OpenZFS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2151
+msgid "<primary>The Weather Channel</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2149
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weather.com/\">The Weather Channel</link> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/> - The IntelliStar appliance that is installed at each local "
+"cable providers headend and is responsible for injecting local weather "
+"forecasts into the cable TV network's programming runs FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2162
+msgid "<primary>Verisign</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2161
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign.com/\">Verisign</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
+"> - Verisign is responsible for operating the .com and .net root domain "
+"registries as well as the accompanying DNS infrastructure. They rely on a "
+"number of different network operating systems including FreeBSD to ensure "
+"there is no common point of failure in their infrastructure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2175
+msgid "<primary>Voxer</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2174
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.voxer.com/\">Voxer</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"Voxer powers their mobile voice messaging platform with ZFS on FreeBSD. "
+"Voxer switched from a Solaris derivative to FreeBSD because of its superior "
+"documentation, larger and more active community, and more developer friendly "
+"environment. In addition to critical features like <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
+"and DTrace, FreeBSD also offers TRIM support for <acronym>ZFS</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2189
+msgid "<primary>WhatsApp</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2188
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.whatsapp.com/\">WhatsApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
+"> - When WhatsApp needed a platform that would be able to handle more than 1 "
+"million concurrent TCP connections per server, they chose FreeBSD. They then "
+"proceeded to scale past 2.5 million connections per server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2201
+msgid "<primary>Wheel Systems</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2199
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://wheelsystems.com/\">Wheel Systems</link> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/> - The FUDO security appliance allows enterprises to monitor, "
+"control, record, and audit contractors and administrators who work on their "
+"systems. Based on all of the best security features of FreeBSD including "
+"ZFS, GELI, Capsicum, HAST, and auditdistd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2213
+msgid "FreeBSD has also spawned a number of related open source projects:"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 也催生了數個相關的開源計劃："
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2220
+msgid "<primary>BSD Router</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2218
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdrp.net/\">BSD Router</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"A FreeBSD based replacement for large enterprise routers designed to run on "
+"standard PC hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2229
+msgid "<primary>FreeNAS</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2228
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freenas.org/\">FreeNAS</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
+"- A customized FreeBSD designed to be used as a network file server "
+"appliance. Provides a python based web interface to simplify the management "
+"of both the UFS and ZFS file systems. Includes support for NFS, SMB/CIFS, "
+"AFP, FTP, and iSCSI. Includes an extensible plugin system based on FreeBSD "
+"jails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2241
+msgid "<primary>GhostBSD</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2240
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ghostbsd.org/\">GhostBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
+"> - A desktop oriented distribution of FreeBSD bundled with the Gnome "
+"desktop environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2249
+msgid "<primary>mfsBSD</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2248
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://mfsbsd.vx.sk/\">mfsBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A "
+"toolkit for building a FreeBSD system image that runs entirely from memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2257
+msgid "<primary>NAS4Free</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2256
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nas4free.org/\">NAS4Free</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
+"> - A file server distribution based on FreeBSD with a PHP powered web "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2265
+msgid "<primary>OPNsense</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2264
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.opnsense.org/\">OPNSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
+"> - OPNsense is an open source, easy-to-use and easy-to-build FreeBSD based "
+"firewall and routing platform. OPNsense includes most of the features "
+"available in expensive commercial firewalls, and more in many cases. It "
+"brings the rich feature set of commercial offerings with the benefits of "
+"open and verifiable sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2277
+msgid "<primary>PC-BSD</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2276
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">PC-BSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"A customized version of FreeBSD geared towards desktop users with graphical "
+"utilities to exposing the power of FreeBSD to all users. Designed to ease "
+"the transition of Windows and OS X users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2287
+msgid "<primary>pfSense</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2286
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pfsense.org/\">pfSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
+"- A firewall distribution based on FreeBSD with a huge array of features and "
+"extensive IPv6 support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2296
+msgid "<primary>ZRouter</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2295
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://zrouter.org/\">ZRouter</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
+"An open source alternative firmware for embedded devices based on FreeBSD. "
+"Designed to replace the proprietary firmware on off-the-shelf routers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2304
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD is also used to power some of the biggest sites on the Internet, "
+"including:"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 也同時被用來驅動一些網際網路上的大型網站，包括："
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2310
+msgid "<primary>Yahoo!</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2309
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.yahoo.com/\">Yahoo!</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2317
+msgid "<primary>Yandex</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2316
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.yandex.ru/\">Yandex</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2324
+msgid "<primary>Rambler</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2323
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.rambler.ru/\">Rambler</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2331
+msgid "<primary>Sina</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2330
+msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sina.com/\">Sina</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2339
+msgid "<primary>Pair Networks</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2337
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pair.com/\">Pair Networks</link> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2347
+msgid "<primary>Sony Japan</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2345
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.co.jp/\">Sony Japan</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2354
+msgid "<primary>Netcraft</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2353
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netcraft.com/\">Netcraft</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2360
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"https://signup.netflix.com/openconnect\">Netflix</link> "
+"<_:indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2368
+msgid "<primary>NetEase</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2367
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.163.com/\">NetEase</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2375
+msgid "<primary>Weathernews</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2374
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weathernews.com/\">Weathernews</link> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2383
+msgid "<primary>TELEHOUSE America</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2381
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.telehouse.com/\">TELEHOUSE America</link> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2390
+msgid ""
+"and many more. Wikipedia also maintains a <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD\">list of products "
+"based on FreeBSD</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"還有許多的應用。維基百科也維護了一份 <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia."
+"org/wiki/List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD\">以 FreeBSD 為基礎的產品</link>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2396
+msgid "About the FreeBSD Project"
+msgstr "關於 FreeBSD 計劃"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2398
+msgid ""
+"The following section provides some background information on the project, "
+"including a brief history, project goals, and the development model of the "
+"project."
+msgstr "接下來講的是 FreeBSD 計劃的背景，包含歷史、計劃目標以及開發模式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2403
+msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 歷史簡介"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2405
+msgid "<primary>386BSD Patchkit</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2406
+msgid "<primary>Hubbard, Jordan</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2407
+msgid "<primary>Williams, Nate</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2408
+msgid "<primary>Grimes, Rod</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2409
+msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>history</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2414
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as "
+"an outgrowth of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit by the patchkit's last 3 "
+"coordinators: Nate Williams, Rod Grimes and Jordan Hubbard."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 計畫的想法是在 1993 年初所形成的， 那是源自於維護一組『非官方 386BSD "
+"的修正工具』計劃的三個協調維護人 Nate Williams，Rod Grimes 和 Jordan "
+"Hubbard。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2419 book.translate.xml:2459
+msgid "<primary>386BSD</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2420
+msgid ""
+"The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order "
+"to fix a number of problems with it that the patchkit mechanism just was not "
+"capable of solving. The early working title for the project was 386BSD 0.5 "
+"or 386BSD Interim in reference of that fact."
+msgstr ""
+"最初的目標是做出一份 386BSD 綜合修正的 snapshot 版，以便修正當時一堆 "
+"patchkit 都不容易解決的問題。有些人可能還記得早期的計劃名稱叫做 386BSD 0.5 "
+"或 386BSD Interim 就是這個原因。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2426
+msgid "<primary>Jolitz, Bill</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2427
+msgid ""
+"386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point "
+"suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the "
+"patchkit swelled ever more uncomfortably with each passing day, they decided "
+"to assist Bill by providing this interim <quote>cleanup</quote> snapshot. "
+"Those plans came to a rude halt when Bill Jolitz suddenly decided to "
+"withdraw his sanction from the project without any clear indication of what "
+"would be done instead."
+msgstr ""
+"386BSD 是 Bill Jolitz 的作業系統，在當時就已有約一年的分裂討論。 當該修正工"
+"具 (patchkit) 日漸龐雜得令人不舒服，我們無異議地同意要作一些事了， 並決定提供"
+"一份臨時性的 <quote>淨化版(cleanup)</quote> 來幫助 Bill。 然而，由於 Bill "
+"Jolitz 忽然決定取消其對該計劃的認可，且沒有明確指出未來的打算， 所以該計劃便"
+"突然面臨斷炊危機。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2437
+msgid "<primary>Greenman, David</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2438
+msgid "<primary>Walnut Creek CDROM</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2440
+msgid ""
+"The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's "
+"support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. "
+"The initial objectives were set after consulting with the system's current "
+"users and, once it became clear that the project was on the road to perhaps "
+"even becoming a reality, Jordan contacted Walnut Creek CDROM with an eye "
+"toward improving FreeBSD's distribution channels for those many unfortunates "
+"without easy access to the Internet. Walnut Creek CDROM not only supported "
+"the idea of distributing FreeBSD on CD but also went so far as to provide "
+"the project with a machine to work on and a fast Internet connection. "
+"Without Walnut Creek CDROM's almost unprecedented degree of faith in what "
+"was, at the time, a completely unknown project, it is quite unlikely that "
+"FreeBSD would have gotten as far, as fast, as it has today."
+msgstr ""
+"不久我們便決定在即使沒有 Bill 的支持下，讓該計劃仍然繼續下去， 最後我們採用 "
+"David Greenman 丟銅板決定的名字，也就是『FreeBSD』。 在詢問了當時的一些使用者"
+"意見之後，就開始決定了最初的目標， 當該計劃開始實施一切就要成真時，一切就變得"
+"更清楚了。 我跟 Walnut Creek CD-ROM 討論發行 CD-ROM 這樣子不便上網的人就可以"
+"用比較簡單的方式取得 FreeBSD。 Walnut Creek CD-ROM 不只贊成以 CD-ROM 來發行 "
+"FreeBSD 的想法，同時提供了一台機器以及快速的網際網路的頻寬。 如果不是 Walnut "
+"Creek CD-ROM 幾乎是空前的信任這個剛開始還是完全默默無聞的計劃， 那麼很可能 "
+"FreeBSD 不會如此快速的成長到今日這樣的規模。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2456
+msgid "<primary>4.3BSD-Lite</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2457 book.translate.xml:2472
+msgid "<primary>Net/2</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2458 book.translate.xml:2471
+msgid "<primary>U.C. Berkeley</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2460 book.translate.xml:8837
+msgid "<primary>Free Software Foundation</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2462
+msgid ""
+"The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, "
+"released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite "
+"(<quote>Net/2</quote>) tape from U.C. Berkeley, with many components also "
+"provided by 386BSD and the Free Software Foundation. It was a fairly "
+"reasonable success for a first offering, and they followed it with the "
+"highly successful FreeBSD 1.1 release in May of 1994."
+msgstr ""
+"第一張以 CD-ROM (及網路)發行的 FreeBSD 1.0 是在 1993 年十二月。 該版本是基於"
+"由 U.C. Berkeley 以磁帶方式發行的 4.3BSD-Lite (<quote>Net/2</quote>)以及許多"
+"來自於 386BSD 和自由軟體基金會的軟體。對於第一次發行而言還算成功， 我們又接著"
+"於 1994 年 5 月發行了相當成功的 FreeBSD 1.1。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2470
+msgid "<primary>Novell</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2473
+msgid "<primary>AT&amp;T</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2474
+msgid ""
+"Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon "
+"as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the "
+"legal status of the Berkeley Net/2 tape. A condition of that settlement was "
+"U.C. Berkeley's concession that large parts of Net/2 were <quote>encumbered</"
+"quote> code and the property of Novell, who had in turn acquired it from "
+"AT&amp;T some time previously. What Berkeley got in return was Novell's "
+"<quote>blessing</quote> that the 4.4BSD-Lite release, when it was finally "
+"released, would be declared unencumbered and all existing Net/2 users would "
+"be strongly encouraged to switch. This included FreeBSD, and the project was "
+"given until the end of July 1994 to stop shipping its own Net/2 based "
+"product. Under the terms of that agreement, the project was allowed one last "
+"release before the deadline, that release being FreeBSD 1.1.5.1."
+msgstr ""
+"然而此後不久，另一個意外的風暴在 Novell 和 U.C. Berkeley 關於 Berkeley Net/2 "
+"磁帶之法律地位的訴訟確定之後形成。 U.C. Berkeley 接受大部份的 Net/2 的程式碼"
+"都是<quote>侵佔來的</quote>且是屬於 Novell 的財產 -- 事實上是當時不久前從 "
+"AT&amp;T 取得的。 Berkeley 得到的是 Novell 對於 4.4BSD-Lite 的<quote>祝福</"
+"quote>，最後當 4.4BSD-Lite 終於發行之後，便不再是侵佔行為。 而所有現有 Net/2 "
+"使用者都被強烈建議更換新版本，這包括了 FreeBSD。 於是，我們被要求於 1994 年 "
+"6 月底前停止散佈基於 Net/2 的產品。在此前提之下，本計劃被允許在期限以前作最後"
+"一次發行，也就是 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2491
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself "
+"from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. The "
+"<quote>Lite</quote> releases were light in part because Berkeley's CSRG had "
+"removed large chunks of code required for actually constructing a bootable "
+"running system (due to various legal requirements) and the fact that the "
+"Intel port of 4.4 was highly incomplete. It took the project until November "
+"of 1994 to make this transition, and in December it released FreeBSD 2.0 to "
+"the world. Despite being still more than a little rough around the edges, "
+"the release was a significant success and was followed by the more robust "
+"and easier to install FreeBSD 2.0.5 release in June of 1995."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 便開始了這宛如『重新發明輪子』的艱鉅工作 -- 從全新的且不完整的 "
+"4.4BSD-Lite 重新整合。 這個 <quote>Lite</quote> 版本是不完整的，因為 "
+"Berkeley 的 CSRG 已經刪除了大量在建立一個可以開機執行的系統所需要的程式碼 (基"
+"於若干法律上的要求)，且該版本在 Intel 平台的移植是非常不完整的。 直到 1994 "
+"年 11 月本計劃才完成了這個轉移， 同時在該年 12 月底以 CD-ROM 以及網路的形式發"
+"行了 FreeBSD 2.0。 雖然該份版本在當時有點匆促粗糙，但仍是富有意義的成功。 隨"
+"之於 1995 年 6 月又發行了更容易安裝，更好的 FreeBSD 2.0.5。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2505
+msgid ""
+"Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving "
+"the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version."
+msgstr ""
+"自那時以來，FreeBSD 在每一次對先前版本改進穩定性、速度及功能時便會發佈一個新"
+"的發佈版本。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2509
+msgid ""
+"For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the 10.X-"
+"CURRENT (trunk) branch, and snapshot releases of 10.X are continually made "
+"available from <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/"
+"snapshots/\">the snapshot server</link> as work progresses."
+msgstr ""
+"目前，長期的開發計畫繼續在 10.X-CURRENT (trunk) 分支中進行，而 10.X 的 "
+"snapshot 版本可以在 <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/"
+"snapshots/\">Snapshot 伺服器</link> 取得。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2517
+msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 計劃目標"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: book.translate.xml:2520
+msgid ""
+"<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </"
+"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2530
+msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>goals</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>FreeBSD 計劃</primary> <secondary>目標</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2534
+msgid ""
+"The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used "
+"for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant "
+"investment in the code (and project) and would certainly not mind a little "
+"financial compensation now and then, but we are definitely not prepared to "
+"insist on it. We believe that our first and foremost <quote>mission</quote> "
+"is to provide code to any and all comers, and for whatever purpose, so that "
+"the code gets the widest possible use and provides the widest possible "
+"benefit. This is, I believe, one of the most fundamental goals of Free "
+"Software and one that we enthusiastically support."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 計劃的目標在於提供可作任意用途的軟體而不附帶任何限制條文。 我們之中許"
+"多人對程式碼 (以及計畫本身) 都有非常大的投入， 因此，當然不介意偶爾有一些資金"
+"上的補償，但我們並沒打算堅決地要求得到這類資助。 我們認為我們的首要<quote>使"
+"命</quote>是為任何人提供程式碼， 不管他們打算用這些程式碼做什麼， 因為這樣程"
+"式碼將能夠被更廣泛地使用，從而發揮其價值。 我認為這是自由軟體最基本的，同時也"
+"是我們所倡導的一個目標。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2546
+msgid "<primary>GNU General Public License (GPL)</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>GNU 通用公共授權條款 (GPL)</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2549
+msgid "<primary>GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>GNU 較寬鬆通用公共授權條款 (LGPL)</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2552
+msgid "<primary>BSD Copyright</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>BSD 版權</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2553
+msgid ""
+"That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public "
+"License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly "
+"more strings attached, though at least on the side of enforced access rather "
+"than the usual opposite. Due to the additional complexities that can evolve "
+"in the commercial use of GPL software we do, however, prefer software "
+"submitted under the more relaxed BSD copyright when it is a reasonable "
+"option to do so."
+msgstr ""
+"我們程式碼樹中，有若干是以 GNU 通用公共授權條款 (GPL) 或者 GNU Lesser "
+"General Public License (LGPL) 發佈的那些程式碼帶有少許的附加限制，還好只是強"
+"制性的要求開放程式碼而不是別的。 由於使用 GPL 的軟體在商業用途上會增加若干複"
+"雜性，因此，如果可以選擇的話， 我們會比較喜歡使用限制相對更寬鬆的 BSD 版權來"
+"發佈軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2565
+msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 開發模式"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: book.translate.xml:2568
+msgid ""
+"<personname> <firstname>Satoshi</firstname> <surname>Asami</surname> </"
+"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2578
+msgid ""
+"<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>development model</secondary>"
+msgstr "<primary>FreeBSD 專案</primary> <secondary>開發模式</secondary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2583
+msgid ""
+"The development of FreeBSD is a very open and flexible process, being "
+"literally built from the contributions of thousands of people around the "
+"world, as can be seen from our <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributors/article.html\">list of contributors</"
+"link>. FreeBSD's development infrastructure allow these thousands of "
+"contributors to collaborate over the Internet. We are constantly on the "
+"lookout for new developers and ideas, and those interested in becoming more "
+"closely involved with the project need simply contact us at the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD "
+"technical discussions mailing list</link>. The <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">FreeBSD announcements "
+"mailing list</link> is also available to those wishing to make other FreeBSD "
+"users aware of major areas of work."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 的開發是一個非常開放且具彈性的過程，就像從 <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/zh_TW.UTF-8/articles/contributors/article.html\">貢獻"
+"者名單</link> 所看到的，是由全世界成千上萬的貢獻者發展起來的。 FreeBSD 的開發"
+"基礎架構允許數以百計的開發者透過網際網路協同工作。 我們也經常關注著那些對我們"
+"的計畫感興趣的新開發者和新的創意， 那些有興趣更進一步參與計劃的人只需要在 "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers"
+"\">FreeBSD 技術討論郵遞論壇</link> 連繫我們。 <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">FreeBSD 公告郵遞論壇</"
+"link> 對那些希望了解我們進度的人也是相當有用的。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2596
+msgid ""
+"Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, "
+"whether working independently or in close cooperation:"
+msgstr ""
+"無論是單獨開發者或者封閉式的團隊合作，多瞭解 FreeBSD 計劃和它的開發過程會是不"
+"錯的︰"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2602
+msgid "The SVN repositories<anchor xml:id=\"development-cvs-repository\"/>"
+msgstr "SVN 檔案庫<anchor xml:id=\"development-cvs-repository\"/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2606
+msgid "<primary>CVS</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2610
+msgid "<primary>CVS Repository</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>CVS 檔案庫</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2614
+msgid "<primary>Concurrent Versions System</primary> <see>CVS</see>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2619 book.translate.xml:44965 book.translate.xml:45005
+#: book.translate.xml:65535
+msgid "<primary>Subversion</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2623
+msgid "<primary>Subversion Repository</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2627
+msgid "<primary>SVN</primary> <see>Subversion</see>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2605
+msgid ""
+"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
+"indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/> For several years, the central source tree "
+"for FreeBSD was maintained by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/"
+"\">CVS</link> (Concurrent Versions System), a freely available source code "
+"control tool. In June 2008, the Project switched to using <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://subversion.tigris.org\">SVN</link> (Subversion). The switch was "
+"deemed necessary, as the technical limitations imposed by <application>CVS</"
+"application> were becoming obvious due to the rapid expansion of the source "
+"tree and the amount of history already stored. The Documentation Project and "
+"Ports Collection repositories also moved from <application>CVS</application> "
+"to <application>SVN</application> in May 2012 and July 2012, respectively. "
+"Please refer to the <link linkend=\"synching\">Synchronizing your source "
+"tree</link> section for more information on obtaining the FreeBSD "
+"<literal>src/</literal> repository and <link linkend=\"ports-using\">Using "
+"the Ports Collection</link> for details on obtaining the FreeBSD Ports "
+"Collection."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
+"indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/>過去數年來 FreeBSD 的中央原始碼樹 (Source "
+"tree) 一直是以 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/\">CVS</link> "
+"(Concurrent Versions System) 來維護的， 它是一套免費的原始碼控管工具。 從 "
+"2008 年 6 月起， FreeBSD 計劃開始改用 <link xlink:href=\"http://subversion."
+"tigris.org\">SVN</link> (Subversion)。 這是一個必要的更換動作，因為隨著原始碼"
+"樹及歷史版本儲存的數量不斷快速擴張，<application>CVS</application> 先天的技術"
+"限制越來越明顯。 文件計劃與 Ports 套件集檔案庫也同樣於 2012 年 5 月及 2012 "
+"年 7 月由 <application>CVS</application> 改為 <application>SVN</"
+"application>。請參考 <link linkend=\"synching\">同步您的原始碼樹</link> 一節"
+"來取得有關如何取得 FreeBSD <literal>src/</literal> 檔案庫的更多資訊，以及 "
+"<link linkend=\"ports-using\">使用 Ports 套件集</link> 了解如何取得 FreeBSD "
+"Ports 套件集。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2654
+msgid "The committers list<anchor xml:id=\"development-committers\"/>"
+msgstr "提交者名單<anchor xml:id=\"development-committers\"/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2658
+msgid "<primary>committers</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>提交者</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2657
+msgid ""
+"The <firstterm>committers</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> are the people who "
+"have <emphasis>write</emphasis> access to the Subversion tree, and are "
+"authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source (the term "
+"<quote>committer</quote> comes from <command>commit</command>, the source "
+"control command which is used to bring new changes into the repository). "
+"Anyone can submit a bug to the <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/"
+"submit/\">Bug Database</link>. Before submitting a bug report, the FreeBSD "
+"mailing lists, IRC channels, or forums can be used to help verify that an "
+"issue is actually a bug."
+msgstr ""
+"所謂的 <firstterm>提交者 (Committers)</firstterm> 指的是對 Subversion 原始碼"
+"樹有 <emphasis>寫入</emphasis> 權限的人， 並且被授予修改 FreeBSD 原始碼的權"
+"限。 (<quote>committer</quote> 一詞源自版本管理系統中的 <command>commit</"
+"command> 指令，該指令是用來把新的修改提交給檔案庫)。 任何人都可以回報問題到 "
+"<link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/submit/\">Bug Database</link>，在"
+"回報問題之前，可以使用 FreeBSD 郵遞清單、IRC 頻道或論壇來確認問題真的是一個錯"
+"誤 (Bug)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2674
+msgid "The FreeBSD core team<anchor xml:id=\"development-core\"/>"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 核心團隊<anchor xml:id=\"development-core\"/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2678
+msgid "<primary>core team</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>核心團隊</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2677
+msgid ""
+"The <firstterm>FreeBSD core team</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> would be "
+"equivalent to the board of directors if the FreeBSD Project were a company. "
+"The primary task of the core team is to make sure the project, as a whole, "
+"is in good shape and is heading in the right directions. Inviting dedicated "
+"and responsible developers to join our group of committers is one of the "
+"functions of the core team, as is the recruitment of new core team members "
+"as others move on. The current core team was elected from a pool of "
+"committer candidates in July 2014. Elections are held every 2 years."
+msgstr ""
+"如果把 FreeBSD 看成是一家公司的話， <firstterm>FreeBSD 核心團隊</"
+"firstterm><_:indexterm-1/> 就相當於董事會。 核心團隊的主要職責在於確保此計劃"
+"有良好的架構，以朝著正確的方向發展。 此外，邀請熱血且負責的軟體開發者加入提交"
+"者的行列， 以在若干成員離去時得以補充新血。 目前的核心團隊是在 2014 年 7 月從"
+"提交者候選人之中選出來的，這個選舉每兩年會舉辦一次。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2693
+msgid ""
+"Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when "
+"it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project "
+"financially, so <quote>commitment</quote> should also not be misconstrued as "
+"meaning <quote>guaranteed support.</quote> The <quote>board of directors</"
+"quote> analogy above is not very accurate, and it may be more suitable to "
+"say that these are the people who gave up their lives in favor of FreeBSD "
+"against their better judgement!"
+msgstr ""
+"如同多數的開發者，核心團隊大部分成員加入 FreeBSD 開發都是志工性質而已， 並未"
+"從本計劃中獲得任何薪酬，所以這只是一個 <quote>承諾</quote> 不應該被誤解為 "
+"<quote>保證支援</quote> 才對。 前面用 <quote>董事會</quote> 來舉例可能不是很"
+"恰當，或許我們應該說： 他們是一群自願放棄原本的優渥生活、個人其他領域成就， "
+"而選擇投入 FreeBSD 開發的熱血有為者才對！"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2708
+msgid "Outside contributors"
+msgstr "非官方貢獻者"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2711
+msgid ""
+"Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the "
+"users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost "
+"constant basis. The primary way of keeping in touch with FreeBSD's more non-"
+"centralized development is to subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD technical "
+"discussions mailing list</link> where such things are discussed. See <xref "
+"linkend=\"eresources\"/> for more information about the various FreeBSD "
+"mailing lists."
+msgstr ""
+"最後一點，但這點絕非最不重要的， 最大的開發者團隊就是持續為我們提供回饋以及錯"
+"誤修正的使用者自己。 與 FreeBSD 非核心開發者互動的主要方式，便是透過訂閱 "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers"
+"\">FreeBSD 技術討論郵遞論壇</link> 來進行溝通，這方面可參考，請參閱 <xref "
+"linkend=\"eresources\"/> 以瞭解各式不同的 FreeBSD 郵遞論壇。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2722
+msgid "<primary>contributors</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>貢獻者</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2720
+msgid ""
+"<citetitle><link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
+"contributors/article.html\">The FreeBSD Contributors List</link></citetitle> "
+"<_:indexterm-1/> is a long and growing one, so why not join it by "
+"contributing something back to FreeBSD today?"
+msgstr ""
+"<citetitle><link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/zh_TW.UTF-8/articles/"
+"contributors/article.html\">FreeBSD 貢獻者名單</link></citetitle> <_:"
+"indexterm-1/> 相當長且不斷成長中， 只要有貢獻就會被列入其中， 要不要立即考慮"
+"貢獻 FreeBSD 一些回饋呢？"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2727
+msgid ""
+"Providing code is not the only way of contributing to the project; for a "
+"more complete list of things that need doing, please refer to the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD Project web site</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"提供原始碼並非為這個計劃做貢獻的唯一方式； 需要大家投入的完整工作清單請參閱 "
+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD 計畫網站</link>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2735
+msgid ""
+"In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric "
+"circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the "
+"<emphasis>users</emphasis> of FreeBSD, who are provided with an easy way of "
+"tracking one central code base, not to keep potential contributors out! Our "
+"desire is to present a stable operating system with a large set of coherent "
+"<link linkend=\"ports\">application programs</link> that the users can "
+"easily install and use — this model works very well in accomplishing that."
+msgstr ""
+"總而言之，我們的開發模式像是由鬆散的同心圓所組織。這個集中模式的設計為的是讓 "
+"FreeBSD 的<emphasis>使用者</emphasis>更便利，可以很容易的追蹤同一個中央的程式"
+"庫，避免把潛在的貢獻者排除在外！而我們的目標是提供一個穩定的作業系統，並有大"
+"量相關的 <link linkend=\"ports\">應用程式</link>，讓使用者能夠輕鬆的安裝與使"
+"用 — 而這個開發模式對我們要完成這個目標來說運作的非常好。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2745
+msgid ""
+"All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the "
+"same dedication its current people have to its continued success!"
+msgstr ""
+"我們對於那些想要加入 FreeBSD 開發者的期待是： 請保持如同前人一樣的投入，以確"
+"保繼續成功！"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2751
+msgid "Third Party Programs"
+msgstr "第三方程式"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2753
+msgid ""
+"In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software "
+"collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. At the time of "
+"this writing, there were over 24,000 ports! The list of ports ranges from "
+"http servers, to games, languages, editors, and almost everything in "
+"between. The entire Ports Collection requires approximately 500 MB. To "
+"compile a port, you simply change to the directory of the program you wish "
+"to install, type <command>make install</command>, and let the system do the "
+"rest. The full original distribution for each port you build is retrieved "
+"dynamically so you need only enough disk space to build the ports you want. "
+"Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled <quote>package</quote>, "
+"which can be installed with a simple command (<command>pkg install</"
+"command>) by those who do not wish to compile their own ports from source. "
+"More information on packages and ports can be found in <xref linkend=\"ports"
+"\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2774
+msgid "Additional Documentation"
+msgstr "其他文件"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2776
+msgid ""
+"All recent FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer (either "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>) to install additional "
+"documentation under <filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd</filename> during "
+"the initial system setup. Documentation may also be installed at any later "
+"time using packages as described in <xref linkend=\"doc-ports-install-package"
+"\"/>. You may view the locally installed manuals with any HTML capable "
+"browser using the following URLs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2788
+msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 使用手冊"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2791
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/"
+"index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html</"
+"filename></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2796
+msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 常見問答集"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2799
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index."
+"html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html</filename></"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2804
+msgid ""
+"You can also view the master (and most frequently updated) copies at <uri "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</uri>."
+msgstr ""
+"此外，可在下列網址找到最新版 (也是更新最頻繁的版本)：<uri xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</uri>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2820
+msgid "Installing FreeBSD"
+msgstr "安裝 FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: book.translate.xml:2846
+msgid ""
+"<personname> <firstname>Gavin</firstname> <surname>Atkinson</surname> </"
+"personname> <contrib>Updated for bsdinstall by </contrib>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: book.translate.xml:2855
+msgid ""
+"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
+"personname>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: book.translate.xml:2864
+msgid ""
+"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
+"personname> <contrib>Updated for root-on-ZFS by </contrib>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2878
+msgid "<primary>installation</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>安裝</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2880
+msgid ""
+"Beginning with FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD provides an easy to use, text-"
+"based installation program named <application>bsdinstall</application>. This "
+"chapter describes how to install FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+"自從 FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE 開始, FreeBSD 提供一個易用，文字介面的安裝程式 "
+"<application>bsdinstall</application>。 本章描述如何用 "
+"<application>bsdinstall</application> 來安裝 FreeBSD。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2886
+msgid ""
+"In general, the installation instructions in this chapter are written for "
+"the <trademark>i386</trademark> and <acronym>AMD64</acronym> architectures. "
+"Where applicable, instructions specific to other platforms will be listed. "
+"There may be minor differences between the installer and what is shown here, "
+"so use this chapter as a general guide rather than as a set of literal "
+"instructions."
+msgstr ""
+"一般來說，本章所寫的安裝說明是針對 <trademark>i386</trademark> 和 "
+"<acronym>AMD64</acronym> 架構。如果可以用於其他平台，將會列表說明。 安裝程式"
+"和本章所敘述的內容可能會有些微差異，所以請將本章視為通用的指引，而不是完全照"
+"著來做。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2895
+msgid ""
+"Users who prefer to install FreeBSD using a graphical installer may be "
+"interested in <application>pc-sysinstall</application>, the installer used "
+"by the PC-BSD Project. It can be used to install either a graphical desktop "
+"(PC-BSD) or a command line version of FreeBSD. Refer to the PC-BSD Users "
+"Handbook for details (<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/"
+"Colophon\">http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"喜歡用圖形化安裝程式安裝 FreeBSD 的使用者， 可能會對 <application>pc-"
+"sysinstall</application> 有興趣，這是 PC-BSD 計畫所使用的。 他可以用來安裝圖"
+"形化桌面 (PC-BSD) 或是指令列版本的 FreeBSD。 細節請參考 PC-BSD 使用者 "
+"Handbook (<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon"
+"\">http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon</link>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2907
+msgid "The minimum hardware requirements and FreeBSD supported architectures."
+msgstr "最低的硬體需求和 FreeBSD 支援的架構。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2912
+msgid "How to create the FreeBSD installation media."
+msgstr "如何建立 FreeBSD 的安裝媒體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2916
+msgid "How to start <application>bsdinstall</application>."
+msgstr "如何開始執行 <application>bsdinstall</application>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2921
+msgid ""
+"The questions <application>bsdinstall</application> will ask, what they "
+"mean, and how to answer them."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>bsdinstall</application> 會詢問的問題，問題代表的意思，以及如何"
+"回答。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2926
+msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation."
+msgstr "安裝失敗時如何做故障排除。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2930
+msgid ""
+"How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation."
+msgstr "如何在正式安裝前使用 live 版本的 FreeBSD。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2935 book.translate.xml:10584 book.translate.xml:13889
+#: book.translate.xml:17960 book.translate.xml:19218 book.translate.xml:23642
+#: book.translate.xml:29313 book.translate.xml:31060 book.translate.xml:31812
+#: book.translate.xml:35456 book.translate.xml:41387 book.translate.xml:41582
+#: book.translate.xml:42906 book.translate.xml:43940 book.translate.xml:46101
+#: book.translate.xml:46460 book.translate.xml:48671 book.translate.xml:50377
+#: book.translate.xml:58024 book.translate.xml:61670
+msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:"
+msgstr "在開始閱讀這章之前，您需要︰"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2939
+msgid ""
+"Read the supported hardware list that shipped with the version of FreeBSD to "
+"be installed and verify that the system's hardware is supported."
+msgstr ""
+"閱讀即將安裝的 FreeBSD 版本所附帶的硬體支援清單，並核對系統的硬體是否有支援。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2947
+msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements"
+msgstr "最低硬體需求"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2949
+msgid ""
+"The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by the hardware "
+"architecture. Hardware architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD "
+"release are listed on the Release Information page of the FreeBSD web site "
+"(<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www."
+"FreeBSD.org/releases/index.html</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"安裝 FreeBSD 的硬體需求隨 FreeBSD 的版本和硬體架構而不同。 FreeBSD 發行版支援"
+"的硬體架構和裝置可在 FreeBSD 網站 (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
+"releases/index.html\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/index.html</link>)的發"
+"行資訊頁面找到。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2954
+msgid ""
+"A FreeBSD installation will require a minimum 64 MB of <acronym>RAM</"
+"acronym> and 1.5 GB of free hard drive space for the most minimal "
+"installation. However, that is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> install, "
+"leaving almost no free space. RAM requirements depend on usage. Specialized "
+"FreeBSD systems can run in as little as 128MB RAM while desktop systems "
+"should have at least 4 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 最小安裝需要至少 64 MB 的 <acronym>RAM</acronym> 和 1.5 GB 的可用硬碟"
+"空間 但是這真的是 <emphasis>最小</emphasis>，幾乎沒有剩下多餘的空間。 RAM 的"
+"需求視實際使用而訂，經特殊處理過後的 FreeBSD 系統可只使用 128MB RAM，圖形化環"
+"境最少需要 4 GB 的 <acronym>RAM</acronym>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2963
+msgid ""
+"The processor requirements for each architecture can be summarized as "
+"follows:"
+msgstr "每一種架構的處理器需求概述如下："
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2968
+msgid "amd64"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2970
+msgid ""
+"This is the most common type of processor desktop and laptop computers will "
+"have. Other vendors may call this architecture <acronym>x86-64</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"這桌上型電腦與筆記型電腦是最常見的處理器類型，有些廠商可能會稱之為 "
+"<acronym>x86-64</acronym>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2974
+msgid ""
+"There are two primary vendors of amd64 processors: <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> (which produces <acronym>Intel64</acronym> "
+"class processors) and AMD (which produces <acronym>AMD64</acronym>)."
+msgstr ""
+"主要有兩個廠商提供 amd64 處理器：<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
+"trademark> (生產 <acronym>Intel64</acronym> 級處理器) 以及 AMD (生產 "
+"<acronym>AMD64</acronym>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2979
+msgid ""
+"Examples of amd64 compatible processsors include: <trademark>AMD Athlon</"
+"trademark>64, <trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark>, multi-core <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark>, and "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</"
+"trademark> 2 and later processors."
+msgstr ""
+"與 amd64 相容的處理器包含：<trademark>AMD Athlon</trademark>64, "
+"<trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark>, 多核心 <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark> 以及 <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</trademark> 2 與之後的處理"
+"器。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2987
+msgid "i386"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2989
+msgid "This architecture is the 32-bit x86 architecture."
+msgstr "這個架構即為 32-bit x86 架構。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2992
+msgid ""
+"Almost all i386-compatible processors with a floating point unit are "
+"supported. All <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> processors "
+"486 or higher are supported."
+msgstr ""
+"幾乎所有含浮點運算單元的 i386 相容處理器都有支援。所有 <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 486 或是更高階的處理器也有支援。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2996
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD will take advantage of Physical Address Extensions (<acronym>PAE</"
+"acronym>) support on <acronym>CPU</acronym>s that support this feature. A "
+"kernel with the <acronym>PAE</acronym> feature enabled will detect memory "
+"above 4 GB and allow it to be used by the system. This feature places "
+"constraints on the device drivers and other features of FreeBSD which may be "
+"used; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pae</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"若 <acronym>CPU</acronym> 有支援實體位址延伸(<acronym>PAE</acronym>) 功能，"
+"FreeBSD 可以運用這項功能的所帶來優點。有開啟 <acronym>PAE</acronym> 支援的核"
+"心會偵測超過 4 GB 的記憶體，並讓這些記憶體能夠被系統使用。 這項功能會限制驅動"
+"程式以及 FreeBSD 可能使用的其他功能，詳情請見 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pae</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:3008
+msgid "ia64"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3010
+msgid ""
+"Currently supported processors are the <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Itanium</trademark> and the <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</"
+"trademark> 2. Supported chipsets include the HP zx1, <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 460GX, and <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Intel</trademark> E8870. Both Uniprocessor (<acronym>UP</acronym>) and "
+"Symmetric Multi-processor (<acronym>SMP</acronym>) configurations are "
+"supported."
+msgstr ""
+"目前支援的處理器是 <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> 和 "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> 2。支援的晶片組包括 HP "
+"zx1， <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 460GX 和 <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> E8870。 單處理器 (Uniprocessor, "
+"<acronym>UP</acronym>) 和對稱多處理器 (Symmetric Multi-processor, "
+"<acronym>SMP</acronym>)的設定都有支援。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:3020
+msgid "pc98"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3022
+msgid ""
+"NEC PC-9801/9821 series with almost all i386-compatible processors, "
+"including 80486, <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark>, "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> Pro, and <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> II, are all supported. All i386-"
+"compatible processors by AMD, Cyrix, IBM, and IDT are also supported. EPSON "
+"PC-386/486/586 series, which are compatible with NEC PC-9801 series, are "
+"supported. The NEC FC-9801/9821 and NEC SV-98 series should be supported."
+msgstr ""
+"NEC PC-9801/9821 系列幾乎所有 i386 相容處理器包括 80486、<trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Pentium</trademark>、 <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Pentium</trademark> Pro 和 <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</"
+"trademark> II 都有支援。 所有 AMD, Cyrix, IBM, 及 IDT 的i386 相容處理器都有支"
+"援。 相容 NEC PC-9801 的 EPSON PC-386/486/586 系列都有支援。 NEC "
+"FC-9801/9821 及 NEC SV-98 系列也有支援。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3031
+msgid ""
+"High-resolution mode is not supported. NEC PC-98XA/XL/RL/XL^2, and NEC PC-"
+"H98 series are supported in normal (PC-9801 compatible) mode only. The "
+"<acronym>SMP</acronym>-related features of FreeBSD are not supported. The "
+"New Extend Standard Architecture (<acronym>NESA</acronym>) bus used in the "
+"PC-H98, SV-H98, and FC-H98 series, is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+"不支援高解析度模式。NEC PC-98XA/XL/RL/XL^2 和 NEC PC-H98 系列只支援正常 "
+"(PC-9801 相容) 模式。 FreeBSD 對稱多處理器 <acronym>SMP</acronym> 相關功能並"
+"不支援。 PC-H98， SV-H98 和FC-H98 新延伸標準架構 (<acronym>NESA</acronym>) 匯"
+"流排不支援。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:3042
+msgid "powerpc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3044
+msgid ""
+"All New World <acronym>ROM</acronym> <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</"
+"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> systems with "
+"built-in <acronym>USB</acronym> are supported. <acronym>SMP</acronym> is "
+"supported on machines with multiple <acronym>CPU</acronym>s."
+msgstr ""
+"所有內建 <acronym>USB</acronym> 的 New World <acronym>ROM</acronym> "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Mac</trademark> 系統都有支援。 <acronym>SMP</acronym> 在多 "
+"<acronym>CPU</acronym> 的機器都有支援。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3049
+msgid "A 32-bit kernel can only use the first 2 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
+msgstr "32 位元的核心只能使用前 2 GB 的 <acronym>RAM</acronym>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:3055
+msgid "sparc64"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3057
+msgid ""
+"Systems supported by FreeBSD/sparc64 are listed at the FreeBSD/sparc64 "
+"Project (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/platforms/sparc.html\">http://"
+"www.freebsd.org/platforms/sparc.html</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD/sparc64 支援的系統列在 FreeBSD/sparc64 計劃 (<link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/platforms/sparc.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/platforms/"
+"sparc.html</link>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3060
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>SMP</acronym> is supported on all systems with more than 1 "
+"processor. A dedicated disk is required as it is not possible to share a "
+"disk with another operating system at this time."
+msgstr ""
+"所有超過一個處理器的系統都有支援 <acronym>SMP</acronym>。需要專用的磁碟系統，"
+"因為此時無法和其他作業系統共用磁碟。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3070
+msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks"
+msgstr "安裝前準備工作"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3072
+msgid ""
+"Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware "
+"requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be "
+"downloaded and the installation media prepared. Before doing this, check "
+"that the system is ready for an installation by verifying the items in this "
+"checklist:"
+msgstr ""
+"一旦確定系統符合安裝 FreeBSD 的最低硬體需求，就可以下載安裝檔案並準備安裝的媒"
+"體。 做這些之前，先檢查以下核對清單的項目是否準備好了："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3081
+msgid "Back Up Important Data"
+msgstr "備份重要資料"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3083
+msgid ""
+"Before installing any operating system, <emphasis>always</emphasis> backup "
+"all important data first. Do not store the backup on the system being "
+"installed. Instead, save the data to a removable disk such as a "
+"<acronym>USB</acronym> drive, another system on the network, or an online "
+"backup service. Test the backup before starting the installation to make "
+"sure it contains all of the needed files. Once the installer formats the "
+"system's disk, all data stored on that disk will be lost."
+msgstr ""
+"安裝任何作業系統前， <emphasis>總是</emphasis> 要先備份所有重要資料。 不要儲"
+"存備份在即將安裝的系統上。改為將資料儲存在可移除磁碟，像是 <acronym>USB</"
+"acronym> 隨身碟，網路上的另一個系統或是線上備份服務上。 開始安裝前，要測試備"
+"份，確定它含有所有需要的檔案。 一旦安裝程式格式化系統的磁碟，所有儲存在上面的"
+"資料都會遺失。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3095
+msgid "Decide Where to Install FreeBSD"
+msgstr "決定 FreeBSD 安裝在哪裡"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3097
+msgid ""
+"If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be "
+"skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, "
+"decide which disk or partition will be used for FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"如果 FreeBSD 是唯一要安裝的作業系統，這個步驟可以略過。 但是假如 FreeBSD 將和"
+"其他作業系統分享磁碟空間的話，要決定 FreeBSD 要安裝在哪個磁碟或是哪個分割區。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3102
+msgid ""
+"In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple "
+"partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional "
+"<firstterm>Master Boot Record</firstterm> (<acronym>MBR</acronym>) holds a "
+"partition table defining up to four <firstterm>primary partitions</"
+"firstterm>. For historical reasons, FreeBSD calls these primary partition "
+"<firstterm>slices</firstterm>. One of these primary partitions can be made "
+"into an <firstterm>extended partition</firstterm> containing multiple "
+"<firstterm>logical partitions</firstterm>. The <firstterm>GUID Partition "
+"Table</firstterm> (<acronym>GPT</acronym>) is a newer and simpler method of "
+"partitioning a disk. Common <acronym>GPT</acronym> implementations allow up "
+"to 128 partitions per disk, eliminating the need for logical partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"在 i386 和 amd64 平台，磁碟可以使用兩種分割區配置之一來分割成多個分割區。 傳"
+"統的<firstterm>主開機紀錄</firstterm> (Master Boot Record, <acronym>MBR</"
+"acronym>) 有一個分割區表定義最多到 <firstterm>主分割區</firstterm>。 因為歷史"
+"性的理由， FreeBSD 稱這些主分割區為 <firstterm>slices</firstterm>。 其中一個"
+"主分割區可以分成一個 延伸分割區 ，他包含多個 邏輯分割區。 <firstterm>GUID 分"
+"割區表</firstterm> (GUID Partition Table, <acronym>GPT</acronym>) 是較新和較"
+"簡單的分割磁碟的方法，一般 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 實作允許每個磁碟最多達 128 "
+"個分割區，減少使用邏輯分割區的需要。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3120
+msgid ""
+"Some older operating systems, like <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> XP, are not compatible with the <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition "
+"scheme. If FreeBSD will be sharing a disk with such an operating system, "
+"<acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning is required."
+msgstr ""
+"一些比較舊的作業系統，像是 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> XP 不相容 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 分割區配置。 如果 FreeBSD 將和這"
+"樣的作業系統共享一個磁碟，那就需要用 <acronym>MBR</acronym> 分割。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3127
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> "
+"partition. If all of the primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitions are "
+"already in use, one must be freed for FreeBSD. To create a partition without "
+"deleting existing data, use a partition resizing tool to shrink an existing "
+"partition and create a new partition using the freed space."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 開機啟動程式需要主分割區或是 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 分割區。如果所有"
+"的主分割區或 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 分割區都已使用，必須釋放其中一個分割區讓 "
+"FreeBSD 使用。如果要建立一個分割區而不刪除原有的資料，可以使用磁碟分割工具來"
+"縮小現有的分割區，並使用多出的空間來建立新分割區。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3135
+msgid ""
+"A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"List_of_disk_partitioning_software\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"List_of_disk_partitioning_software</link>. <application>GParted Live</"
+"application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php"
+"\">http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php</link>) is a free live "
+"<acronym>CD</acronym> which includes the <application>GParted</application> "
+"partition editor. <application>GParted</application> is also included with "
+"many other Linux live <acronym>CD</acronym> distributions."
+msgstr ""
+"各種自由的和商業化的磁碟分割工具列於 <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia."
+"org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"List_of_disk_partitioning_software</link>。<application>GParted Live</"
+"application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php"
+"\">http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php</link>) 是包含分割編輯工具 "
+"<application>GParted</application> 的自由的 live <acronym>CD</acronym>。 "
+"GParted 也包含在許多 Linux live <acronym>CD</acronym> 套件裡。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3145
+msgid ""
+"When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for "
+"creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong "
+"partition exists, always backup any important data and verify the integrity "
+"of the backup before modifying disk partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"當正確地使用，磁碟分割工具可以安全地建立空間讓新的分割區使用。 因為有可能會誤"
+"選已經存在的分割區，所以在修改磁碟分割區前， 一定要備份重要資料，並確認備份的"
+"完整性。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3152
+msgid ""
+"Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to "
+"install multiple operating systems on one computer. An alternative is to use "
+"virtualization (<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/>) which allows multiple "
+"operating systems to run at the same time without modifying any disk "
+"partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"包含不同作業系統的磁碟分割區可以讓一台電腦安裝多重作業系統。 另一種作法是使用"
+"虛擬化 (<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/>) ，可以讓多重作業系統同時間執行而"
+"不需要改變任何磁碟分割區。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3161
+msgid "Collect Network Information"
+msgstr "收集網路資訊"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3163
+msgid ""
+"Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to "
+"download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will "
+"offer to setup the system's network interfaces."
+msgstr ""
+"有些 FreeBSD 安裝方法為了下載安裝檔案需要網路連線。 在系統安裝之後，安裝程式"
+"將會讓您設定系統的網路介面。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3168
+msgid ""
+"If the network has a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, it can be used to "
+"provide automatic network configuration. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not "
+"available, the following network information for the system must be obtained "
+"from the local network administrator or Internet service provider:"
+msgstr ""
+"如果網路有 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 伺服器，可以自動設定網路。 如果沒有 "
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> ， 需要從區域網路管理者或是網際網路服務商取得以下系統"
+"的網路資訊："
+
+#. (itstool) path: orderedlist/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3176
+msgid "Required Network Information"
+msgstr "需要的網路資訊"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:3179 book.translate.xml:53431
+msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address"
+msgstr "<acronym>IP</acronym> 位址"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3183
+msgid "Subnet mask"
+msgstr "子網路遮罩"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3187
+msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address of default gateway"
+msgstr "預設閘道器 <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3192
+msgid "Domain name of the network"
+msgstr "網路的網域名稱"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3196
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the network's <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
+"servers"
+msgstr "網路 <acronym>DNS</acronym> 伺服器 <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3203
+msgid "Check for FreeBSD Errata"
+msgstr "檢查 FreeBSD 勘誤表"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3205
+msgid ""
+"Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD "
+"is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very "
+"rare occasions those bugs affect the installation process. As these problems "
+"are discovered and fixed, they are noted in the FreeBSD Errata (<link xlink:"
+"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/10.3R/errata.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/"
+"releases/10.3R/errata.html</link>) on the FreeBSD web site. Check the errata "
+"before installing to make sure that there are no problems that might affect "
+"the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"儘管 FreeBSD Project 努力確保每個 FreeBSD 發行版能夠儘可能地穩定，錯誤偶爾還"
+"是會悄悄出現。 有極小的機會錯誤會影響安裝過程。 當這些問題被發現並修正後，會"
+"被紀錄在 FreeBSD 網站的 FreeBSD 勘誤表 (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
+"releases/10.3R/errata.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/10.3R/errata."
+"html</link>)。 安裝前要檢查勘誤表，確保沒有會影響到安裝的問題。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3215
+msgid ""
+"Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the release "
+"information section of the FreeBSD web site (<link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/"
+"index.html</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"所有發行版的資訊和勘誤表可以在 FreeBSD 網站的發行資訊找到 (<link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/"
+"index.html</link>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3222
+msgid "Prepare the Installation Media"
+msgstr "準備安裝的媒體"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3224
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within "
+"another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, "
+"burn it to the media associated with its file type and size (<acronym>CD</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>DVD</acronym>, or <acronym>USB</acronym>), and boot the "
+"system to install from the inserted media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3231
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD installation files are available at <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html#download\">www.freebsd.org/where."
+"html#download</link>. Each installation file's name includes the release "
+"version of FreeBSD, the architecture, and the type of file. For example, to "
+"install FreeBSD 10.2 on an amd64 system from a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, "
+"download <filename>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso</filename>, burn this "
+"file to a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, and boot the system with the <acronym>DVD</"
+"acronym> inserted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3240
+msgid ""
+"Installation files are available in several formats. The formats vary "
+"depending on computer architecture and media type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#bsdinstall-installation-media-uefi
+#: book.translate.xml:3244
+msgid ""
+"Additional installation files are included for computers that boot with "
+"<acronym>UEFI</acronym> (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). The names "
+"of these files include the string <filename>uefi</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3250
+msgid "File types:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3254
+msgid ""
+"<literal>-bootonly.iso</literal>: This is the smallest installation file as "
+"it only contains the installer. A working Internet connection is required "
+"during installation as the installer will download the files it needs to "
+"complete the FreeBSD installation. This file should be burned to a "
+"<acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3264
+msgid ""
+"<literal>-disc1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to "
+"install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned "
+"to a <acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3272
+msgid ""
+"<literal>-dvd1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to "
+"install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a "
+"set of popular binary packages for installing a window manager and some "
+"applications so that a complete system can be installed from media without "
+"requiring a connection to the Internet. This file should be burned to a "
+"<acronym>DVD</acronym> using a <acronym>DVD</acronym> burning application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3283
+msgid ""
+"<literal>-memstick.img</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed "
+"to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be "
+"burned to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick using the instructions below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3291
+msgid ""
+"After downloading the image file, download <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</"
+"filename> from the same directory. Calculate a <firstterm>checksum</"
+"firstterm> for the image file. FreeBSD provides "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sha256</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> for this, used as <command>sha256 <replaceable>imagefilename</"
+"replaceable></command>. Other operating systems have similar programs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3299
+msgid ""
+"Compare the calculated checksum with the one shown in <filename>CHECKSUM."
+"SHA256</filename>. The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not "
+"match, the image file is corrupt and must be downloaded again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3305
+msgid "Writing an Image File to <acronym>USB</acronym>"
+msgstr "寫入映象檔到 <acronym>USB</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3307
+msgid ""
+"The <filename>*.img</filename> file is an <emphasis>image</emphasis> of the "
+"complete contents of a memory stick. It <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> be "
+"copied to the target device as a file. Several applications are available "
+"for writing the <filename>*.img</filename> to a <acronym>USB</acronym> "
+"stick. This section describes two of these utilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3316
+msgid ""
+"Before proceeding, back up any important data on the <acronym>USB</acronym> "
+"stick. This procedure will erase the existing data on the stick."
+msgstr ""
+"在繼續之前，請先備份 <acronym>USB</acronym> 上的重要資料，這個程序會清除在隨"
+"身碟上既有的資料。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3322
+msgid "Using <command>dd</command> to Write the Image"
+msgstr "使用 <command>dd</command> 來寫入映像檔"
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3326
+msgid ""
+"This example uses <filename>/dev/da0</filename> as the target device where "
+"the image will be written. Be <emphasis>very careful</emphasis> that the "
+"correct device is used as this command will destroy the existing data on the "
+"specified target device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3334
+msgid ""
+"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> command-line utility is available on BSD, <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Mac OS</trademark> systems. To burn the image using <command>dd</"
+"command>, insert the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick and determine its device "
+"name. Then, specify the name of the downloaded installation file and the "
+"device name for the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This example burns the "
+"amd64 installation image to the first <acronym>USB</acronym> device on an "
+"existing FreeBSD system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:3345
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=<replaceable>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img</replaceable> of=/dev/<replaceable>da0</replaceable> bs=1M conv=sync</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3347
+msgid ""
+"If this command fails, verify that the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick is not "
+"mounted and that the device name is for the disk, not a partition. Some "
+"operating systems might require this command to be run with "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. Systems like <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
+"trademark> might buffer writes. To force all writes to complete, use "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3358
+msgid ""
+"Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> to Write the Image"
+msgstr "使用 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 來寫入映象檔"
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3361
+msgid ""
+"Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the "
+"specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3367
+msgid ""
+"Obtaining <application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"取得 <application>Image Writer <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> 版</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3370
+msgid ""
+"<application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark></application> is a free application that can correctly write an "
+"image file to a memory stick. Download it from <uri xlink:href=\"https://"
+"launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/\">https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/"
+"</uri> and extract it into a folder."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Image Writer <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> 版</application> 是一個免費的應用程式，可以正確地將映像檔寫入隨身"
+"碟。 從 <uri xlink:href=\"https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/"
+"\">https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/</uri> 下載，並解壓縮到一個資料"
+"夾。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3378
+msgid "Writing the Image with Image Writer"
+msgstr "用 Image Writer 寫入映象檔"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3380
+msgid ""
+"Double-click the <application>Win32DiskImager</application> icon to start "
+"the program. Verify that the drive letter shown under "
+"<computeroutput>Device</computeroutput> is the drive with the memory stick. "
+"Click the folder icon and select the image to be written to the memory "
+"stick. Click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to accept the image file name. "
+"Verify that everything is correct, and that no folders on the memory stick "
+"are open in other windows. When everything is ready, click "
+"<guibutton>[ Write ]</guibutton> to write the image file to the memory stick."
+msgstr ""
+"雙擊 <application>Win32DiskImager</application> 圖示啟動程式。 確認 "
+"<computeroutput>Device</computeroutput> 顯示的磁碟機代號是隨身碟的磁碟機代"
+"號。 按下資料夾圖示選擇要寫入隨身碟的映像檔。 按下 <guibutton>[ Save ]</"
+"guibutton> 按鈕確定映像檔名。 確認所有東西都正確，隨身碟的資料夾並沒有在其他"
+"視窗開啟。 所有東西準備好後，按下 <guibutton>[ Write ]</guibutton> 將映像檔寫"
+"入隨身碟。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3395
+msgid "You are now ready to start installing FreeBSD."
+msgstr "您現在可以開始安裝 FreeBSD 。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3401
+msgid "Starting the Installation"
+msgstr "開始安裝"
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3404
+msgid ""
+"By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before "
+"the following message:"
+msgstr "預設安裝程式在下列訊息顯示之前不會對磁碟做任何更動："
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3407
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Your changes will now be written to disk.  If you\n"
+"have chosen to overwrite existing data, it will\n"
+"be PERMANENTLY ERASED. Are you sure you want to\n"
+"commit your changes?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3412
+msgid ""
+"The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a "
+"concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off "
+"before this point and no changes will be made to the system's disks."
+msgstr ""
+"在這個警告訊息之前可以隨時中止安裝，若有任何設定錯誤的疑慮，只需在此時關閉電"
+"腦，將不會對系統磁碟做任何更改。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3419
+msgid ""
+"This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media "
+"which was prepared using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
+"installation-media\"/>. When using a bootable USB stick, plug in the "
+"<acronym>USB</acronym> stick before turning on the computer. When booting "
+"from <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym>, turn on the computer "
+"and insert the media at the first opportunity. How to configure the system "
+"to boot from the inserted media depends upon the architecture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3430
+msgid "Booting on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64"
+msgstr "在 <trademark>i386</trademark> 及 amd64 開機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3432
+msgid ""
+"These architectures provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> menu for selecting the "
+"boot device. Depending upon the installation media being used, select the "
+"<acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or <acronym>USB</acronym> "
+"device as the first boot device. Most systems also provide a key for "
+"selecting the boot device during startup without having to enter the "
+"<acronym>BIOS</acronym>. Typically, the key is either <keycap>F10</keycap>, "
+"<keycap>F11</keycap>, <keycap>F12</keycap>, or <keycap>Escape</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3443
+msgid ""
+"If the computer loads the existing operating system instead of the FreeBSD "
+"installer, then either:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3448
+msgid ""
+"The installation media was not inserted early enough in the boot process. "
+"Leave the media inserted and try restarting the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3454
+msgid ""
+"The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> changes were incorrect or not saved. Double-"
+"check that the right boot device is selected as the first boot device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3460
+msgid ""
+"This system is too old to support booting from the chosen media. In this "
+"case, the <application>Plop Boot Manager</application> (<link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.plop.at/en/bootmanagers.html\"/>) can be used to boot the "
+"system from the selected media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3470
+msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>"
+msgstr "在 <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> 開機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3472
+msgid ""
+"On most machines, holding <keycap>C</keycap> on the keyboard during boot "
+"will boot from the <acronym>CD</acronym>. Otherwise, hold <keycombo action="
+"\"simul\"> <keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>O</"
+"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
+"<keycap>Windows</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</"
+"keycap> </keycombo> on non-<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> "
+"keyboards. At the <prompt>0 &gt;</prompt> prompt, enter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:3488
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<userinput>boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3492
+msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark>"
+msgstr "在 <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark> 開機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3494
+msgid ""
+"Most <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark> systems are set up "
+"to boot automatically from disk. To install FreeBSD from a <acronym>CD</"
+"acronym> requires a break into the <acronym>PROM</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3498
+msgid ""
+"To do this, reboot the system and wait until the boot message appears. The "
+"message depends on the model, but should look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:3502
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Sun Blade 100 (UltraSPARC-IIe), Keyboard Present\n"
+"Copyright 1998-2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.\n"
+"OpenBoot 4.2, 128 MB memory installed, Serial #51090132.\n"
+"Ethernet address 0:3:ba:b:92:d4, Host ID: 830b92d4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3507
+msgid ""
+"If the system proceeds to boot from disk at this point, press <keycombo "
+"action=\"simul\"><keycap>L1</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> or "
+"<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Stop</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></"
+"keycombo> on the keyboard, or send a <command>BREAK</command> over the "
+"serial console. When using <application>tip</application> or "
+"<application>cu</application>, <command>~#</command> will issue a BREAK. The "
+"<acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt will be <prompt>ok</prompt> on systems with "
+"one <acronym>CPU</acronym> and <prompt>ok {0} </prompt> on <acronym>SMP</"
+"acronym> systems, where the digit indicates the number of the active "
+"<acronym>CPU</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3519
+msgid ""
+"At this point, place the <acronym>CD</acronym> into the drive and type "
+"<command>boot cdrom</command> from the <acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3525
+msgid "FreeBSD Boot Menu"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 開機選單"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3527
+msgid ""
+"Once the system boots from the installation media, a menu similar to the "
+"following will be displayed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3531
+msgid "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 開機載入程式選單"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3535
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3540
+msgid ""
+"By default, the menu will wait ten seconds for user input before booting "
+"into the FreeBSD installer or, if FreeBSD is already installed, before "
+"booting into FreeBSD. To pause the boot timer in order to review the "
+"selections, press <keycap>Space</keycap>. To select an option, press its "
+"highlighted number, character, or key. The following options are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3550
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Boot Multi User</literal>: This will continue the FreeBSD boot "
+"process. If the boot timer has been paused, press <keycap>1</keycap>, upper- "
+"or lower-case <keycap>B</keycap>, or <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3558
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Boot Single User</literal>: This mode can be used to fix an "
+"existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-singleuser"
+"\"/>. Press <keycap>2</keycap> or the upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</"
+"keycap> to enter this mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3566
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Escape to loader prompt</literal>: This will boot the system into a "
+"repair prompt that contains a limited number of low-level commands. This "
+"prompt is described in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>. Press <keycap>3</"
+"keycap> or <keycap>Esc</keycap> to boot into this prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3575
+msgid "<literal>Reboot</literal>: Reboots the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3579
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Configure Boot Options</literal>: Opens the menu shown in, and "
+"described under, <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-boot-options-menu\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3585
+msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 開機選項選單"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3589
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-boot-options-menu' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3594
+msgid ""
+"The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can be "
+"used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled options "
+"back to their defaults."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3599
+msgid ""
+"The next section is used to toggle the available options to <literal>On</"
+"literal> or <literal>Off</literal> by pressing the option's highlighted "
+"number or character. The system will always boot using the settings for "
+"these options until they are modified. Several options can be toggled using "
+"this menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3608
+msgid ""
+"<literal>ACPI Support</literal>: If the system hangs during boot, try "
+"toggling this option to <literal>Off</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3614
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Safe Mode</literal>: If the system still hangs during boot even "
+"with <literal>ACPI Support</literal> set to <literal>Off</literal>, try "
+"setting this option to <literal>On</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3621
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Single User</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> "
+"to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-"
+"singleuser\"/>. Once the problem is fixed, set it back to <literal>Off</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3629
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Verbose</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> to "
+"see more detailed messages during the boot process. This can be useful when "
+"troubleshooting a piece of hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3636
+msgid ""
+"After making the needed selections, press <keycap>1</keycap> or "
+"<keycap>Backspace</keycap> to return to the main boot menu, then press "
+"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue booting into FreeBSD. A series of boot "
+"messages will appear as FreeBSD carries out its hardware device probes and "
+"loads the installation program. Once the boot is complete, the welcome menu "
+"shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/> will be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3645
+msgid "Welcome Menu"
+msgstr "歡迎選單"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3649
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-choose-mode' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3654
+msgid ""
+"Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to select the default of "
+"<guibutton>[ Install ]</guibutton> to enter the installer. The rest of this "
+"chapter describes how to use this installer. Otherwise, use the right or "
+"left arrows or the colorized letter to select the desired menu item. The "
+"<guibutton>[ Shell ]</guibutton> can be used to access a FreeBSD shell in "
+"order to use command line utilities to prepare the disks before "
+"installation. The <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> option can be used to "
+"try out FreeBSD before installing it. The live version is described in <xref "
+"linkend=\"using-live-cd\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3667
+msgid ""
+"To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the "
+"upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</keycap> and then <keycap>Enter</keycap> to "
+"access a shell. At the shell prompt, type <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</"
+"command> and use the space bar to scroll through the messages. When "
+"finished, type <command>exit</command> to return to the welcome menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3680
+msgid "Using <application>bsdinstall</application>"
+msgstr "使用 <application>bsdinstall</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3682
+msgid ""
+"This section shows the order of the <application>bsdinstall</application> "
+"menus and the type of information that will be asked before the system is "
+"installed. Use the arrow keys to highlight a menu option, then "
+"<keycap>Space</keycap> to select or deselect that menu item. When finished, "
+"press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection and move onto the next "
+"screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3691
+msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu"
+msgstr "選擇鍵盤對應表選單"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3693
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the system console being used, <application>bsdinstall</"
+"application> may initially display the menu shown in <xref linkend="
+"\"bsdinstall-keymap-select-default\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3698
+msgid "Keymap Selection"
+msgstr "鍵盤對應表選擇"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3702
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-select-default' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3707
+msgid ""
+"To configure the keyboard layout, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> with "
+"<guibutton>[ YES ]</guibutton> selected, which will display the menu shown "
+"in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-keymap\"/>. To instead use the default "
+"layout, use the arrow key to select <guibutton>[ NO ]</guibutton> and press "
+"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to skip this menu screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3716
+msgid "Selecting Keyboard Menu"
+msgstr "選擇鍵盤選單"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3720
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-keymap' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3725
+msgid ""
+"When configuring the keyboard layout, use the up and down arrows to select "
+"the keymap that most closely represents the mapping of the keyboard attached "
+"to the system. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3731
+msgid ""
+"Pressing <keycap>Esc</keycap> will exit this menu and use the default "
+"keymap. If the choice of keymap is not clear, <guimenuitem>United States of "
+"America ISO-8859-1</guimenuitem> is also a safe option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3737
+msgid ""
+"In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later, this menu has been enhanced. The full "
+"selection of keymaps is shown, with the default preselected. In addition, "
+"when selecting a different keymap, a dialog is displayed that allows the "
+"user to try the keymap and ensure it is correct before proceeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3744
+msgid "Enhanced Keymap Menu"
+msgstr "改進後的鍵盤對應表選單"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3748
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-10' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3756 book.translate.xml:3763
+msgid "Setting the Hostname"
+msgstr "設定主機名稱"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3758
+msgid ""
+"The next <application>bsdinstall</application> menu is used to set the "
+"hostname for the newly installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3767
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-hostname' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3772
+msgid ""
+"Type in a hostname that is unique for the network. It should be a fully-"
+"qualified hostname, such as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">machine3."
+"example.com</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3777 book.translate.xml:3783
+msgid "Selecting Components to Install"
+msgstr "選擇要安裝的元件"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3779
+msgid ""
+"Next, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt to select optional "
+"components to install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3787
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-components' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3792
+msgid ""
+"Deciding which components to install will depend largely on the intended use "
+"of the system and the amount of disk space available. The FreeBSD kernel and "
+"userland, collectively known as the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>, are "
+"always installed. Depending on the architecture, some of these components "
+"may not appear:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3801
+msgid ""
+"<literal>doc</literal> - Additional documentation, mostly of historical "
+"interest, to install into <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>. The "
+"documentation provided by the FreeBSD Documentation Project may be installed "
+"later using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"updating-upgrading-"
+"documentation\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3809
+msgid ""
+"<literal>games</literal> - Several traditional <acronym>BSD</acronym> games, "
+"including <application>fortune</application>, <application>rot13</"
+"application>, and others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3816
+msgid ""
+"<literal>lib32</literal> - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit "
+"applications on a 64-bit version of FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3822
+msgid ""
+"<literal>ports</literal> - The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a collection of "
+"files which automates the downloading, compiling and installation of third-"
+"party software packages. <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> discusses how to use the "
+"Ports Collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3829
+msgid ""
+"The installation program does not check for adequate disk space. Select this "
+"option only if sufficient hard disk space is available. The FreeBSD Ports "
+"Collection takes up about 500 MB of disk space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3838
+msgid ""
+"<literal>src</literal> - The complete FreeBSD source code for both the "
+"kernel and the userland. Although not required for the majority of "
+"applications, it may be required to build device drivers, kernel modules, or "
+"some applications from the Ports Collection. It is also used for developing "
+"FreeBSD itself. The full source tree requires 1 GB of disk space and "
+"recompiling the entire FreeBSD system requires an additional 5 GB of space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3851 book.translate.xml:3862
+msgid "Installing from the Network"
+msgstr "從網路安裝"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3853
+msgid ""
+"The menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-netinstall-notify\"/> only "
+"appears when installing from a <filename>-bootonly.iso</filename> "
+"<acronym>CD</acronym> as this installation media does not hold copies of the "
+"installation files. Since the installation files must be retrieved over a "
+"network connection, this menu indicates that the network interface must be "
+"first configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3866
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-files' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3871
+msgid ""
+"To configure the network connection, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> and follow "
+"the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-network-dev\"/>. Once "
+"the interface is configured, select a mirror site that is located in the "
+"same region of the world as the computer on which FreeBSD is being "
+"installed. Files can be retrieved more quickly when the mirror is close to "
+"the target computer, reducing installation time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3880
+msgid "Choosing a Mirror"
+msgstr "選擇鏡像站"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3884
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3889
+msgid ""
+"Installation will then continue as if the installation files were located on "
+"the local installation media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3895
+msgid "Allocating Disk Space"
+msgstr "配置磁碟空間"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3897
+msgid ""
+"The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space. The "
+"options available in the menu depend upon the version of FreeBSD being "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3902
+msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 9.x"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 9.x 的分割區選擇"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3906
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-manual' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3912
+msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 10.x and Higher"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 10.x 或更新版本的磁碟分割選項"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:3916
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3921
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Guided</literal> partitioning automatically sets up the disk "
+"partitions, <literal>Manual</literal> partitioning allows advanced users to "
+"create customized partitions from menu options, and <literal>Shell</literal> "
+"opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized partitions "
+"using command-line utilities like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdisk</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <literal>ZFS</"
+"literal> partitioning, only available in FreeBSD 10 and later, creates an "
+"optionally encrypted root-on-ZFS system with support for <firstterm>boot "
+"environments</firstterm>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3932
+msgid ""
+"This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk partitions. "
+"It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3937
+msgid "Designing the Partition Layout"
+msgstr "規劃分割區配置"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:3939
+msgid "<primary>partition layout</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>分割區配置</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:3940
+msgid "<primary><filename>/etc</filename></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:3943
+msgid "<primary><filename>/var</filename></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:3946
+msgid "<primary><filename>/usr</filename></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3950
+msgid ""
+"When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster "
+"from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file "
+"systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while larger "
+"partitions like <filename>/usr</filename> should be placed toward the inner "
+"parts of the disk. It is a good idea to create partitions in an order "
+"similar to: <filename>/</filename>, swap, <filename>/var</filename>, and "
+"<filename>/usr</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3960
+msgid ""
+"The size of the <filename>/var</filename> partition reflects the intended "
+"machine's usage. This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and "
+"printer spools. Mailboxes and log files can grow to unexpected sizes "
+"depending on the number of users and how long log files are kept. On "
+"average, most users rarely need more than about a gigabyte of free disk "
+"space in <filename>/var</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3970
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. "
+"When new software is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy "
+"of the packages under <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. Large software "
+"packages, like <application>Firefox</application>, <application>Apache "
+"OpenOffice</application> or <application>LibreOffice</application> may be "
+"tricky to install if there is not enough disk space under <filename>/var/"
+"tmp</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3981
+msgid ""
+"The <filename>/usr</filename> partition holds many of the files which "
+"support the system, including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source "
+"code. At least 2 gigabytes is recommended for this partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3986
+msgid ""
+"When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. Running "
+"out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a hassle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:3990
+msgid "<primary>swap sizing</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:3993
+msgid "<primary>swap partition</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3997
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of "
+"physical memory (<acronym>RAM</acronym>). Systems with minimal <acronym>RAM</"
+"acronym> may perform better with more swap. Configuring too little swap can "
+"lead to inefficiencies in the <acronym>VM</acronym> page scanning code and "
+"might create issues later if more memory is added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4005
+msgid ""
+"On larger systems with multiple <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks or multiple "
+"<acronym>IDE</acronym> disks operating on different controllers, it is "
+"recommended that swap be configured on each drive, up to four drives. The "
+"swap partitions should be approximately the same size. The kernel can handle "
+"arbitrary sizes but internal data structures scale to 4 times the largest "
+"swap partition. Keeping the swap partitions near the same size will allow "
+"the kernel to optimally stripe swap space across disks. Large swap sizes are "
+"fine, even if swap is not used much. It might be easier to recover from a "
+"runaway program before being forced to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4018
+msgid ""
+"By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller "
+"write heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. "
+"Keeping the write loaded partitions closer to the disk's edge will increase "
+"<acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the partitions where it occurs the "
+"most. While <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the larger partitions may "
+"be needed, shifting them more toward the edge of the disk will not lead to a "
+"significant performance improvement over moving <filename>/var</filename> to "
+"the edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4031
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "引導式磁碟分割"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4033
+msgid ""
+"When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If "
+"multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4038
+msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks"
+msgstr "自多個磁碟選擇"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4042
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-disk' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4047
+msgid ""
+"Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the "
+"entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If "
+"<guibutton>[ Entire Disk ]</guibutton> is chosen, a general partition layout "
+"filling the whole disk is automatically created. Selecting "
+"<guibutton>[ Partition ]</guibutton> creates a partition layout from the "
+"unused space on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4057
+msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition"
+msgstr "選擇完整磁碟或分割區"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4061
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-entire-part' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4066
+msgid ""
+"After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets "
+"the needs of the installation. Selecting <guibutton>[ Revert ]</guibutton> "
+"will reset the partitions to their original values and pressing "
+"<guibutton>[ Auto ]</guibutton> will recreate the automatic FreeBSD "
+"partitions. Partitions can also be manually created, modified, or deleted. "
+"When the partitioning is correct, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> "
+"to continue with the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4077
+msgid "Review Created Partitions"
+msgstr "確認已建立的分割區"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4081
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-review' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4088
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "手動磁碟分割"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4090
+msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4093 book.translate.xml:4108 book.translate.xml:4179
+msgid "Manually Create Partitions"
+msgstr "手動建立分割區"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4097
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-create' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4102
+msgid ""
+"Highlight the installation drive (<filename>ada0</filename> in this example) "
+"and select <guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> to display a menu of available "
+"partition schemes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4112
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4117
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>GPT</acronym> is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 "
+"computers. Older computers that are not compatible with <acronym>GPT</"
+"acronym> should use <acronym>MBR</acronym>. The other partition schemes are "
+"generally used for uncommon or older computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4124
+msgid "Partitioning Schemes"
+msgstr "磁碟分割格式"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4129
+msgid "Abbreviation"
+msgstr "縮寫"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4130 book.translate.xml:7088 book.translate.xml:8431
+#: book.translate.xml:11770 book.translate.xml:22965 book.translate.xml:23144
+#: book.translate.xml:27226 book.translate.xml:31214 book.translate.xml:42941
+#: book.translate.xml:52773 book.translate.xml:53280 book.translate.xml:54039
+#: book.translate.xml:54080 book.translate.xml:55406 book.translate.xml:65535
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "說明"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
+#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
+#: book.translate.xml:4136 book.translate.xml:65535
+msgid "APM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4137
+msgid ""
+"Apple Partition Map, used by <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</"
+"trademark>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
+#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
+#: book.translate.xml:4141 book.translate.xml:65535
+msgid "BSD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4142
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>BSD</acronym> label without an <acronym>MBR</acronym>, sometimes "
+"called <firstterm>dangerously dedicated mode</firstterm> as non-"
+"<acronym>BSD</acronym> disk utilities may not recognize it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4150
+msgid "GPT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4151
+msgid ""
+"GUID Partition Table (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</"
+"link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4155
+msgid "MBR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4156
+msgid ""
+"Master Boot Record (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Master_boot_record\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4160
+msgid "PC98"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4161
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>MBR</acronym> variant used by NEC PC-98 computers (<link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801</"
+"link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4166
+msgid "VTOC8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4167
+msgid "Volume Table Of Contents used by Sun SPARC64 and UltraSPARC computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4174
+msgid ""
+"After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select "
+"<guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> again to create the partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4183
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4188
+msgid ""
+"A standard FreeBSD <acronym>GPT</acronym> installation uses at least three "
+"partitions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4193
+msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal> - Holds the FreeBSD boot code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4198
+msgid ""
+"<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal> - A FreeBSD <acronym>UFS</acronym> file "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4203
+msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal> - FreeBSD swap space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4208
+msgid ""
+"Another partition type worth noting is <literal>freebsd-zfs</literal>, used "
+"for partitions that will contain a FreeBSD <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file "
+"system (<xref linkend=\"zfs\"/>). Refer to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> for descriptions of the available <acronym>GPT</acronym> "
+"partition types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4214
+msgid ""
+"Multiple file system partitions can be created and some people prefer a "
+"traditional layout with separate partitions for <filename>/</filename>, "
+"<filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</"
+"filename>. See <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-manual-splitfs\"/> for an "
+"example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4221
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>Size</literal> may be entered with common abbreviations: "
+"<emphasis>K</emphasis> for kilobytes, <emphasis>M</emphasis> for megabytes, "
+"or <emphasis>G</emphasis> for gigabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4227
+msgid ""
+"Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition "
+"sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with "
+"either 512-byte or 4K-byte sectors. Generally, using partition sizes that "
+"are even multiples of 1M or 1G is the easiest way to make sure every "
+"partition starts at an even multiple of 4K. There is one exception: the "
+"<emphasis>freebsd-boot</emphasis> partition should be no larger than 512K "
+"due to current boot code limitations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4238
+msgid ""
+"A <literal>Mountpoint</literal> is needed if the partition will contain a "
+"file system. If only a single <acronym>UFS</acronym> partition will be "
+"created, the mountpoint should be <filename>/</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4243
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>Label</literal> is a name by which the partition will be known. "
+"Drive names or numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different "
+"controller or port, but the partition label does not change. Referring to "
+"labels instead of drive names and partition numbers in files like <filename>/"
+"etc/fstab</filename> makes the system more tolerant to hardware changes. "
+"<acronym>GPT</acronym> labels appear in <filename>/dev/gpt/</filename> when "
+"a disk is attached. Other partitioning schemes have different label "
+"capabilities and their labels appear in different directories in <filename>/"
+"dev/</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4256
+msgid ""
+"Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical "
+"labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be "
+"added to the label. For instance, use <literal>labroot</literal> or "
+"<literal>rootfslab</literal> for the <acronym>UFS</acronym> root partition "
+"on the computer named <literal>lab</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4266
+msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions"
+msgstr "建立傳統分割的檔案系統分割區"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4269
+msgid ""
+"For a traditional partition layout where the <filename>/</filename>, "
+"<filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</"
+"filename> directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, "
+"create a <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitioning scheme, then create the "
+"partitions as shown. Partition sizes shown are typical for a 20G target "
+"disk. If more space is available on the target disk, larger swap or "
+"<filename>/var</filename> partitions may be useful. Labels shown here are "
+"prefixed with <literal>ex</literal> for <quote>example</quote>, but readers "
+"should use other unique label values as described above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4282
+msgid ""
+"By default, FreeBSD's <filename>gptboot</filename> expects the first "
+"<acronym>UFS</acronym> partition to be the <filename>/</filename> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4290
+msgid "Partition Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4291
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4292
+msgid "Mountpoint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4293
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4299
+msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4300
+msgid "<literal>512K</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4304 book.translate.xml:4318 book.translate.xml:4325
+#: book.translate.xml:4332
+msgid "<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4305 book.translate.xml:4319
+msgid "<literal>2G</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4306 book.translate.xml:7093
+msgid "<filename>/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4307
+msgid "<literal>exrootfs</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4311
+msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4312
+msgid "<literal>4G</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4314
+msgid "<literal>exswap</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4320
+msgid "<filename>/var</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4321
+msgid "<literal>exvarfs</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4326
+msgid "<literal>1G</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4327
+msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4328
+msgid "<literal>extmpfs</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4333
+msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4335
+msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4336
+msgid "<literal>exusrfs</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4343
+msgid ""
+"After the custom partitions have been created, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</"
+"guibutton> to continue with the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4349
+msgid "Root-on-ZFS Automatic Partitioning"
+msgstr "Root-on-ZFS 自動磁碟分割"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4351
+msgid ""
+"Support for automatic creation of root-on-ZFS installations was added in "
+"FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and "
+"will erase the contents of the entire disk. The installer will automatically "
+"create partitions aligned to 4k boundaries and force <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
+"to use 4k sectors. This is safe even with 512 byte sector disks, and has the "
+"added benefit of ensuring that pools created on 512 byte disks will be able "
+"to have 4k sector disks added in the future, either as additional storage "
+"space or as replacements for failed disks. The installer can also optionally "
+"employ <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption as described in <xref linkend="
+"\"disks-encrypting-geli\"/>. If encryption is enabled, a 2 GB unencrypted "
+"boot pool containing the <filename>/boot</filename> directory is created. It "
+"holds the kernel and other files necessary to boot the system. A swap "
+"partition of a user selectable size is also created, and all remaining space "
+"is used for the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4370
+msgid ""
+"The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu offers a number of "
+"options to control the creation of the pool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4375
+msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Partitioning Menu"
+msgstr "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> 分割區選單"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4379
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-menu' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4384
+msgid ""
+"Select <keycap>T</keycap> to configure the <literal>Pool Type</literal> and "
+"the disk(s) that will constitute the pool. The automatic <acronym>ZFS</"
+"acronym> installer currently only supports the creation of a single top "
+"level vdev, except in stripe mode. To create more complex pools, use the "
+"instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-shell\"/> to create the "
+"pool. The installer supports the creation of various pool types, including "
+"stripe (not recommended, no redundancy), mirror (best performance, least "
+"usable space), and RAID-Z 1, 2, and 3 (with the capability to withstand the "
+"concurrent failure of 1, 2, and 3 disks, respectively). while selecting the "
+"pool type, a tooltip is displayed across the bottom of the screen with "
+"advice about the number of required disks, and in the case of RAID-Z, the "
+"optimal number of disks for each configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4401
+msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Pool Type"
+msgstr "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> 儲存池類型"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4405
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4410
+msgid ""
+"Once a <literal>Pool Type</literal> has been selected, a list of available "
+"disks is displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to "
+"make up the pool. The configuration is then validated, to ensure enough "
+"disks are selected. If not, select <guibutton>&lt;Change Selection&gt;</"
+"guibutton> to return to the list of disks, or <guibutton>&lt;Cancel&gt;</"
+"guibutton> to change the pool type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4420
+msgid "Disk Selection"
+msgstr "磁碟選擇"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4424
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4430
+msgid "Invalid Selection"
+msgstr "無效的選擇"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4434
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4439
+msgid ""
+"If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached "
+"after the installer was started, select <guibutton>- Rescan Devices</"
+"guibutton> to repopulate the list of available disks. To ensure that the "
+"correct disks are selected, so as not to accidently destroy the wrong disks, "
+"the <guibutton>- Disk Info</guibutton> menu can be used to inspect each "
+"disk, including its partition table and various other information such as "
+"the device model number and serial number, if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4450
+msgid "Analyzing a Disk"
+msgstr "分析磁碟"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4454
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4459
+msgid ""
+"The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu also allows the user to "
+"enter a pool name, disable forcing 4k sectors, enable or disable encryption, "
+"switch between <acronym>GPT</acronym> (recommended) and <acronym>MBR</"
+"acronym> partition table types, and select the amount of swap space. Once "
+"all options have been set to the desired values, select the <guibutton>&gt;"
+"&gt;&gt; Install</guibutton> option at the top of the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4469
+msgid ""
+"If <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption was enabled, the installer will "
+"prompt twice for the passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4474
+msgid "Disk Encryption Password"
+msgstr "磁碟加密密碼"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4478
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4483
+msgid ""
+"The installer then offers a last chance to cancel before the contents of the "
+"selected drives are destroyed to create the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4488
+msgid "Last Chance"
+msgstr "最後修改"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4492
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4497
+msgid "The installation then proceeds normally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4502
+msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning"
+msgstr "Shell 模式磁碟分割"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4504
+msgid ""
+"When creating advanced installations, the <application>bsdinstall</"
+"application> paritioning menus may not provide the level of flexibility "
+"required. Advanced users can select the <guibutton>Shell</guibutton> option "
+"from the partitioning menu in order to manually partition the drives, create "
+"the file system(s), populate <filename>/tmp/bsdinstall_etc/fstab</filename>, "
+"and mount the file systems under <filename>/mnt</filename>. Once this is "
+"done, type <command>exit</command> to return to <application>bsdinstall</"
+"application> and continue the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4519
+msgid "Committing to the Installation"
+msgstr "確認安裝"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4521
+msgid ""
+"Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to "
+"make changes before the selected hard drive(s) are formatted. If changes "
+"need to be made, select <guibutton>[ Back ]</guibutton> to return to the "
+"main partitioning menu. <guibutton>[ Revert &amp; Exit ]</guibutton> will "
+"exit the installer without making any changes to the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4531
+msgid "Final Confirmation"
+msgstr "最後確認"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4535
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-confirmation' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4540
+msgid ""
+"To instead start the actual installation, select <guibutton>[ Commit ]</"
+"guibutton> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4544
+msgid ""
+"Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, "
+"installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will "
+"indicate the progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4548
+msgid ""
+"First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the "
+"partitions. Next, in the case of a bootonly media, it downloads the selected "
+"components:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4553
+msgid "Fetching Distribution Files"
+msgstr "取得發佈版本檔案"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4557
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-fetching' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4562
+msgid ""
+"Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they "
+"have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation "
+"media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4567
+msgid "Verifying Distribution Files"
+msgstr "檢驗發佈版本檔案"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4571
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-verifying' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4576
+msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4580
+msgid "Extracting Distribution Files"
+msgstr "解開發佈版本檔案"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4584
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-extracting' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4589
+msgid ""
+"Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, "
+"<application>bsdinstall</application> displays the first post-installation "
+"configuration screen. The available post-configuration options are described "
+"in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4597
+msgid "Post-Installation"
+msgstr "安裝後注意事項"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4599
+msgid ""
+"Once FreeBSD is installed, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt "
+"to configure several options before booting into the newly installed system. "
+"This section describes these configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4605
+msgid ""
+"Once the system has booted, <command>bsdconfig</command> provides a menu-"
+"driven method for configuring the system using these and additional options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4612 book.translate.xml:4623
+msgid "Setting the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> Password"
+msgstr "設定 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 密碼"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4616
+msgid ""
+"First, the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password must be "
+"set. While entering the password, the characters being typed are not "
+"displayed on the screen. After the password has been entered, it must be "
+"entered again. This helps prevent typing errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4627
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-post-root-passwd' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4634
+msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces"
+msgstr "設定網路介面"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4636
+msgid ""
+"Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. "
+"Select the interface to configure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4640
+msgid ""
+"The network configuration menus will be skipped if the network was "
+"previously configured as part of a <emphasis>bootonly</emphasis> "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4646
+msgid "Choose a Network Interface"
+msgstr "選擇網路介面"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4650
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4655
+msgid ""
+"If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the "
+"menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-configure-net-ipv4\"/>. If a "
+"wireless network interface is chosen, the system will instead scan for "
+"wireless access points:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4661
+msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points"
+msgstr "掃描無線網路存取點"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4665
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4670
+msgid ""
+"Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (<acronym>SSID</"
+"acronym>), a short, unique name given to each network. <acronym>SSIDs</"
+"acronym> found during the scan are listed, followed by a description of the "
+"encryption types available for that network. If the desired <acronym>SSID</"
+"acronym> does not appear in the list, select <guibutton>[ Rescan ]</"
+"guibutton> to scan again. If the desired network still does not appear, "
+"check for problems with antenna connections or try moving the computer "
+"closer to the access point. Rescan after each change is made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4682
+msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network"
+msgstr "選擇無線網路"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4686
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4691
+msgid ""
+"Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected "
+"wireless network. <acronym>WPA2</acronym> encryption is strongly recommended "
+"as older encryption types, like <acronym>WEP</acronym>, offer little "
+"security. If the network uses <acronym>WPA2</acronym>, input the password, "
+"also known as the Pre-Shared Key (<acronym>PSK</acronym>). For security "
+"reasons, the characters typed into the input box are displayed as asterisks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4701
+msgid "WPA2 Setup"
+msgstr "WPA2 設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4705
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4710
+msgid ""
+"Next, choose whether or not an <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address should be "
+"configured on the Ethernet or wireless interface:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4715
+msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> Networking"
+msgstr "選擇 <acronym>IPv4</acronym> 網路"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4719
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4724
+msgid ""
+"There are two methods of <acronym>IPv4</acronym> configuration. "
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> will automatically configure the network interface "
+"correctly and should be used if the network provides a <acronym>DHCP</"
+"acronym> server. Otherwise, the addressing information needs to be input "
+"manually as a static configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4732
+msgid ""
+"Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a "
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, obtain the information "
+"listed in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-collect-network-information\"/> from "
+"the network administrator or Internet service provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4739
+msgid ""
+"If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is available, select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</"
+"guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure the network "
+"interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds "
+"the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and obtains the addressing information "
+"for the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4747
+msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Configuration"
+msgstr "選擇 <acronym>IPv4</acronym> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4752
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4757
+msgid ""
+"If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, select "
+"<guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information "
+"in this menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4762
+msgid "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> Static Configuration"
+msgstr "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> 靜態位置設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4766
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4773
+msgid ""
+"<literal>IP Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address assigned "
+"to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by "
+"another piece of equipment on the local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4780
+msgid "<literal>Subnet Mask</literal> - The subnet mask for the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4785
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the "
+"network's default gateway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4791
+msgid ""
+"The next screen will ask if the interface should be configured for "
+"<acronym>IPv6</acronym>. If <acronym>IPv6</acronym> is available and "
+"desired, choose <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4797
+msgid "Choose IPv6 Networking"
+msgstr "選擇 IPv6 網路"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4801
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4806
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> also has two methods of configuration. StateLess "
+"Address AutoConfiguration (<acronym>SLAAC</acronym>) will automatically "
+"request the correct configuration information from a local router. Refer to "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862\">http://tools.ietf."
+"org/html/rfc4862</link> for more information. Static configuration requires "
+"manual entry of network information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4814
+msgid ""
+"If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is available, select "
+"<guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure "
+"the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so "
+"as it finds the router and obtains the addressing information for the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4821
+msgid "Choose IPv6 SLAAC Configuration"
+msgstr "選擇 IPv6 SLAAC 設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4825
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4830
+msgid ""
+"If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is not available, select "
+"<guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information "
+"in this menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4835
+msgid "IPv6 Static Configuration"
+msgstr "IPv6 靜態位置設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4839
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4846
+msgid ""
+"<literal>IPv6 Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address "
+"assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use "
+"by another piece of equipment on the local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4853
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address of "
+"the network's default gateway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4859
+msgid ""
+"The last network configuration menu is used to configure the Domain Name "
+"System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) resolver, which converts hostnames to and "
+"from network addresses. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> or <acronym>SLAAC</"
+"acronym> was used to autoconfigure the network interface, the "
+"<literal>Resolver Configuration</literal> values may already be filled in. "
+"Otherwise, enter the local network's domain name in the <literal>Search</"
+"literal> field. <literal>DNS #1</literal> and <literal>DNS #2</literal> are "
+"the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and/or <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses of the "
+"<acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. At least one <acronym>DNS</acronym> server "
+"is required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4873
+msgid "DNS Configuration"
+msgstr "DNS 設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4877
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4884
+msgid "Setting the Time Zone"
+msgstr "設定時區"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4886
+msgid ""
+"The next menu asks if the system clock uses <acronym>UTC</acronym> or local "
+"time. When in doubt, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to choose the more "
+"commonly-used local time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4892
+msgid "Select Local or UTC Clock"
+msgstr "選擇本地或 UTC 時鐘"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4896
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-set-clock-local-utc' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4901
+msgid ""
+"The next series of menus are used to determine the correct local time by "
+"selecting the geographic region, country, and time zone. Setting the time "
+"zone allows the system to automatically correct for regional time changes, "
+"such as daylight savings time, and perform other time zone related functions "
+"properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4908
+msgid ""
+"The example shown here is for a machine located in the Eastern time zone of "
+"the United States. The selections will vary according to the geographical "
+"location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4913
+msgid "Select a Region"
+msgstr "選擇區域"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4917
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-region' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4922
+msgid ""
+"The appropriate region is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing "
+"<keycap>Enter</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4926
+msgid "Select a Country"
+msgstr "選擇城市"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4930
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-country' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4935
+msgid ""
+"Select the appropriate country using the arrow keys and press <keycap>Enter</"
+"keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4939
+msgid "Select a Time Zone"
+msgstr "選擇時區"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4943
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-zone' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4948
+msgid ""
+"The appropriate time zone is selected using the arrow keys and pressing "
+"<keycap>Enter</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4952
+msgid "Confirm Time Zone"
+msgstr "確認時區"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4956
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-confirm' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4961
+msgid ""
+"Confirm the abbreviation for the time zone is correct. If it is, press "
+"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue with the post-installation configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4967
+msgid "Enabling Services"
+msgstr "開啟服務"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4969
+msgid ""
+"The next menu is used to configure which system services will be started "
+"whenever the system boots. All of these services are optional. Only start "
+"the services that are needed for the system to function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4975
+msgid "Selecting Additional Services to Enable"
+msgstr "選擇要開啟的其他服務"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:4979
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-services' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4984
+msgid "Here is a summary of the services which can be enabled in this menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4989
+msgid ""
+"<literal>sshd</literal> - The Secure Shell (<acronym>SSH</acronym>) daemon "
+"is used to remotely access a system over an encrypted connection. Only "
+"enable this service if the system should be available for remote logins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4997
+msgid ""
+"<literal>moused</literal> - Enable this service if the mouse will be used "
+"from the command-line system console."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5003
+msgid ""
+"<literal>ntpd</literal> - The Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>) "
+"daemon for automatic clock synchronization. Enable this service if there is "
+"a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, Kerberos, or "
+"<acronym>LDAP</acronym> server on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5011
+msgid ""
+"<literal>powerd</literal> - System power control utility for power control "
+"and energy saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5018 book.translate.xml:5026
+msgid "Enabling Crash Dumps"
+msgstr "開啟 Crash Dumps"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5020
+msgid ""
+"The next menu is used to configure whether or not crash dumps should be "
+"enabled. Enabling crash dumps can be useful in debugging issues with the "
+"system, so users are encouraged to enable crash dumps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:5030
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-crashdump' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5037
+msgid "Add Users"
+msgstr "新增使用者"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5039
+msgid ""
+"The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is recommended "
+"to login to the system using a user account rather than as <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem>. When logged in as <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem>, there are essentially no limits or "
+"protection on what can be done. Logging in as a normal user is safer and "
+"more secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5046
+msgid "Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to add new users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5050
+msgid "Add User Accounts"
+msgstr "新增使用者帳號"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:5054
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5059
+msgid ""
+"Follow the prompts and input the requested information for the user account. "
+"The example shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-add-user2\"/> creates the "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">asample</systemitem> user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5063
+msgid "Enter User Information"
+msgstr "輸入使用者資訊"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:5067
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser2' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5072
+msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5076
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Username</literal> - The name the user will enter to log in. A "
+"common convention is to use the first letter of the first name combined with "
+"the last name, as long as each username is unique for the system. The "
+"username is case sensitive and should not contain any spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5085
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Full name</literal> - The user's full name. This can contain spaces "
+"and is used as a description for the user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5091
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Uid</literal> - User <acronym>ID</acronym>. Typically, this is left "
+"blank so the system will assign a value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5097
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Login group</literal> - The user's group. Typically this is left "
+"blank to accept the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5102
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Invite <replaceable>user</replaceable> into other groups?</literal> "
+"- Additional groups to which the user will be added as a member. If the user "
+"needs administrative access, type <literal>wheel</literal> here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5110
+msgid "<literal>Login class</literal> - Typically left blank for the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5115
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Shell</literal> - Type in one of the listed values to set the "
+"interactive shell for the user. Refer to <xref linkend=\"shells\"/> for more "
+"information about shells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5122
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Home directory</literal> - The user's home directory. The default "
+"is usually correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5127
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Home directory permissions</literal> - Permissions on the user's "
+"home directory. The default is usually correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5133
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Use password-based authentication?</literal> - Typically "
+"<literal>yes</literal> so that the user is prompted to input their password "
+"at login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5139
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Use an empty password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> "
+"as it is insecure to have a blank password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5145
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Use a random password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> "
+"so that the user can set their own password in the next prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5151
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Enter password</literal> - The password for this user. Characters "
+"typed will not show on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5157
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Enter password again</literal> - The password must be typed again "
+"for verification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5162
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Lock out the account after creation?</literal> - Typically "
+"<literal>no</literal> so that the user can login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5168
+msgid ""
+"After entering everything, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake was "
+"made, enter <literal>no</literal> and try again. If everything is correct, "
+"enter <literal>yes</literal> to create the new user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5174
+msgid "Exit User and Group Management"
+msgstr "離開使用者與群組管理"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:5178
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser3' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5183
+msgid ""
+"If there are more users to add, answer the <literal>Add another user?</"
+"literal> question with <literal>yes</literal>. Enter <literal>no</literal> "
+"to finish adding users and continue the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5188
+msgid ""
+"For more information on adding users and user management, see <xref linkend="
+"\"users-synopsis\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5193 book.translate.xml:5199
+msgid "Final Configuration"
+msgstr "最後設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5195
+msgid ""
+"After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is "
+"provided to modify settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:5203
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-finalconfiguration' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5208
+msgid ""
+"Use this menu to make any changes or do any additional configuration before "
+"completing the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5213
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Add User</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
+"addusers\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5217
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Root Password</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
+"post-root\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5221
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Hostname</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
+"hostname\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5225
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Network</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-"
+"network-dev\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5229
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Services</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-sysconf"
+"\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5233
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Time Zone</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
+"timezone\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5237
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Handbook</literal> - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5242
+msgid ""
+"After any final configuration is complete, select <guibutton>Exit</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5246 book.translate.xml:11366
+msgid "Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "手動設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:5250
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-modification-shell' "
+"md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5255
+msgid ""
+"<application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt if there are any "
+"additional configuration that needs to be done before rebooting into the new "
+"system. Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to exit to a shell within the "
+"new system or <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to proceed to the last step of "
+"the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5264
+msgid "Complete the Installation"
+msgstr "完成安裝"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:5268
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-mainexit' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5273
+msgid ""
+"If further configuration or special setup is needed, select "
+"<guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> to boot the install media into Live "
+"<acronym>CD</acronym> mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5278
+msgid ""
+"If the installation is complete, select <guibutton>[ Reboot ]</guibutton> to "
+"reboot the computer and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to "
+"remove the FreeBSD install media or the computer may boot from it again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5284
+msgid ""
+"As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system "
+"finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the <prompt>login:</"
+"prompt> prompt, enter the username added during the installation. Avoid "
+"logging in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Refer to "
+"<xref linkend=\"users-superuser\"/> for instructions on how to become the "
+"superuser when administrative access is needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5293
+msgid ""
+"The messages that appeared during boot can be reviewed by pressing "
+"<keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The "
+"<keycap>PgUp</keycap>, <keycap>PgDn</keycap>, and arrow keys can be used to "
+"scroll back through the messages. When finished, press <keycap>Scroll-Lock</"
+"keycap> again to unlock the display and return to the console. To review "
+"these messages once the system has been up for some time, type "
+"<command>less /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> from a command prompt. Press "
+"<keycap>q</keycap> to return to the command line after viewing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5305
+msgid ""
+"If <application>sshd</application> was enabled in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
+"config-serv\"/>, the first boot may be a bit slower as the system will "
+"generate the <acronym>RSA</acronym> and <acronym>DSA</acronym> keys. "
+"Subsequent boots will be faster. The fingerprints of the keys will be "
+"displayed, as seen in this example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:5311
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n"
+"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.\n"
+"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub.\n"
+"The key fingerprint is:\n"
+"10:a0:f5:af:93:ae:a3:1a:b2:bb:3c:35:d9:5a:b3:f3 root@machine3.example.com\n"
+"The key's randomart image is:\n"
+"+--[RSA1 1024]----+\n"
+"|    o..          |\n"
+"|   o . .         |\n"
+"|  .   o          |\n"
+"|       o         |\n"
+"|    o   S        |\n"
+"|   + + o         |\n"
+"|o . + *          |\n"
+"|o+ ..+ .         |\n"
+"|==o..o+E         |\n"
+"+-----------------+\n"
+"Generating public/private dsa key pair.\n"
+"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.\n"
+"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub.\n"
+"The key fingerprint is:\n"
+"7e:1c:ce:dc:8a:3a:18:13:5b:34:b5:cf:d9:d1:47:b2 root@machine3.example.com\n"
+"The key's randomart image is:\n"
+"+--[ DSA 1024]----+\n"
+"|       ..     . .|\n"
+"|      o  .   . + |\n"
+"|     . ..   . E .|\n"
+"|    . .  o o . . |\n"
+"|     +  S = .    |\n"
+"|    +  . = o     |\n"
+"|     +  . * .    |\n"
+"|    . .  o .     |\n"
+"|      .o. .      |\n"
+"+-----------------+\n"
+"Starting sshd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5347
+msgid ""
+"Refer to <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/> for more information about fingerprints "
+"and <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5350
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to <xref "
+"linkend=\"x11\"/> for more information about installing and configuring a "
+"graphical window manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5354
+msgid ""
+"Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from "
+"damage. <emphasis>Do not turn off the power before the system has been "
+"properly shut down!</emphasis> If the user is a member of the <systemitem "
+"class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group, become the superuser by typing "
+"<command>su</command> at the command line and entering the <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem> password. Then, type <command>shutdown -p "
+"now</command> and the system will shut down cleanly, and if the hardware "
+"supports it, turn itself off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5367 book.translate.xml:12308 book.translate.xml:15064
+#: book.translate.xml:20212 book.translate.xml:35340 book.translate.xml:36110
+#: book.translate.xml:47782 book.translate.xml:51028 book.translate.xml:62116
+#: book.translate.xml:63771 book.translate.xml:64494
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr "疑難排解"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5369
+msgid "<primary>installation</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5373
+msgid ""
+"This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common "
+"problems people have reported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5377
+msgid ""
+"Check the Hardware Notes (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/"
+"index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html</link>) document for "
+"the version of FreeBSD to make sure the hardware is supported. If the "
+"hardware is supported and lock-ups or other problems occur, build a custom "
+"kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> to add "
+"support for devices which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</"
+"filename> kernel. The default kernel assumes that most hardware devices are "
+"in their factory default configuration in terms of <acronym>IRQ</acronym>s, "
+"<acronym>I/O</acronym> addresses, and <acronym>DMA</acronym> channels. If "
+"the hardware has been reconfigured, a custom kernel configuration file can "
+"tell FreeBSD where to find things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5391
+msgid ""
+"Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the "
+"firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. "
+"Motherboard firmware is usually referred to as the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. "
+"Most motherboard and computer manufacturers have a website for upgrades and "
+"upgrade information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5398
+msgid ""
+"Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard "
+"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> unless there is a good reason for doing so, like a "
+"critical update. The upgrade process <emphasis>can</emphasis> go wrong, "
+"leaving the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> incomplete and the computer inoperative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5406
+msgid ""
+"If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot, or it behaves "
+"strangely during install, <acronym>ACPI</acronym> may be the culprit. "
+"FreeBSD makes extensive use of the system <acronym>ACPI</acronym> service on "
+"the i386, amd64, and ia64 platforms to aid in system configuration if it is "
+"detected during boot. Unfortunately, some bugs still exist in both the "
+"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver and within system motherboards and "
+"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> firmware. <acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be disabled by "
+"setting the <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled</literal> hint in the third stage "
+"boot loader:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:5418
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<userinput>set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5420
+msgid ""
+"This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add "
+"<literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> to the file <filename>/boot/"
+"loader.conf</filename>. More information about the boot loader can be found "
+"in <xref linkend=\"boot-synopsis\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5427
+msgid "Using the Live <acronym>CD</acronym>"
+msgstr "使用 Live <acronym>CD</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5429
+msgid ""
+"The welcome menu of <application>bsdinstall</application>, shown in <xref "
+"linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/>, provides a <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</"
+"guibutton> option. This is useful for those who are still wondering whether "
+"FreeBSD is the right operating system for them and want to test some of the "
+"features before installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5436
+msgid ""
+"The following points should be noted before using the "
+"<guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5441
+msgid ""
+"To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and the password is blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5447
+msgid ""
+"As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be "
+"significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5453
+msgid ""
+"This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5478
+msgid "UNIX Basics"
+msgstr "UNIX 基礎概念"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5483
+msgid ""
+"This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD "
+"operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system. New FreeBSD users are "
+"encouraged to read through this chapter carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"接下來的這一章將涵蓋 FreeBSD 作業系統的基本指令及功能。 大部份的內容在 "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like 作業系統中都是相通的。 "
+"如果您對這些內容熟悉的話，可以放心的跳過。 如果您剛接觸 FreeBSD，那您一定要仔"
+"細的讀完這章。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5492
+msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles."
+msgstr "如何使用 FreeBSD 的虛擬 Console。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5496
+msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5501
+msgid ""
+"How <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file permissions and "
+"FreeBSD file flags work."
+msgstr ""
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 檔案權限以及 FreeBSD 檔案標"
+"記的運作方式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5506
+msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout."
+msgstr "預設的 FreeBSD 檔案系統配置。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5510
+msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization."
+msgstr "FreeBSD 的磁碟組織。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5514
+msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems."
+msgstr "如何掛載(mount)、卸載(umount)檔案系統。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5518
+msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are."
+msgstr "什麼是程序、Daemon 以及 Signal。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5522
+msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment."
+msgstr "什麼是 Shell，以及如何變更您預設的登入環境。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5527
+msgid "How to use basic text editors."
+msgstr "如何使用基本的文字編輯器。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5531
+msgid "What devices and device nodes are."
+msgstr "什麼是 Devices 和 Device node 。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5535
+msgid "How to read manual pages for more information."
+msgstr "如何閱讀操作手冊以獲得更多的資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5541
+msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals"
+msgstr "虛擬 Console 與終端機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5543
+msgid "<primary>virtual consoles</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5546 book.translate.xml:47064
+msgid "<primary>terminals</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5549 book.translate.xml:23194
+msgid "<primary>console</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5553
+msgid ""
+"Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical "
+"environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login "
+"prompt, as seen in this example:"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您沒有將 FreeBSD 設定成開機時自動進入圖形化模式，系統會進入指令登入提示像"
+"是這樣的東西："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:5558
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n"
+"\n"
+"login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5562
+msgid ""
+"The first line contains some information about the system. The "
+"<literal>amd64</literal> indicates that the system in this example is "
+"running a 64-bit version of FreeBSD. The hostname is <systemitem>pc3.example."
+"org</systemitem>, and <filename>ttyv0</filename> indicates that this is the "
+"<quote>system console</quote>. The second line is the login prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"第一行包含了剛開機完系統的資訊，<literal>amd64</literal> 代表此範例所使用的系"
+"統是執行 64-位元版本的 FreeBSD，這台主機的名稱是 <systemitem>pc3.example."
+"org</systemitem>，<filename>ttyv0</filename> 代表這是個 <quote>系統 Console</"
+"quote>。第二行則是登人的提示訊息。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5570
+msgid ""
+"Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish "
+"between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to log "
+"into the system before gaining access to the programs on the system. Every "
+"user has a unique name <quote>username</quote> and a personal "
+"<quote>password</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 是一個多使用者的系統，需要一套可以分辨不同使用者的方法。因此所有的使"
+"用者在執行程式之前必須先“登入”系統以取得系統內程式的存取權限。每個使用者都有"
+"一組獨特的帳號名稱 (<quote>username</quote>) 及個人密碼 (<quote>password</"
+"quote>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5577
+msgid ""
+"To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during "
+"system installation, as described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/"
+">, and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Then enter the password associated with "
+"the username and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The password is <emphasis>not "
+"echoed</emphasis> for security reasons."
+msgstr ""
+"要登入系統 Console 需輸入在系統安裝時設定的使用者名稱，請參考 <xref linkend="
+"\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/>，並按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap>。 接著輸入該使用者名"
+"稱的密碼按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap>。 輸入的密碼為了安全起見<emphasis>不會顯"
+"示</emphasis>在畫面上。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5585
+msgid ""
+"Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (<acronym>MOTD</"
+"acronym>) will be displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the "
+"shell that was selected when the user was created, this prompt will be a "
+"<literal>#</literal>, <literal>$</literal>, or <literal>%</literal> "
+"character. The prompt indicates that the user is now logged into the FreeBSD "
+"system console and ready to try the available commands."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您輸入了正確的密碼，您應該會看到今日訊息 (Message of the day, "
+"<acronym>MOTD</acronym>)，後面接著顯示指令提示字元，依使用者建立時所選擇的 "
+"Shell 會有不同的提示字元可能為 <literal>#</literal>, <literal>$</literal> 或"
+"者 <literal>%</literal>。 看到指令提示代表使用者現在已經登入 FreeBSD 系統 "
+"Console 且已經準備好可以下指令。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5595
+msgid "Virtual Consoles"
+msgstr "虛擬 Console"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5597
+msgid ""
+"While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user "
+"working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will "
+"typically instead log into a virtual console. This is because system "
+"messages are configured by default to display on the system console. These "
+"messages will appear over the command or file that the user is working on, "
+"making it difficult to concentrate on the work at hand."
+msgstr ""
+"雖然系統 Console 已經可以用來與系統互動，但使用鍵盤來下指令使用 FreeBSD 系統"
+"的使用者通常會使用虛擬 Console 登入。 因為系統訊息預設會顯示在系統 Console，"
+"這些訊些會在使用者作業的過程中不斷出現，讓使用者難以專心作業。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5606
+msgid ""
+"By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for "
+"inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell "
+"and it is easy to switch between virtual consoles. This essentially provides "
+"the command line equivalent of having several windows open at the same time "
+"in a graphical environment."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 預設提供多個虛擬 Console 可輸入指令，每個虛擬 Console 都有自己的登入"
+"提示及 Shell 並且可以輕易的在虛擬 Console 間切換。 這實際上讓指令輸入有了類似"
+"於圖型化環境中可以同時開啟多個視窗的功能。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5613
+msgid ""
+"The key combinations <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></"
+"keycombo> through <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></"
+"keycombo> have been reserved by FreeBSD for switching between virtual "
+"consoles. Use <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> "
+"to switch to the system console (<filename>ttyv0</filename>), "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> to access the "
+"first virtual console (<filename>ttyv1</filename>), <keycombo><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> to access the second virtual console "
+"(<filename>ttyv2</filename>), and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"組合鍵 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> 至  "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo> 被 FreeBSD 保留"
+"用來切換虛擬 Console，使用 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</"
+"keycap></keycombo> 可切換至系統 Console (<filename>ttyv0</filename>)，"
+"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> 可存取第一個虛"
+"擬 Console (<filename>ttyv1</filename>)，<keycombo><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> 可存取第二個虛擬 Console "
+"(<filename>ttyv2</filename>)，以此類推。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5629
+msgid ""
+"When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen "
+"output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and "
+"keyboards that can be used to type commands for FreeBSD to run. The programs "
+"that are launched in one virtual console do not stop running when the user "
+"switches to a different virtual console."
+msgstr ""
+"當您從一個 Console 切換到下一個的時候，FreeBSD 會切換畫面顯示的內容， 這就好"
+"像有很多虛擬的螢幕和鍵盤可以讓您輸入指令到 FreeBSD 執行。 在某一個虛擬 "
+"Console 上執行的程式並不會因為使用者切到別的 Console 而停止執行。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5636
+msgid ""
+"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdcontrol</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>atkbd</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more technical "
+"description of the FreeBSD console and its keyboard drivers."
+msgstr ""
+"請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>atkbd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 以及 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 來取得更多有關 FreeBSD Console 及鍵盤驅動程式的技術說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5641
+msgid ""
+"In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this "
+"section of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 中虛擬 Console 的數量設定在 <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> 檔案中的下"
+"列章節:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5645
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# name    getty                         type  status comments\n"
+"#\n"
+"ttyv0   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
+"# Virtual terminals\n"
+"ttyv1   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
+"ttyv2   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
+"ttyv3   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
+"ttyv4   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
+"ttyv5   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
+"ttyv6   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
+"ttyv7   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
+"ttyv8   \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5659
+msgid ""
+"To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (<literal>#</literal>) at "
+"the beginning of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to "
+"reduce the number of available virtual consoles from eight to four, put a "
+"<literal>#</literal> in front of the last four lines representing virtual "
+"consoles <filename>ttyv5</filename> through <filename>ttyv8</filename>. "
+"<emphasis>Do not</emphasis> comment out the line for the system console "
+"<filename>ttyv0</filename>. Note that the last virtual console "
+"(<filename>ttyv8</filename>) is used to access the graphical environment if "
+"<application>Xorg</application> has been installed and configured as "
+"described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"要關閉虛擬 Console 只要在指定的虛擬 Console 該行設定的一開始加上註解符號 "
+"(<literal>#</literal>)。 例如要將虛擬 Console 的數量由 8 個改為 4 個，則可將 "
+"<literal>#</literal> 加在代表虛擬 Console 的 <filename>ttyv5</filename> 到 "
+"<filename>ttyv8</filename> 的最後四行一開始。 <emphasis>請勿</emphasis>將系"
+"統 Console <filename>ttyv0</filename> 加上註解符號。 注意，若有依照 <xref "
+"linkend=\"x11\"/> 安裝並設定 <application>Xorg</application> 時，會用到最後一"
+"個虛擬 Console (<filename>ttyv8</filename>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5673
+msgid ""
+"For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available "
+"options for the virtual consoles, refer to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ttys</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"有關各欄位的設定以及其他選項，請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ttys</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5679
+msgid "Single User Mode"
+msgstr "單使用者模式"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5681
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as <quote>Boot Single "
+"User</quote>. If this option is selected, the system will boot into a "
+"special mode known as <quote>single user mode</quote>. This mode is "
+"typically used to repair a system that will not boot or to reset the "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when it is not "
+"known. While in single user mode, networking and other virtual consoles are "
+"not available. However, full <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
+"systemitem> access to the system is available, and by default, the "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password is not needed. For "
+"these reasons, physical access to the keyboard is needed to boot into this "
+"mode and determining who has physical access to the keyboard is something to "
+"consider when securing a FreeBSD system."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 開機選單會提供一個選項為 <quote>Boot Single User</quote>，若選擇該項"
+"目，系統將會進入所謂 <quote>單使用者模式</quote> 的特殊模式。 此模式通常用在"
+"修復系統無法開機或重設已忘掉的 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
+"systemitem> 密碼。 在當使用者模式中無法使用網路及其他虛擬 Console，但有完整 "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 對系統的存取權限，而且預設是"
+"不須要輸入 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 密碼。 也因此，要"
+"能透過實體鍵盤操作才能進入此模式，在考量 FreeBSD 系統安全時須要限制可操作實體"
+"鍵盤的人員。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5697
+msgid ""
+"The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of "
+"<filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"有關單使用者模式的設定可在 <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> 中的以下章節中找到:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5700
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# name  getty                           type  status  comments\n"
+"#\n"
+"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n"
+"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
+"console none                            unknown  off  secure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5706
+msgid ""
+"By default, the status is set to <literal>secure</literal>. This assumes "
+"that who has physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it "
+"is controlled by a physical security policy. If this setting is changed to "
+"<literal>insecure</literal>, the assumption is that the environment itself "
+"is insecure because anyone can access the keyboard. When this line is "
+"changed to <literal>insecure</literal>, FreeBSD will prompt for the "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when a user "
+"selects to boot into single user mode."
+msgstr ""
+"預設狀態為安全 (<literal>secure</literal>)，這代表誰能夠操作實體鍵盤不是不重"
+"要就是已受到實體安全規範管制。 若設定更該為不安全(<literal>insecure</"
+"literal>) 則代表主機所在的環境不安全，因為任何人皆可接觸鍵盤。 當此行設定更改"
+"為不安全 (<literal>insecure</literal>) 時，當使用擇選擇單使用者模式時，"
+"FreeBSD 將會要求輸入 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 的密"
+"碼。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5718
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Be careful when changing this setting to <literal>insecure</"
+"literal></emphasis>! If the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
+"password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but "
+"may be difficult for someone who is not familiar with the FreeBSD booting "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>請審慎考慮是否要改為 <literal>insecure</literal></emphasis>！ 因為"
+"萬一忘記 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 密碼的話，雖然還是"
+"有其他辦法可以登入單使用者模式，只是對不熟 FreeBSD 開機程序的人可就麻煩了。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5728
+msgid "Changing Console Video Modes"
+msgstr "更改 Console 影像模式"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5730
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, "
+"1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To "
+"use a different video mode load the <literal>VESA</literal> module:"
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD Console 預設顯示大小可以調整為 1024x768、1280x1024 或其他顯示卡與螢幕"
+"有支援的解析度大小。 要使用不同的影像模式需載入 <literal>VESA</literal> 模"
+"組："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:5735
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vesa</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5737
+msgid ""
+"To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>. To get a list of supported video modes issue the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+"要偵測硬體支援的影像模式，可使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 要取得支援的影像模式"
+"清單可輸入以下指令："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:5741
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol -i mode</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5743
+msgid ""
+"The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the "
+"hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> as the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
+"systemitem> user:"
+msgstr ""
+"該指令會顯示硬體所支援的影像模式清單，要採用新的影像模式需以 <systemitem "
+"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 使用者執行 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:5748
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol MODE_279</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5750
+msgid ""
+"If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by "
+"adding it to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"若可接受新的影像模式，可以在 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 加入設定，讓每"
+"次重開機後會自動生效："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5754
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5771
+msgid "Users and Basic Account Management"
+msgstr "使用者與基礎帳號管理"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5773
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While "
+"only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one "
+"time, any number of users can log in to the system through the network. To "
+"use the system, each user should have their own user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5779
+msgid "This chapter describes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5783
+msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5788
+msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5792
+msgid ""
+"How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed "
+"to access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5798
+msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5804
+msgid "Account Types"
+msgstr "帳號類型"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5806
+msgid ""
+"Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all "
+"processes are run by users, user and account management is important."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5810
+msgid ""
+"There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and "
+"the superuser account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5814
+msgid "System Accounts"
+msgstr "系統帳號"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5816
+msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>system</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5821
+msgid ""
+"System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web servers. "
+"The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the superuser, they "
+"could act without restriction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5826
+msgid ""
+"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username"
+"\">daemon</systemitem></secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5830
+msgid ""
+"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username"
+"\">operator</systemitem></secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5835
+msgid ""
+"Examples of system accounts are <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</"
+"systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem>, "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">bind</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">news</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">www</"
+"systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5842
+msgid ""
+"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username"
+"\">nobody</systemitem></secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5847
+msgid ""
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem> is the generic "
+"unprivileged system account. However, the more services that use <systemitem "
+"class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>, the more files and processes that "
+"user will become associated with, and hence the more privileged that user "
+"becomes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5856
+msgid "User Accounts"
+msgstr "使用者帳號"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:5858
+msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>user</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5863
+msgid ""
+"User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the "
+"system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user account. "
+"This allows the administrator to find out who is doing what and prevents "
+"users from clobbering the settings of other users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5869
+msgid ""
+"Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the "
+"system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and "
+"language settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5874
+msgid ""
+"Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated "
+"with it:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5879
+msgid "User name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5882
+msgid ""
+"The user name is typed at the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt. Each user must "
+"have a unique user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user "
+"names which are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It is recommended to "
+"use user names that consist of eight or fewer, all lower case characters in "
+"order to maintain backwards compatibility with applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5894
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5897
+msgid "Each account has an associated password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5902
+msgid "User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5905
+msgid ""
+"The User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify "
+"the user to the FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be "
+"specified will first convert it to the <acronym>UID</acronym>. It is "
+"recommended to use a UID less than 65535, since higher values may cause "
+"compatibility issues with some software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5916
+msgid "Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5919
+msgid ""
+"The Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify "
+"the primary group that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for "
+"controlling access to resources based on a user's <acronym>GID</acronym> "
+"rather than their <acronym>UID</acronym>. This can significantly reduce the "
+"size of some configuration files and allows users to be members of more than "
+"one group. It is recommended to use a GID of 65535 or lower as higher GIDs "
+"may break some software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5933
+msgid "Login class"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5936
+msgid ""
+"Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide "
+"additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login "
+"classes are discussed further in <xref linkend=\"users-limiting\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5945
+msgid "Password change time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5948
+msgid ""
+"By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be "
+"enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their "
+"passwords after a certain amount of time has elapsed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5957
+msgid "Account expiration time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5960
+msgid ""
+"By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that "
+"need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the "
+"account expiry date using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. After the expiry time "
+"has elapsed, the account cannot be used to log in to the system, although "
+"the account's directories and files will remain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5971
+msgid "User's full name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5974
+msgid ""
+"The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not "
+"necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this "
+"information can contain spaces, uppercase characters, and be more than 8 "
+"characters long."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5983
+msgid "Home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5986
+msgid ""
+"The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is "
+"the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is "
+"to put all user home directories under <filename><replaceable>/home/"
+"username</replaceable></filename> or <filename><replaceable>/usr/home/"
+"username</replaceable></filename>. Each user stores their personal files and "
+"subdirectories in their own home directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5997
+msgid "User shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6000
+msgid ""
+"The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the "
+"system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will "
+"have their own preferences, which can be reflected in their account settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6011
+msgid "The Superuser Account"
+msgstr "超級使用者帳號"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6013
+msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>superuser (root)</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6018
+msgid ""
+"The superuser account, usually called <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
+"systemitem>, is used to manage the system with no limitations on privileges. "
+"For this reason, it should not be used for day-to-day tasks like sending and "
+"receiving mail, general exploration of the system, or programming."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6025
+msgid ""
+"The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and "
+"misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User "
+"accounts are unable to destroy the operating system by mistake, so it is "
+"recommended to login as a user account and to only become the superuser when "
+"a command requires extra privilege."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6033
+msgid ""
+"Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since "
+"an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6037
+msgid ""
+"There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, this is highly discouraged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6042
+msgid ""
+"Instead, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> to become the superuser. If <literal>-</literal> "
+"is specified when running this command, the user will also inherit the root "
+"user's environment. The user running this command must be in the <systemitem "
+"class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group or else the command will fail. "
+"The user must also know the password for the <systemitem class=\"username"
+"\">root</systemitem> user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6052
+msgid ""
+"In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run "
+"<command>make install</command> as this step requires superuser privilege. "
+"Once the command completes, the user types <command>exit</command> to leave "
+"the superuser account and return to the privilege of their user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6060
+msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser"
+msgstr "以超級使用者的身份安裝程式"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6062
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>configure</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
+"Password:\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6071
+msgid ""
+"The built-in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> framework works well for single systems or small "
+"networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install "
+"the <package>security/sudo</package> package or port. This software provides "
+"activity logging and allows the administrator to configure which users can "
+"run which commands as the superuser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6082
+msgid "Managing Accounts"
+msgstr "管理帳號"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6084
+msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>modifying</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6089
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. "
+"The most common commands are summarized in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
+"utilities\"/>, followed by some examples of their usage. See the manual page "
+"for each utility for more details and usage examples."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6096
+msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts"
+msgstr "管理使用者帳號的工具"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6104 book.translate.xml:58355 book.translate.xml:61882
+msgid "Command"
+msgstr "指令"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6105 book.translate.xml:16965 book.translate.xml:17119
+msgid "Summary"
+msgstr "摘要"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6110
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6111
+msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6116
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6117
+msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6122
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6123
+msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6128
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6129
+msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6134
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6135
+msgid ""
+"A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6143
+msgid "<command>adduser</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6145
+msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6149 book.translate.xml:43126
+msgid "<primary><command>adduser</command></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6152
+msgid "<primary><filename>/usr/share/skel</filename></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6155
+msgid "<primary>skeleton directory</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6159
+msgid ""
+"The recommended program for adding new users is "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When a new user is added, this program "
+"automatically updates <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/"
+"group</filename>. It also creates a home directory for the new user, copies "
+"in the default configuration files from <filename>/usr/share/skel</"
+"filename>, and can optionally mail the new user a welcome message. This "
+"utility must be run as the superuser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6169
+msgid ""
+"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility is interactive and walks through the steps "
+"for creating a new user account. As seen in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
+"adduser\"/>, either input the required information or press <keycap>Return</"
+"keycap> to accept the default value shown in square brackets. In this "
+"example, the user has been invited into the <systemitem class=\"groupname"
+"\">wheel</systemitem> group, allowing them to become the superuser with "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. When finished, the utility will prompt to either create "
+"another user or to exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6181
+msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD"
+msgstr "在 FreeBSD 新增使用者"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adduser</userinput>\n"
+"Username: <userinput>jru</userinput>\n"
+"Full name: <userinput>J. Random User</userinput>\n"
+"Uid (Leave empty for default):\n"
+"Login group [jru]:\n"
+"Login group is jru. Invite jru into other groups? []: <userinput>wheel</userinput>\n"
+"Login class [default]:\n"
+"Shell (sh csh tcsh zsh nologin) [sh]: <userinput>zsh</userinput>\n"
+"Home directory [/home/jru]:\n"
+"Home directory permissions (Leave empty for default):\n"
+"Use password-based authentication? [yes]:\n"
+"Use an empty password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
+"Use a random password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
+"Enter password:\n"
+"Enter password again:\n"
+"Lock out the account after creation? [no]:\n"
+"Username   : jru\n"
+"Password   : ****\n"
+"Full Name  : J. Random User\n"
+"Uid        : 1001\n"
+"Class      :\n"
+"Groups     : jru wheel\n"
+"Home       : /home/jru\n"
+"Shell      : /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
+"Locked     : no\n"
+"OK? (yes/no): <userinput>yes</userinput>\n"
+"adduser: INFO: Successfully added (jru) to the user database.\n"
+"Add another user? (yes/no): <userinput>no</userinput>\n"
+"Goodbye!\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6216
+msgid ""
+"Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the "
+"password when creating the user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6223
+msgid "<command>rmuser</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6225
+msgid "<primary><command>rmuser</command></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6228
+msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6233
+msgid ""
+"To completely remove a user from the system, run "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> as the superuser. This command performs the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6239
+msgid ""
+"Removes the user's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> entry, if one exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6244
+msgid ""
+"Removes any <citerefentry><refentrytitle>at</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> jobs belonging to the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6249
+msgid "Kills all processes owned by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6253
+msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6258
+msgid ""
+"Optionally removes the user's home directory, if it is owned by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6263
+msgid ""
+"Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from <filename>/var/"
+"mail</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6268
+msgid ""
+"Removes all files owned by the user from temporary file storage areas such "
+"as <filename>/tmp</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6274
+msgid ""
+"Finally, removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in "
+"<filename>/etc/group</filename>. If a group becomes empty and the group name "
+"is the same as the username, the group is removed. This complements the per-"
+"user unique groups created by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6283
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is "
+"almost always an indication of massive destruction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6287
+msgid ""
+"By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6291
+msgid "<command>rmuser</command> Interactive Account Removal"
+msgstr "<command>rmuser</command> 互動式帳號移除"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6294
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rmuser jru</userinput>\n"
+"Matching password entry:\n"
+"jru:*:1001:1001::0:0:J. Random User:/home/jru:/usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
+"Is this the entry you wish to remove? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
+"Remove user's home directory (/home/jru)? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
+"Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6305
+msgid "<command>chpass</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6307
+msgid "<primary><command>chpass</command></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6311
+msgid ""
+"Any user can use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to change their "
+"default shell and personal information associated with their user account. "
+"The superuser can use this utility to change additional account information "
+"for any user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6316
+msgid ""
+"When passed no options, aside from an optional username, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> displays an editor containing user information. When the user "
+"exits from the editor, the user database is updated with the new information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6322
+msgid ""
+"This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, "
+"unless the utility is run as the superuser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6327
+msgid ""
+"In <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-su\"/>, the superuser has typed "
+"<command>chpass jru</command> and is now viewing the fields that can be "
+"changed for this user. If <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> "
+"runs this command instead, only the last six fields will be displayed and "
+"available for editing. This is shown in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
+"chpass-ru\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6336
+msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Superuser"
+msgstr "以超級使用者的身份使用 <command>chpass</command>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6339
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
+"Login: jru\n"
+"Password: *\n"
+"Uid [#]: 1001\n"
+"Gid [# or name]: 1001\n"
+"Change [month day year]:\n"
+"Expire [month day year]:\n"
+"Class:\n"
+"Home directory: /home/jru\n"
+"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
+"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
+"Office Location:\n"
+"Office Phone:\n"
+"Home Phone:\n"
+"Other information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6357
+msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Regular User"
+msgstr "以一般使用者的身份使用 <command>chpass</command>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6360
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
+"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
+"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
+"Office Location:\n"
+"Office Phone:\n"
+"Home Phone:\n"
+"Other information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6370
+msgid ""
+"The commands <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> are links to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, as are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchpass</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchsh</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since <acronym>NIS</"
+"acronym> support is automatic, specifying the <literal>yp</literal> before "
+"the command is not necessary. How to configure NIS is covered in <xref "
+"linkend=\"network-servers\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6380
+msgid "<command>passwd</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6382
+msgid "<primary><command>passwd</command></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6385
+msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>changing password</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6390
+msgid ""
+"Any user can easily change their password using "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. To prevent accidental or unauthorized changes, this command "
+"will prompt for the user's original password before a new password can be "
+"set:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6396
+msgid "Changing Your Password"
+msgstr "更改您的密碼"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6398
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
+"Changing local password for jru.\n"
+"Old password:\n"
+"New password:\n"
+"Retype new password:\n"
+"passwd: updating the database...\n"
+"passwd: done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6407
+msgid ""
+"The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when "
+"running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When this utility is run as the superuser, it "
+"will not prompt for the user's current password. This allows the password to "
+"be changed when a user cannot remember the original password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6415
+msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser"
+msgstr "以超級使用者的身份更改其他使用者的密碼"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6418
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd jru</userinput>\n"
+"Changing local password for jru.\n"
+"New password:\n"
+"Retype new password:\n"
+"passwd: updating the database...\n"
+"passwd: done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6427
+msgid ""
+"As with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yppasswd</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a link to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, so <acronym>NIS</acronym> works with either command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6434
+msgid "<command>pw</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6436 book.translate.xml:43149
+msgid "<primary><command>pw</command></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6440
+msgid ""
+"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and "
+"groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> has a very powerful set of command line options that make it "
+"suitable for use in shell scripts, but new users may find it more "
+"complicated than the other commands presented in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6451
+msgid "Managing Groups"
+msgstr "管理群組"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6453
+msgid "<primary>groups</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6456
+msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/groups</filename></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6459
+msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>groups</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6464
+msgid ""
+"A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and "
+"<acronym>GID</acronym>. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the <acronym>UID</"
+"acronym> of a process, and the list of groups it belongs to, to determine "
+"what the process is allowed to do. Most of the time, the <acronym>GID</"
+"acronym> of a user or process usually means the first group in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6471
+msgid ""
+"The group name to <acronym>GID</acronym> mapping is listed in <filename>/etc/"
+"group</filename>. This is a plain text file with four colon-delimited "
+"fields. The first field is the group name, the second is the encrypted "
+"password, the third the <acronym>GID</acronym>, and the fourth the comma-"
+"delimited list of members. For a more complete description of the syntax, "
+"refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6479
+msgid ""
+"The superuser can modify <filename>/etc/group</filename> using a text "
+"editor. Alternatively, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to add and "
+"edit groups. For example, to add a group called <systemitem class=\"groupname"
+"\">teamtwo</systemitem> and then confirm that it exists:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6486
+msgid ""
+"Adding a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 新增群組"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6488
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd teamtwo</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
+"teamtwo:*:1100:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6493
+msgid ""
+"In this example, <literal>1100</literal> is the <acronym>GID</acronym> of "
+"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>. Right now, <systemitem "
+"class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> has no members. This command will "
+"add <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> as a member of "
+"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6502
+msgid ""
+"Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 加入使用者帳號到新的群組"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6505
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
+"teamtwo:*:1100:jru"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6510
+msgid ""
+"The argument to <option>-M</option> is a comma-delimited list of users to be "
+"added to a new (empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. "
+"To the user, this group membership is different from (and in addition to) "
+"the user's primary group listed in the password file. This means that the "
+"user will not show up as a member when using <option>groupshow</option> with "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, but will show up when the information is queried via "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> or a similar tool. When <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add a user "
+"to a group, it only manipulates <filename>/etc/group</filename> and does not "
+"attempt to read additional data from <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6524
+msgid ""
+"Adding a New Member to a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 加入新成員到群組"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6526
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -m db</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
+"teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6531
+msgid ""
+"In this example, the argument to <option>-m</option> is a comma-delimited "
+"list of users who are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, "
+"these users are appended to the group and do not replace existing users in "
+"the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6538
+msgid ""
+"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> to Determine Group Membership"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來查看所屬群組"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6540
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>id jru</userinput>\n"
+"uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6544
+msgid ""
+"In this example, <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> is a member "
+"of the groups <systemitem class=\"groupname\">jru</systemitem> and "
+"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6549
+msgid ""
+"For more information about this command and the format of <filename>/etc/"
+"group</filename>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6556
+msgid "Permissions"
+msgstr "權限"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6558
+msgid "<primary>UNIX</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6562
+msgid ""
+"In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions "
+"and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these "
+"permissions. Understanding how permissions work is necessary to make sure "
+"that users are able to access the files that they need and are unable to "
+"improperly access the files used by the operating system or owned by other "
+"users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6570
+msgid ""
+"This section discusses the traditional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
+"trademark> permissions used in FreeBSD. For finer grained file system access "
+"control, refer to <xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6574
+msgid ""
+"In <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>, basic permissions are "
+"assigned using three types of access: read, write, and execute. These access "
+"types are used to determine file access to the file's owner, group, and "
+"others (everyone else). The read, write, and execute permissions can be "
+"represented as the letters <literal>r</literal>, <literal>w</literal>, and "
+"<literal>x</literal>. They can also be represented as binary numbers as each "
+"permission is either on or off (<literal>0</literal>). When represented as a "
+"number, the order is always read as <literal>rwx</literal>, where "
+"<literal>r</literal> has an on value of <literal>4</literal>, <literal>w</"
+"literal> has an on value of <literal>2</literal> and <literal>x</literal> "
+"has an on value of <literal>1</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6589
+msgid ""
+"Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. When "
+"reading the <quote>Directory Listing</quote> column, a <literal>-</literal> "
+"is used to represent a permission that is set to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6594
+msgid "<primary>permissions</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6597
+msgid "<primary>file permissions</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6602
+msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Permissions"
+msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 權限"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6607
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "數值"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6608
+msgid "Permission"
+msgstr "權限"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6609
+msgid "Directory Listing"
+msgstr "目錄標示"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6615
+msgid "0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6616
+msgid "No read, no write, no execute"
+msgstr "不可讀取, 不可寫入, 不可執行"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6617
+msgid "<literal>---</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6621 book.translate.xml:46762 book.translate.xml:46784
+#: book.translate.xml:46874
+msgid "1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6622
+msgid "No read, no write, execute"
+msgstr "不可讀取, 不可寫入, 可執行"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6623
+msgid "<literal>--x</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6627 book.translate.xml:46654 book.translate.xml:46664
+#: book.translate.xml:46736 book.translate.xml:46746 book.translate.xml:46826
+#: book.translate.xml:46828
+msgid "2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6628
+msgid "No read, write, no execute"
+msgstr "不可讀取, 可寫入, 不可執行"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6629
+msgid "<literal>-w-</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6633 book.translate.xml:46656 book.translate.xml:46662
+#: book.translate.xml:46738 book.translate.xml:46744 book.translate.xml:46834
+#: book.translate.xml:46836
+msgid "3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6634
+msgid "No read, write, execute"
+msgstr "不可讀取, 可寫入, 可執行"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6635
+msgid "<literal>-wx</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6639 book.translate.xml:46670 book.translate.xml:46680
+#: book.translate.xml:46752 book.translate.xml:46760 book.translate.xml:46778
+#: book.translate.xml:46786 book.translate.xml:46842 book.translate.xml:46850
+#: book.translate.xml:46892
+msgid "4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6640
+msgid "Read, no write, no execute"
+msgstr "可讀取, 不可寫入, 不可執行"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6641
+msgid "<literal>r--</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6645 book.translate.xml:46672 book.translate.xml:46678
+#: book.translate.xml:46768 book.translate.xml:46770 book.translate.xml:46858
+#: book.translate.xml:46884
+msgid "5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6646
+msgid "Read, no write, execute"
+msgstr "可讀取, 不可寫入, 可執行"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6647
+msgid "<literal>r-x</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6651 book.translate.xml:46688 book.translate.xml:46702
+#: book.translate.xml:46754 book.translate.xml:46776 book.translate.xml:46844
+#: book.translate.xml:46866
+msgid "6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6652
+msgid "Read, write, no execute"
+msgstr "可讀取, 可寫入, 不可執行"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6653
+msgid "<literal>rw-</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6657 book.translate.xml:46646 book.translate.xml:46648
+#: book.translate.xml:46792 book.translate.xml:46802 book.translate.xml:46860
+#: book.translate.xml:46882
+msgid "7"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6658
+msgid "Read, write, execute"
+msgstr "可讀取, 可寫入, 可執行"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6659
+msgid "<literal>rwx</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6665
+msgid ""
+"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6668
+msgid "<primary>directories</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6672
+msgid ""
+"Use the <option>-l</option> argument to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view a long "
+"directory listing that includes a column of information about a file's "
+"permissions for the owner, group, and everyone else. For example, a "
+"<command>ls -l</command> in an arbitrary directory may show:"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令時，可以加上 <option>-l</option> 參數， 來檢視"
+"詳細的目錄清單。 清單中欄位的資訊包含檔案對所有者、群組及其他人的權限。 在任"
+"一個目錄底下執行 <command>ls -l</command>，會顯示如下的結果:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6678
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -l</userinput>\n"
+"total 530\n"
+"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 myfile\n"
+"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 otherfile\n"
+"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel    7680 Sep  5 12:31 email.txt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6684
+msgid ""
+"The first (leftmost) character in the first column indicates whether this "
+"file is a regular file, a directory, a special character device, a socket, "
+"or any other special pseudo-file device. In this example, the <literal>-</"
+"literal> indicates a regular file. The next three characters, <literal>rw-</"
+"literal> in this example, give the permissions for the owner of the file. "
+"The next three characters, <literal>r--</literal>, give the permissions for "
+"the group that the file belongs to. The final three characters, <literal>r--"
+"</literal>, give the permissions for the rest of the world. A dash means "
+"that the permission is turned off. In this example, the permissions are set "
+"so the owner can read and write to the file, the group can read the file, "
+"and the rest of the world can only read the file. According to the table "
+"above, the permissions for this file would be <literal>644</literal>, where "
+"each digit represents the three parts of the file's permission."
+msgstr ""
+"第一個 (最左邊) 的字元用來表示這個檔案的類型為何，除標準檔案以外，尚有目錄、"
+"特殊字元裝置、Socket 及其他特殊虛擬檔案裝置， 在此例當中，<literal>-</"
+"literal> 表示該檔案為一個標準的檔案。 範例中接下來的三個字元中，<literal>rw-"
+"</literal> 代表所有者對檔案擁有的權限。 再接下來的三個字元， <literal>r--</"
+"literal> 則代表群組對檔案擁有的權限， 最後三個字元，<literal>r--</literal> 則"
+"代表其他人對檔案擁有的權限。 破折號 (-) 表示沒有權限，範例中的這個檔案的權"
+"限， 只允許所有者讀取、寫入檔案，群組以及其他人僅能讀取檔案。 根據以上的表"
+"格，此種權限的檔案可以使用 <literal>644</literal> 來表示， 每組數字分別代表檔"
+"案的三種權限。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6701
+msgid ""
+"How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most "
+"hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. "
+"These special device files are stored in <filename>/dev/</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"那系統如何控制裝置的權限？ 實際上 FreeBSD 對大多的硬碟裝置就如同檔案，程式可"
+"以開啟、讀取以及寫入資料如一般檔案。 這些特殊裝置檔案都儲存於 <filename>/dev/"
+"</filename> 目錄中。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6706
+msgid ""
+"Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute "
+"permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different "
+"meaning than that of files. When a directory is marked executable, it means "
+"it is possible to change into that directory using "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. This also means that it is possible to access the files "
+"within that directory, subject to the permissions on the files themselves."
+msgstr ""
+"目錄也同如檔案，擁有讀取、寫入及執行的權限， 但在執行權限上與檔案有明顯的差"
+"異。 當目錄被標示為可執行時，代表可以使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cd</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令切換進入該目錄。 也"
+"代表能夠存取在此目錄之中的已知檔名的檔案，但仍會受限於檔案本身所設定的權限。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6715
+msgid ""
+"In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on "
+"the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is "
+"necessary to have write <emphasis>and</emphasis> execute permissions to the "
+"directory containing the file."
+msgstr ""
+"要能夠列出目錄內容，必須擁有目錄的讀取權限。 要刪除已知檔名的檔案，必須擁有檔"
+"案所在目錄的寫入 <emphasis>以及</emphasis> 執行的權限。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6721
+msgid ""
+"There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special "
+"circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more "
+"information on file permissions and how to set them, refer to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"還有一些權限位元，但這些權限主要在特殊情況使用，如 setuid binaries 及 sticky "
+"directories。 如果您還想知道更多檔案權限的資訊及使用方法，請務必參閱 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6728
+msgid "Symbolic Permissions"
+msgstr "權限符號"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: book.translate.xml:6731 book.translate.xml:6866 book.translate.xml:6917
+#: book.translate.xml:19238 book.translate.xml:19345 book.translate.xml:19523
+#: book.translate.xml:20642 book.translate.xml:21168 book.translate.xml:23417
+#: book.translate.xml:33824 book.translate.xml:45463 book.translate.xml:65535
+msgid ""
+"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
+"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:6741
+msgid "<primary>permissions</primary> <secondary>symbolic</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6746
+msgid ""
+"Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign "
+"permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of "
+"(who) (action) (permissions), where the following values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+"權限符號可稱做符號表示，使用字元的方式來取代使用數值來設定檔案或目錄的權限。 "
+"符號表示的格式依序為 (某人)(動作)(權限)，可使用的符號如下:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6756 book.translate.xml:23143
+msgid "Option"
+msgstr "項目"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6757
+msgid "Letter"
+msgstr "字母"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6758
+msgid "Represents"
+msgstr "代表意義"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6764 book.translate.xml:6770 book.translate.xml:6776
+#: book.translate.xml:6782
+msgid "(who)"
+msgstr "(某人)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6765
+msgid "u"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6766
+msgid "User"
+msgstr "使用者"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6771
+msgid "g"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6772
+msgid "Group owner"
+msgstr "群組所有者"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6777
+msgid "o"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6778
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "其他"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6783
+msgid "a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6784
+msgid "All (<quote>world</quote>)"
+msgstr "全部 (<quote>world</quote>)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6788 book.translate.xml:6794 book.translate.xml:6800
+msgid "(action)"
+msgstr "(動作)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6789 book.translate.xml:31385 book.translate.xml:39117
+msgid "+"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6790
+msgid "Adding permissions"
+msgstr "\t增加權限"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6795 book.translate.xml:31390 book.translate.xml:39122
+msgid "-"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6796
+msgid "Removing permissions"
+msgstr "移除權限"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6801
+msgid "="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6802
+msgid "Explicitly set permissions"
+msgstr "指定權限"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6806 book.translate.xml:6812 book.translate.xml:6818
+#: book.translate.xml:6824 book.translate.xml:6830
+msgid "(permissions)"
+msgstr "(權限)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6807
+msgid "r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6808
+msgid "Read"
+msgstr "讀取"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6813
+msgid "w"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6814
+msgid "Write"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6819
+msgid "x"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6820
+msgid "Execute"
+msgstr "寫入"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6825
+msgid "t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6826
+msgid "Sticky bit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6831
+msgid "s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:6832
+msgid "Set UID or GID"
+msgstr "\tSet UID 或 GID"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6838
+msgid ""
+"These values are used with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but with letters "
+"instead of numbers. For example, the following command would block other "
+"users from accessing <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>:"
+msgstr ""
+"如先前同樣使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令來設定，但使用的參"
+"數為這些字元。 例如，您可以使用下列指令禁止其他使用者存取檔案 "
+"<replaceable>FILE</replaceable>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6843
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go= FILE</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6845
+msgid ""
+"A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to "
+"a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group "
+"and <quote>world</quote> write permission on <replaceable>FILE</"
+"replaceable>, and adds the execute permissions for everyone:"
+msgstr ""
+"若有兩個以上的符號表示可以使用逗號 (,) 區隔。 例如，下列指令將會移除群組及其"
+"他人對檔案 <replaceable>FILE</replaceable> 的寫入權限， 並使全部人 "
+"(<quote>world</quote>) 對該檔有執行權限。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6852
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go-w,a+x <replaceable>FILE</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6863
+msgid "FreeBSD File Flags"
+msgstr "FreeBSD 檔案旗標"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6876
+msgid ""
+"In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of <quote>file "
+"flags</quote>. These flags add an additional level of security and control "
+"over files, but not directories. With file flags, even <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem> can be prevented from removing or altering "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"除了前面提到的檔案權限外，FreeBSD 支援使用 <quote>檔案旗標</quote>。 這些旗標"
+"增加了檔案的安全性及管理性，但不包含目錄。有了檔案旗標可確保在某些時候 "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 不會意外將檔案修改或移除。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6883
+msgid ""
+"File flags are modified using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to "
+"enable the system undeletable flag on the file <filename>file1</filename>, "
+"issue the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+"修改的檔案 flag 僅需要使用擁有簡易的介面的 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 工具。 例如，標示系統禁止刪除的旗標於檔案 "
+"<filename>file1</filename>，使用下列指令："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6888
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags sunlink file1</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6890
+msgid ""
+"To disable the system undeletable flag, put a <quote>no</quote> in front of "
+"the <option>sunlink</option>:"
+msgstr ""
+"若要移除系統禁止刪除的旗標，只需要簡單在 <option>sunlink</option> 前加上 "
+"<quote>no</quote>，例如："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6894
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags nosunlink file1</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6896
+msgid ""
+"To view the flags of a file, use <option>-lo</option> with "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>:"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 及參數 <option>-lo</option> 可檢視檔案目前的旗標："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6899
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -lo file1</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6901
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "-rw-r--r--  1 trhodes  trhodes  sunlnk 0 Mar  1 05:54 file1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6903
+msgid ""
+"Several file flags may only be added or removed by the <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem> user. In other cases, the file owner may set "
+"its file flags. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"多數的旗標僅能由 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 使用者來標"
+"示或移除，而部份旗標可由檔案所有者設定。 我們建議系統管理者可閱讀 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明以瞭解相關細節。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6912
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and "
+"<literal>sticky</literal> Permissions"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>setuid</literal> 、<literal>setgid</literal> 與 <literal>sticky</"
+"literal> 權限"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6927
+msgid ""
+"Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific "
+"settings that all administrators should know about. They are the "
+"<literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and <literal>sticky</"
+"literal> permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6933
+msgid ""
+"These settings are important for some <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
+"trademark> operations as they provide functionality not normally granted to "
+"normal users. To understand them, the difference between the real user ID "
+"and effective user ID must be noted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6938
+msgid ""
+"The real user ID is the <acronym>UID</acronym> who owns or starts the "
+"process. The effective <acronym>UID</acronym> is the user ID the process "
+"runs as. As an example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> runs with the real "
+"user ID when a user changes their password. However, in order to update the "
+"password database, the command runs as the effective ID of the <systemitem "
+"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. This allows users to change their "
+"passwords without seeing a <errorname>Permission Denied</errorname> error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6948
+msgid ""
+"The setuid permission may be set by prefixing a permission set with the "
+"number four (4) as shown in the following example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6952
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 4755 suidexample.sh</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6954
+msgid ""
+"The permissions on <filename><replaceable>suidexample.sh</replaceable></"
+"filename> now look like the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6958
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "-rwsr-xr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6960
+msgid ""
+"Note that a <literal>s</literal> is now part of the permission set "
+"designated for the file owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows "
+"utilities which need elevated permissions, such as "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6966
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>nosuid</literal> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> option will cause such "
+"binaries to silently fail without alerting the user. That option is not "
+"completely reliable as a <literal>nosuid</literal> wrapper may be able to "
+"circumvent it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6973
+msgid ""
+"To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type <command>passwd</"
+"command> as a normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the "
+"process table and look at the user information for "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6979
+msgid "In terminal A:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6981
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Changing local password for trhodes\n"
+"Old Password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6984
+msgid "In terminal B:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6986
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps aux | grep passwd</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6988
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"trhodes  5232  0.0  0.2  3420  1608   0  R+    2:10AM   0:00.00 grep passwd\n"
+"root     5211  0.0  0.2  3620  1724   2  I+    2:09AM   0:00.01 passwd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6991
+msgid ""
+"Although <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> is run as a normal user, it is using the effective "
+"<acronym>UID</acronym> of <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6995
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>setgid</literal> permission performs the same function as the "
+"<literal>setuid</literal> permission; except that it alters the group "
+"settings. When an application or utility executes with this setting, it will "
+"be granted the permissions based on the group that owns the file, not the "
+"user who started the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7002
+msgid ""
+"To set the <literal>setgid</literal> permission on a file, provide "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> with a leading two (2):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7005
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7007
+msgid ""
+"In the following listing, notice that the <literal>s</literal> is now in the "
+"field designated for the group permission settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7011
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "-rwxr-sr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7014
+msgid ""
+"In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable "
+"file, it will not run with a different <acronym>EUID</acronym> or effective "
+"user ID. This is because shell scripts may not access the "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> system calls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7021
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>setuid</literal> and <literal>setgid</literal> permission bits "
+"may lower system security, by allowing for elevated permissions. The third "
+"special permission, the <literal>sticky bit</literal>, can strengthen the "
+"security of a system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7027
+msgid ""
+"When the <literal>sticky bit</literal> is set on a directory, it allows file "
+"deletion only by the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in "
+"public directories, such as <filename>/tmp</filename>, by users who do not "
+"own the file. To utilize this permission, prefix the permission set with a "
+"one (1):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7034
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 1777 /tmp</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7036
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>sticky bit</literal> permission will display as a <literal>t</"
+"literal> at the very end of the permission set:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7040
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al / | grep tmp</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7042
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "drwxrwxrwt  10 root  wheel         512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7048
+msgid "Directory Structure"
+msgstr "目錄結構"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:7050
+msgid "<primary>directory hierarchy</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7054
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall "
+"understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, "
+"<quote>/</quote>. This directory is the first one mounted at boot time and "
+"it contains the base system necessary to prepare the operating system for "
+"multi-user operation. The root directory also contains mount points for "
+"other file systems that are mounted during the transition to multi-user "
+"operation."
+msgstr ""
+"認識 FreeBSD 的目錄架構，就可對系統有概略的基礎理解。 最重要的莫過於整個目錄"
+"的根目錄，就是 <quote>/</quote> 目錄， 該目錄會在開機時最先掛載 (mount)，裡面"
+"會有開機所會用到必備檔案。 此外，根目錄還有紀錄其他檔案系統的掛載點相關設定。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7063
+msgid ""
+"A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted "
+"onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further "
+"described in <xref linkend=\"disk-organization\"/>. Standard mount points "
+"include <filename>/usr/</filename>, <filename>/var/</filename>, <filename>/"
+"tmp/</filename>, <filename>/mnt/</filename>, and <filename>/cdrom/</"
+"filename>. These directories are usually referenced to entries in <filename>/"
+"etc/fstab</filename>. This file is a table of various file systems and mount "
+"points and is read by the system. Most of the file systems in <filename>/etc/"
+"fstab</filename> are mounted automatically at boot time from the script "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> unless their entry includes <option>noauto</option>. Details "
+"can be found in <xref linkend=\"disks-fstab\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"「掛載點」就是讓新增的檔案系統，能接到上層的檔案系統 (通常就是「根目錄」檔案"
+"系統) 的目錄。 在 <xref linkend=\"disk-organization\"/> 這邊對此有更詳細介"
+"紹。 標準的掛載點包括了 <filename>/usr/</filename>, <filename>/var/</"
+"filename>, <filename>/tmp/</filename>, <filename>/mnt/</filename> 以及 "
+"<filename>/cdrom/</filename>。 這些目錄通常會記錄在 <filename>/etc/fstab</"
+"filename> 設定檔內。 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 是記錄各檔案系統及相關掛"
+"載點的表格。 大部分在 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 有記錄的檔案系統，會在"
+"開機時由 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> Script 來自動掛載，除非它們有設定 <option>noauto</"
+"option> 選項。 其中細節說明可參閱 <xref linkend=\"disks-fstab\"/>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7078
+msgid ""
+"A complete description of the file system hierarchy is available in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. The following table provides a brief overview of the most "
+"common directories."
+msgstr ""
+"有關檔案系統架構的完整說明可參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 現在呢，讓我們大致先"
+"一窺常見的目錄有哪些吧。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7087 book.translate.xml:10870
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "目錄"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7094
+msgid "Root directory of the file system."
+msgstr "檔案系統的根目錄。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7098
+msgid "<filename>/bin/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7099
+msgid ""
+"User utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments."
+msgstr "single-user、multi-user 兩種模式皆可使用的基本工具 。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7104
+msgid "<filename>/boot/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7105
+msgid ""
+"Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap."
+msgstr "作業系統開機過程會用到的程式、設定檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7110
+msgid "<filename>/boot/defaults/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7111
+msgid ""
+"Default boot configuration files. Refer to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"預設的開機啟動設定檔，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7116
+msgid "<filename>/dev/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7117
+msgid ""
+"Device nodes. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>intro</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Device nodes，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>intro</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7122
+msgid "<filename>/etc/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7123
+msgid "System configuration files and scripts."
+msgstr "系統設定檔及一些 script 檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7127
+msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7128
+msgid ""
+"Default system configuration files. Refer to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"預設的系統設定檔，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7133
+msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7134
+msgid ""
+"Configuration files for mail transport agents such as "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"MTA(Mail Transport Agent)的相關設定檔，像是 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7139
+msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7140
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 設定檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7144
+msgid "<filename>/etc/periodic/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7145
+msgid ""
+"Scripts that run daily, weekly, and monthly, via "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"每日、每週、每月透過 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>，執行的定期排程 "
+"script，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7151
+msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7152
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 設定檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7156
+msgid "<filename>/mnt/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7157
+msgid ""
+"Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount "
+"point."
+msgstr "系統管理者慣用充當臨時掛載點的空目錄。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7162
+msgid "<filename>/proc/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7163
+msgid ""
+"Process file system. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>procfs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Process 檔案系統，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>procfs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 及 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7168
+msgid "<filename>/rescue/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7169
+msgid ""
+"Statically linked programs for emergency recovery as described in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rescue</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"緊急救援用途的一些 statically linked 程式，詳情請參閱 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rescue</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7174
+msgid "<filename>/root/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7175
+msgid ""
+"Home directory for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
+"account."
+msgstr "<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 帳號的家目錄。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7181
+msgid "<filename>/sbin/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7182
+msgid ""
+"System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single-user "
+"and multi-user environments."
+msgstr "供 single-user 及 multi-user 環境使用的系統程式及管理工具 。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7188
+msgid "<filename>/tmp/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7189
+msgid ""
+"Temporary files which are usually <emphasis>not</emphasis> preserved across "
+"a system reboot. A memory-based file system is often mounted at <filename>/"
+"tmp</filename>. This can be automated using the tmpmfs-related variables of "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
+"filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"臨時檔案。 一般而言，重開機之後 /tmp 內的東西會被<emphasis>清除</emphasis>"
+"掉。 而通常會將 memory-based 檔案系統掛載在 <filename>/tmp</filename> 上。 這"
+"些瑣事可透過 tmpmfs 相關的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 環境變數來自動完成 。"
+"(或是在 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 內做設定， 詳情請參閱 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7199
+msgid "<filename>/usr/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7200
+msgid "The majority of user utilities and applications."
+msgstr "主要是使用者所安裝的工具程式、應用程式存放處。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7205
+msgid "<filename>/usr/bin/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7206
+msgid "Common utilities, programming tools, and applications."
+msgstr "常用工具、開發工具、應用軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7211
+msgid "<filename>/usr/include/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7212
+msgid "Standard C include files."
+msgstr "標準 C include 檔案。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7216
+msgid "<filename>/usr/lib/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7217
+msgid "Archive libraries."
+msgstr "程式庫存放處。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7222
+msgid "<filename>/usr/libdata/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7223
+msgid "Miscellaneous utility data files."
+msgstr "其他各式工具的資料檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7227
+msgid "<filename>/usr/libexec/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7228
+msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs."
+msgstr "系統 Daemon 及系統工具程式 (透過其他程式來執行)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7233
+msgid "<filename>/usr/local/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7234
+msgid ""
+"Local executables and libraries. Also used as the default destination for "
+"the FreeBSD ports framework. Within <filename>/usr/local</filename>, the "
+"general layout sketched out by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for <filename>/usr</"
+"filename> should be used. Exceptions are the man directory, which is "
+"directly under <filename>/usr/local</filename> rather than under <filename>/"
+"usr/local/share</filename>, and the ports documentation is in "
+"<filename>share/doc/<replaceable>port</replaceable></filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"存放一些自行安裝的執行檔、程式庫等等。 同時，也是 FreeBSD ports 架構的預設安"
+"裝目錄。 <filename>/usr/local</filename> 內的目錄架構大致與 <filename>/usr</"
+"filename> 相同，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明。 但 man 目錄例"
+"外，它們是直接放在 <filename>/usr/local</filename> 底下，而非 <filename>/usr/"
+"local/share</filename>，而 ports 所安裝的說明文件則在 <filename>share/doc/"
+"<replaceable>port</replaceable></filename>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7247
+msgid "<filename>/usr/obj/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7248
+msgid ""
+"Architecture-specific target tree produced by building the <filename>/usr/"
+"src</filename> tree."
+msgstr "在編譯 <filename>/usr/src</filename> 目錄時所產生的相關架構目地檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7254
+msgid "<filename>/usr/ports/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7255
+msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection (optional)."
+msgstr "FreeBSD Ports 套件集 (選用)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7259
+msgid "<filename>/usr/sbin/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7260
+msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by users."
+msgstr "由使用者執行的系統 Daemon 及系統工具。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7265
+msgid "<filename>/usr/share/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7266
+msgid "Architecture-independent files."
+msgstr "各架構皆共通的檔案。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7270
+msgid "<filename>/usr/src/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7271
+msgid "BSD and/or local source files."
+msgstr "BSD 原始碼 (或自行新增的)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7275
+msgid "<filename>/var/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7276
+msgid ""
+"Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files. A memory-based "
+"file system is sometimes mounted at <filename>/var</filename>. This can be "
+"automated using the varmfs-related variables in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
+"filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"存放各種用途的日誌(log)檔、臨時或暫時存放、列印或郵件的 spool 檔案。有時候，"
+"memory-based 檔案系統也會掛載在 <filename>/var</filename>。 這些瑣事可透過 "
+"varmfs 相關的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 環境變數來自動完成。(或"
+"是在 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 內做設定，相關細節請參閱 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7287
+msgid "<filename>/var/log/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7288
+msgid "Miscellaneous system log files."
+msgstr "各項系統記錄的日誌(log)檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7292
+msgid "<filename>/var/mail/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7293
+msgid "User mailbox files."
+msgstr "各使用者的郵件(mailbox)檔案。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7297
+msgid "<filename>/var/spool/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7298
+msgid "Miscellaneous printer and mail system spooling directories."
+msgstr "各種印表機、郵件系統的 spool 目錄。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7303
+msgid "<filename>/var/tmp/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7304
+msgid ""
+"Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot, unless "
+"<filename>/var</filename> is a memory-based file system."
+msgstr ""
+"臨時檔案。 這些檔案在重開機後通常仍會保留，除非 <filename>/var</filename> 是"
+"屬於 memory-based 檔案系統。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7311
+msgid "<filename>/var/yp/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7312
+msgid "NIS maps."
+msgstr "NIS 對應表。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7320
+msgid "Disk Organization"
+msgstr "磁碟組織"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7322
+msgid ""
+"The smallest unit of organization that FreeBSD uses to find files is the "
+"filename. Filenames are case-sensitive, which means that <filename>readme."
+"txt</filename> and <filename>README.TXT</filename> are two separate files. "
+"FreeBSD does not use the extension of a file to determine whether the file "
+"is a program, document, or some other form of data."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 用來尋找檔案的最小單位就是檔案的名稱了。 檔案的名稱有大小寫之分，所以"
+"說 <filename>readme.txt</filename> 和 <filename>README.TXT</filename> 是兩個"
+"不同的檔案。 FreeBSD 並不使用副檔名 (.txt) 來判別這是一個程式檔、文件檔或是其"
+"他類型的檔案。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7329
+msgid ""
+"Files are stored in directories. A directory may contain no files, or it may "
+"contain many hundreds of files. A directory can also contain other "
+"directories, allowing a hierarchy of directories within one another in order "
+"to organize data."
+msgstr ""
+"檔案存在目錄裡面。 一個目錄中可能沒有任何檔案，也可能有好幾百個檔案。 目錄之"
+"中也可以包含其他的目錄； 您可以建立階層式的目錄以便資料的管理。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7335
+msgid ""
+"Files and directories are referenced by giving the file or directory name, "
+"followed by a forward slash, <literal>/</literal>, followed by any other "
+"directory names that are necessary. For example, if the directory "
+"<filename>foo</filename> contains a directory <filename>bar</filename> which "
+"contains the file <filename>readme.txt</filename>, the full name, or "
+"<firstterm>path</firstterm>, to the file is <filename>foo/bar/readme.txt</"
+"filename>. Note that this is different from <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> which uses <literal>\\</literal> to separate file and "
+"directory names. FreeBSD does not use drive letters, or other drive names in "
+"the path. For example, one would not type <filename>c:\\foo\\bar\\readme."
+"txt</filename> on FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"檔案或目錄的對應是藉由給定的檔案或目錄名稱，然後加上正斜線符號 (<literal>/</"
+"literal>)；之後再視需要加上其他的目錄名稱。 如果您有一個目錄 <filename>foo</"
+"filename> ，裡面有一個目錄叫作 <filename>bar</filename>，這個目錄中又包含了一"
+"個叫 <filename>readme.txt</filename> 的檔案，那麼這個檔案的全名，或者說檔案的"
+"<firstterm>路徑</firstterm>就是 <filename>foo/bar/readme.txt</filename>。"
+"Note that this is different from <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> which uses <literal>\\</literal> to separate file and directory "
+"names. FreeBSD does not use drive letters, or other drive names in the path. "
+"For example, one would not type <filename>c:\\foo\\bar\\readme.txt</"
+"filename> on FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7350
+msgid ""
+"Directories and files are stored in a file system. Each file system contains "
+"exactly one directory at the very top level, called the <firstterm>root "
+"directory</firstterm> for that file system. This root directory can contain "
+"other directories. One file system is designated the <firstterm>root file "
+"system</firstterm> or <literal>/</literal>. Every other file system is "
+"<firstterm>mounted</firstterm> under the root file system. No matter how "
+"many disks are on the FreeBSD system, every directory appears to be part of "
+"the same disk."
+msgstr ""
+"目錄及檔案儲存在檔案系統之中。 每個檔案系統都有唯一一個最上層的目錄，叫做"
+"<firstterm>根目錄</firstterm> (root directory)。 然後在這個根目錄下面才能有其"
+"他的目錄。One file system is designated the <firstterm>root file system</"
+"firstterm> or <literal>/</literal>. Every other file system is "
+"<firstterm>mounted</firstterm> under the root file system. No matter how "
+"many disks are on the FreeBSD system, every directory appears to be part of "
+"the same disk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7361
+msgid ""
+"Consider three file systems, called <literal>A</literal>, <literal>B</"
+"literal>, and <literal>C</literal>. Each file system has one root directory, "
+"which contains two other directories, called <literal>A1</literal>, "
+"<literal>A2</literal> (and likewise <literal>B1</literal>, <literal>B2</"
+"literal> and <literal>C1</literal>, <literal>C2</literal>)."
+msgstr ""
+"假設您有三個檔案系統，分別叫作 <literal>A</literal>, <literal>B</literal> 及 "
+"<literal>C</literal>。 每個檔案系統都包含兩個目錄，叫做 <literal>A1</"
+"literal>, <literal>A2</literal> (依此類推得 <literal>B1</literal>, "
+"<literal>B2</literal> 及 <literal>C1</literal>, <literal>C2</literal>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7368
+msgid ""
+"Call <literal>A</literal> the root file system. If "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> is used to view the contents of this directory, it will show "
+"two subdirectories, <literal>A1</literal> and <literal>A2</literal>. The "
+"directory tree looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"稱 <literal>A</literal> 為主要的檔案系統；如果您用 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 指令查看此目錄的內容，您會看到兩個子目錄： <literal>A1</"
+"literal> 及 <literal>A2</literal>，如下所示："
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:7376
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir1' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
+#: book.translate.xml:7380
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" /\n"
+" |\n"
+" +--- A1\n"
+" |\n"
+" `--- A2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7388
+msgid ""
+"A file system must be mounted on to a directory in another file system. When "
+"mounting file system <literal>B</literal> on to the directory <literal>A1</"
+"literal>, the root directory of <literal>B</literal> replaces <literal>A1</"
+"literal>, and the directories in <literal>B</literal> appear accordingly:"
+msgstr ""
+"一個檔案系統必須以目錄形式掛載於另一個檔案系統上。 因此，假設您將 "
+"<literal>B</literal> 掛載於 <literal>A1</literal> 之上，則 <literal>B</"
+"literal> 的根目錄就變成了 <literal>A1</literal>，而在 <literal>B</literal> 之"
+"下的任何目錄的路徑也隨之改變:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:7397
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir2' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
+#: book.translate.xml:7401
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" /\n"
+" |\n"
+" +--- A1\n"
+" |     |\n"
+" |     +--- B1\n"
+" |     |\n"
+" |     `--- B2\n"
+" |\n"
+" `--- A2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7413
+msgid ""
+"Any files that are in the <literal>B1</literal> or <literal>B2</literal> "
+"directories can be reached with the path <filename>/A1/B1</filename> or "
+"<filename>/A1/B2</filename> as necessary. Any files that were in <filename>/"
+"A1</filename> have been temporarily hidden. They will reappear if "
+"<literal>B</literal> is <firstterm>unmounted</firstterm> from <literal>A</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"在 <literal>B1</literal> 或 <literal>B2</literal> 目錄中的任何檔案必須經由路"
+"徑 <filename>/A1/B1</filename> 或 <filename>/A1/B2</filename> 才能達到。 所有"
+"原來在 <filename>/A1</filename> 中的檔案會暫時被隱藏起來，直到 <literal>B</"
+"literal> 被<firstterm>移除</firstterm>後才會再顯現出來。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7422
+msgid ""
+"If <literal>B</literal> had been mounted on <literal>A2</literal> then the "
+"diagram would look like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"如果 <literal>B</literal> 掛載在 <literal>A2</literal> 之上，則會變成："
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:7428
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir3' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
+#: book.translate.xml:7432
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" /\n"
+" |\n"
+" +--- A1\n"
+" |\n"
+" `--- A2\n"
+"       |\n"
+"       +--- B1\n"
+"       |\n"
+"       `--- B2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7444
+msgid ""
+"and the paths would be <filename>/A2/B1</filename> and <filename>/A2/B2</"
+"filename> respectively."
+msgstr ""
+"上面的路徑分別為 <filename>/A2/B1</filename> 及 <filename>/A2/B2</filename>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7449
+msgid ""
+"File systems can be mounted on top of one another. Continuing the last "
+"example, the <literal>C</literal> file system could be mounted on top of the "
+"<literal>B1</literal> directory in the <literal>B</literal> file system, "
+"leading to this arrangement:"
+msgstr ""
+"檔案系統可以掛在其他檔案系統的目錄之上。 延續之前的例子，<literal>C</"
+"literal> 檔案系統可以掛在檔案系統 <literal>B</literal> 的 <literal>B1</"
+"literal> 目錄之上，如圖所示："
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:7457
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir4' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
+#: book.translate.xml:7461
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" /\n"
+" |\n"
+" +--- A1\n"
+" |\n"
+" `--- A2\n"
+"       |\n"
+"       +--- B1\n"
+"       |     |\n"
+"       |     +--- C1\n"
+"       |     |\n"
+"       |     `--- C2\n"
+"       |\n"
+"       `--- B2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7477
+msgid ""
+"Or <literal>C</literal> could be mounted directly on to the <literal>A</"
+"literal> file system, under the <literal>A1</literal> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+"或者 <literal>C</literal> 直接掛載於 <literal>A</literal> 的 <literal>A1</"
+"literal> 目錄之上："
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:7483
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir5' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
+#: book.translate.xml:7487
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" /\n"
+" |\n"
+" +--- A1\n"
+" |     |\n"
+" |     +--- C1\n"
+" |     |\n"
+" |     `--- C2\n"
+" |\n"
+" `--- A2\n"
+"       |\n"
+"       +--- B1\n"
+"       |\n"
+"       `--- B2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7503
+msgid ""
+"It is entirely possible to have one large root file system, and not need to "
+"create any others. There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one "
+"advantage."
+msgstr ""
+"您完全可以使用單一的一個大的根檔案系統 (root file system) 而不建立其他的檔案"
+"系統。 這樣有好處也有有壞處。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7508
+msgid "Benefits of Multiple File Systems"
+msgstr "使用多個檔案系統的好處"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7511
+msgid ""
+"Different file systems can have different <firstterm>mount options</"
+"firstterm>. For example, the root file system can be mounted read-only, "
+"making it impossible for users to inadvertently delete or edit a critical "
+"file. Separating user-writable file systems, such as <filename>/home</"
+"filename>, from other file systems allows them to be mounted "
+"<firstterm>nosuid</firstterm>. This option prevents the <firstterm>suid</"
+"firstterm>/<firstterm>guid</firstterm> bits on executables stored on the "
+"file system from taking effect, possibly improving security."
+msgstr ""
+"不同的檔案系統在掛上的時候可以有不同的 <firstterm>掛載參數</firstterm>。 舉例"
+"來說，為求謹慎您可以將根檔案系統設成唯讀， 以避免不小心刪除或修改掉重要的檔"
+"案。 將使用者可寫入的檔案系統 (例如 <filename>/home</filename>) 獨立出來也可"
+"以讓他們用 <firstterm>nosuid</firstterm> 的參數掛載，此選項可以讓在這個檔案系"
+"統中執行檔的 <firstterm>suid</firstterm>/<firstterm>guid</firstterm> bits 失"
+"效，也許可以讓系統更安全。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7525
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD automatically optimizes the layout of files on a file system, "
+"depending on how the file system is being used. So a file system that "
+"contains many small files that are written frequently will have a different "
+"optimization to one that contains fewer, larger files. By having one big "
+"file system this optimization breaks down."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 會自動根據您檔案系統的使用方式來做最佳的檔案配置方式。 因此，一個有很"
+"多小檔案、 常常寫入的檔案系統跟只有幾個較大的檔案的檔案系統配置是不一樣的。 "
+"如果您只有單一一個大的檔案系統，這部分就沒用了。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7534
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at "
+"a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By "
+"splitting data over multiple file systems it is more likely that the system "
+"will still come up, making it easier to restore from backup as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 的檔案系統在停電的時候很穩固。 然而，在某些重要的時候停電仍然會對檔案"
+"系統結構造成損害。 分割成許多個檔案系統的話在系統在停電後比較能夠正常啟動， "
+"以便您在需要的時候將備份資料回存回來。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7544
+msgid "Benefit of a Single File System"
+msgstr "使用單一檔案系統的好處"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7547
+msgid ""
+"File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install "
+"FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to "
+"make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without backing "
+"up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring the "
+"backed up data."
+msgstr ""
+"檔案系統的大小是固定的。 您當初安裝 FreeBSD 的時候應該會給定一個大小，可是後"
+"來您可能會想把空間加大。 如果沒有備份的話是很難達成的； 您必須將檔案系統重新"
+"建立為您需要的大小，然後將備份回存回來。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7555
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD features the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>growfs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, which makes "
+"it possible to increase the size of file system on the fly, removing this "
+"limitation."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>growfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令可以突破此限制直接變更檔案系統的大小。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7562
+msgid ""
+"File systems are contained in partitions. This does not have the same "
+"meaning as the common usage of the term partition (for example, <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> partition), because of FreeBSD's "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> heritage. Each partition is "
+"identified by a letter from <literal>a</literal> through to <literal>h</"
+"literal>. Each partition can contain only one file system, which means that "
+"file systems are often described by either their typical mount point in the "
+"file system hierarchy, or the letter of the partition they are contained in."
+msgstr ""
+"檔案系統包含在分割區裡面。 因為 FreeBSD 承襲 <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">UNIX</trademark> 架構，這邊講的分割區和一般提到的分割區 (例如 <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> 分割區) 不同。 每一個分割區由一個代號"
+"(字母)表示，從 <literal>a</literal> 到 <literal>h</literal>。 每個分割區只能"
+"包含一個檔案系統。 因此除了說常見到用檔案系統同的掛載點來表示檔案系統外， 也"
+"可以用包含他的分割區代號來表示。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7572
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD also uses disk space for <firstterm>swap space</firstterm> to "
+"provide <firstterm>virtual memory</firstterm>. This allows your computer to "
+"behave as though it has much more memory than it actually does. When FreeBSD "
+"runs out of memory, it moves some of the data that is not currently being "
+"used to the swap space, and moves it back in (moving something else out) "
+"when it needs it."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 也會拿磁碟空間來當 <firstterm>swap space</firstterm>。 Swap space 給 "
+"FreeBSD 當作<firstterm>虛擬記憶體</firstterm>用。 這讓您的電腦好像擁有比實際"
+"更多的記憶體。 當 FreeBSD 的記憶體用完的時候，它會把一些目前沒用到的資料移到 "
+"swap space，然後在用到的時候移回去 (同時移出部份沒用到的)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7581
+msgid "Some partitions have certain conventions associated with them."
+msgstr "某些分割區有慣例的使用方式如下："
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7591
+msgid "Partition"
+msgstr "分割區"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7592
+msgid "Convention"
+msgstr "慣例"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7598
+msgid "<literal>a</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7599
+msgid "Normally contains the root file system."
+msgstr "通常包含根檔案系統 (root file system)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7603
+msgid "<literal>b</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7604
+msgid "Normally contains swap space."
+msgstr "通常是 swap space"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7608
+msgid "<literal>c</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7609
+msgid ""
+"Normally the same size as the enclosing slice. This allows utilities that "
+"need to work on the entire slice, such as a bad block scanner, to work on "
+"the <literal>c</literal> partition. A file system would not normally be "
+"created on this partition."
+msgstr ""
+"通常和整個 slice 的大小一樣，給一些會用到整個 slice 的工具程式 (例如硬碟壞軌"
+"檢查工具) 來使用。 一般來說您應該不會把檔案系統建立在這個分割區。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7617
+msgid "<literal>d</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7618
+msgid ""
+"Partition <literal>d</literal> used to have a special meaning associated "
+"with it, although that is now gone and <literal>d</literal> may work as any "
+"normal partition."
+msgstr ""
+"分割區 <literal>d</literal> 曾經有代表特殊意義，但是已經不再使用。 所以現在 "
+"<literal>d</literal> 就和其他一般的分割區相同了。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7627
+msgid ""
+"Disks in FreeBSD are divided into slices, referred to in <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> as partitions, which are numbered from 1 "
+"to 4. These are then divided into partitions, which contain file systems, "
+"and are labeled using letters."
+msgstr ""
+"每個包含有檔案系統的分割區是存在所謂的 slice 裡面。 FreeBSD 的 slice 就是指平"
+"常我們在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 稱為分割區 "
+"(partition) 的東西一樣有自己的檔案系統，用單字標示，編號從 1 號到 4 號。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:7632
+msgid "<primary>slices</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:7635 book.translate.xml:31855 book.translate.xml:31951
+msgid "<primary>partitions</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:7638
+msgid "<primary>dangerously dedicated</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7642
+msgid ""
+"Slice numbers follow the device name, prefixed with an <literal>s</literal>, "
+"starting at 1. So <quote>da0<emphasis>s1</emphasis></quote> is the first "
+"slice on the first SCSI drive. There can only be four physical slices on a "
+"disk, but there can be logical slices inside physical slices of the "
+"appropriate type. These extended slices are numbered starting at 5, so "
+"<quote>ada0<emphasis>s5</emphasis></quote> is the first extended slice on "
+"the first SATA disk. These devices are used by file systems that expect to "
+"occupy a slice."
+msgstr ""
+"slice 號碼跟在裝置名稱後面，先接一個字母 <literal>s</literal>，然後從 1 號開"
+"始編下去。 因此 <quote>da0<emphasis>s1</emphasis></quote> 就是指第一個 SCSI "
+"硬碟的第一個 slice。 一個磁碟上只能有四個實體的 slice，但是在實體的 slice 中"
+"您可以塞進適當類型的邏輯 slice。 這些延伸的 slice 編號從 5 開始，所以 "
+"<quote>ada0<emphasis>s5</emphasis></quote> 是第一個 SATA 硬碟上的第一個延伸 "
+"slice。 檔案系統在裝置 (device) 裡就是在一個 slice 之中。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7652
+msgid ""
+"Slices, <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote> physical drives, and other "
+"drives contain <firstterm>partitions</firstterm>, which are represented as "
+"letters from <literal>a</literal> to <literal>h</literal>. This letter is "
+"appended to the device name, so <quote>da0<emphasis>a</emphasis></quote> is "
+"the <literal>a</literal> partition on the first <literal>da</literal> drive, "
+"which is <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote>. <quote>ada1s3<emphasis>e</"
+"emphasis></quote> is the fifth partition in the third slice of the second "
+"SATA disk drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Slices、<quote>dangerously dedicated</quote> 模式的實體磁碟機，以及其他包含"
+"<firstterm>分割區</firstterm>(partition) 的磁碟都是以字母 <literal>a</"
+"literal> 到 <literal>h</literal> 的編號來表示。 編號是接在裝置名稱的後面的，"
+"因此 <quote>da0<emphasis>a</emphasis></quote> is the <literal>a</literal> 是"
+"磁碟機 <literal>da</literal> 上的第一個 <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote> "
+"模式之分割區。 而 <quote>ada1s3<emphasis>e</emphasis></quote> 則是第二顆 "
+"SATA 硬碟上第三個 slice 的第五個分割區。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7665
+msgid ""
+"Finally, each disk on the system is identified. A disk name starts with a "
+"code that indicates the type of disk, and then a number, indicating which "
+"disk it is. Unlike slices, disk numbering starts at 0. Common codes are "
+"listed in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"最後，我們就可以把系統上的每個磁碟都區分出來了。 一個磁碟的名稱會有一個代碼來"
+"表示這個磁碟的類型，接著是一個數字， 表示這是哪一個磁碟。 這邊跟 slice 每個磁"
+"碟編號從 0 開始不一樣。 常見的代碼可以參考 表格 <xref linkend=\"disks-naming"
+"\"/>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7671
+msgid ""
+"When referring to a partition, include the disk name, <literal>s</literal>, "
+"the slice number, and then the partition letter. Examples are shown in <xref "
+"linkend=\"basics-disk-slice-part\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"當要參照一個分割區的時候，需包含磁碟機名稱 <literal>s</literal> 加上 slice 編"
+"號，最後再輸入分割區字母代號。 範例可以參考 <xref linkend=\"basics-disk-"
+"slice-part\"/>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7676
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"basics-concept-disk-model\"/> shows a conceptual model of a "
+"disk layout."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"basics-concept-disk-model\"/> 示範了一個基本的磁碟配置，相信"
+"對您有些幫助。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7679
+msgid ""
+"When installing FreeBSD, configure the disk slices, create partitions within "
+"the slice to be used for FreeBSD, create a file system or swap space in each "
+"partition, and decide where each file system will be mounted."
+msgstr ""
+"要安裝 FreeBSD，您必須先建置磁碟的 slice，接著於 slice 中建立要給 FreeBSD 用"
+"的分割區。 最後在這些分割區中建立檔案系統 (或 swap space) 並決定要將這些檔案"
+"系統掛載於哪裡。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7685
+msgid "Disk Device Names"
+msgstr "磁碟裝置名稱"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7693
+msgid "Drive Type"
+msgstr "磁碟機類型"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7694
+msgid "Drive Device Name"
+msgstr "磁碟機裝置稱"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7700
+msgid "<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard drives"
+msgstr "<acronym>SATA</acronym> 及<acronym>IDE</acronym> 硬碟"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7702
+msgid "<literal>ada</literal> or <literal>ad</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>ada</literal> 或 <literal>ad</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7707
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drives and <acronym>USB</acronym> storage "
+"devices"
+msgstr "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> 硬碟與 <acronym>USB</acronym> 儲存裝置"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7709
+msgid "<literal>da</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7713
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> "
+"drives"
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>SATA</acronym> 與 <acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> "
+"光碟機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7715
+msgid "<literal>cd</literal> or <literal>acd</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>cd</literal> 或 <literal>acd</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7720
+msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
+msgstr "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 光碟機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7722
+msgid "<literal>cd</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7726
+msgid "Floppy drives"
+msgstr "軟碟機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7727
+msgid "<literal>fd</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7731
+msgid "Assorted non-standard <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
+msgstr "各種非標準 <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 光碟機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7733
+msgid ""
+"<literal>mcd</literal> for Mitsumi <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> and "
+"<literal>scd</literal> for Sony <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> devices"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>mcd</literal> 代表 Mitsumi <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 以及 "
+"<literal>scd</literal> 代表 Sony <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 光碟機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7739
+msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> tape drives"
+msgstr "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> 磁帶機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7740
+msgid "<literal>sa</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7744
+msgid "<acronym>IDE</acronym> tape drives"
+msgstr "<acronym>IDE</acronym> 磁帶機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7745
+msgid "<literal>ast</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7749
+msgid "RAID drives"
+msgstr "RAID 磁碟機"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7750
+msgid ""
+"Examples include <literal>aacd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Adaptec</trademark> AdvancedRAID, <literal>mlxd</literal> and "
+"<literal>mlyd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mylex</"
+"trademark>, <literal>amrd</literal> for AMI <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">MegaRAID</trademark>, <literal>idad</literal> for Compaq Smart RAID, "
+"<literal>twed</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">3ware</"
+"trademark> RAID."
+msgstr ""
+"範例包含 <literal>aacd</literal> 代表 <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Adaptec</trademark> AdvancedRAID，<literal>mlxd</literal> 及 "
+"<literal>mlyd</literal> 代表 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mylex</"
+"trademark>，<literal>amrd</literal> 代表 AMI <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">MegaRAID</trademark>，<literal>idad</literal> 代表 Compaq Smart RAID，"
+"<literal>twed</literal> 代表 <trademark class=\"registered\">3ware</"
+"trademark> RAID."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7762
+msgid "Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names"
+msgstr "磁碟、Slice 及分割區命名範例"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7771
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "名稱"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7772 book.translate.xml:62539
+msgid "Meaning"
+msgstr "意義"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7778
+msgid "<literal>ada0s1a</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7779
+msgid ""
+"The first partition (<literal>a</literal>) on the first slice (<literal>s1</"
+"literal>) on the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk (<literal>ada0</"
+"literal>)."
+msgstr ""
+"第一個 SATA 硬碟 (<literal>ada0</literal>) 上第一個 slice (<literal>s1</"
+"literal>)的第一個分割區(<literal>a</literal>) 。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7786
+msgid "<literal>da1s2e</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7787
+msgid ""
+"The fifth partition (<literal>e</literal>) on the second slice (<literal>s2</"
+"literal>) on the second SCSI disk (<literal>da1</literal>)."
+msgstr ""
+"第二個 SCSI 硬碟 (<literal>da1</literal>) 上第二個 slice (<literal>s2</"
+"literal>) 的第五個分割區 (<literal>e</literal>) 。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7797
+msgid "Conceptual Model of a Disk"
+msgstr "磁碟的概念模型"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7799
+msgid ""
+"This diagram shows FreeBSD's view of the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk "
+"attached to the system. Assume that the disk is 250 GB in size, and contains "
+"an 80 GB slice and a 170 GB slice (<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</"
+"trademark> partitions). The first slice contains a <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NTFS</acronym> file system, "
+"<filename>C:</filename>, and the second slice contains a FreeBSD "
+"installation. This example FreeBSD installation has four data partitions and "
+"a swap partition."
+msgstr ""
+"此圖顯示 FreeBSD 中接到系統的第一個 <acronym>SATA</acronym> 磁碟機內部配置"
+"圖。 假設這個磁碟的容量是 250 GB，並且包含了一個 80 GB 的 slice 及一個 "
+"170 GB 的 slice (<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> 的分割"
+"區)。 第一個 slice 是 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
+"<acronym>NTFS</acronym> 檔案系統的 <filename>C:</filename> 磁碟機，第二個則安"
+"裝了 FreeBSD。 本範例的 FreeBSD 有三個分割區以及一個 swap 分割區。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7809
+msgid ""
+"The four partitions each hold a file system. Partition <literal>a</literal> "
+"is used for the root file system, <literal>d</literal> for <filename>/var/</"
+"filename>, <literal>e</literal> for <filename>/tmp/</filename>, and "
+"<literal>f</literal> for <filename>/usr/</filename>. Partition letter "
+"<literal>c</literal> refers to the entire slice, and so is not used for "
+"ordinary partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"這四個分割區每個都是一個檔案系統。 <literal>a</literal> 分割是根 (root) 檔案"
+"系統；分割 <literal>d</literal> 是 <filename>/var/</filename>；分割 "
+"<literal>e</literal> 是 <filename>/tmp/</filename>，而 <literal>f</literal> "
+"分割是 <filename>/usr/</filename> 目錄結構。Partition letter <literal>c</"
+"literal> refers to the entire slice, and so is not used for ordinary "
+"partitions."
+
+#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: book.translate.xml:7819
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='basics/disk-layout' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7826
+msgid "Mounting and Unmounting File Systems"
+msgstr "掛載與缷載檔案系組"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7828
+msgid ""
+"The file system is best visualized as a tree, rooted, as it were, at "
+"<filename>/</filename>. <filename>/dev</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
+"filename>, and the other directories in the root directory are branches, "
+"which may have their own branches, such as <filename>/usr/local</filename>, "
+"and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"檔案系統就像一顆樹。<filename>/</filename> 就像是樹根，而 <filename>/dev</"
+"filename>，<filename>/usr</filename> 以及其他在根目錄下的目錄就像是樹枝，而這"
+"些樹枝上面又還有分支，像是 <filename>/usr/local</filename> 等。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:7837
+msgid "<primary>root file system</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7841
+msgid ""
+"There are various reasons to house some of these directories on separate "
+"file systems. <filename>/var</filename> contains the directories "
+"<filename>log/</filename>, <filename>spool/</filename>, and various types of "
+"temporary files, and as such, may get filled up. Filling up the root file "
+"system is not a good idea, so splitting <filename>/var</filename> from "
+"<filename>/</filename> is often favorable."
+msgstr ""
+"因為某些原因，我們會將一些目錄分別放在不同的檔案系統上。 如 <filename>/var</"
+"filename> 包含了可能會滿出來的 <filename>log/</filename>，<filename>spool/</"
+"filename> 等目錄以及各式各樣的暫存檔。 把根檔案系統塞到滿出來顯然不是個好主"
+"意，所以我們往往會比較傾向把 <filename>/var</filename> 從 <filename>/</"
+"filename> 中拉出來。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7852
+msgid ""
+"Another common reason to contain certain directory trees on other file "
+"systems is if they are to be housed on separate physical disks, or are "
+"separate virtual disks, such as Network File System mounts, described in "
+"<xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>, or CDROM drives."
+msgstr ""
+"另一個常見到把某些目錄放在不同檔案系統上的理由是： 這些檔案在不同的實體或虛擬"
+"磁碟機上。 像是網路檔案系統 (Network File System) 詳情可參考 <xref linkend="
+"\"network-nfs\"/> 或是光碟機。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7859
+msgid "The <filename>fstab</filename> File"
+msgstr "<filename>fstab</filename> 檔"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:7861
+msgid ""
+"<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounted with fstab</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7866
+msgid ""
+"During the boot process (<xref linkend=\"boot\"/>), file systems listed in "
+"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> are automatically mounted except for the "
+"entries containing <option>noauto</option>. This file contains entries in "
+"the following format:"
+msgstr ""
+"在 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 裡面有設定的檔案系統會在開機(<xref "
+"linkend=\"boot\"/>)的過程中自動地被掛載 (除非該檔案系統有被加上 "
+"<option>noauto</option> 參數)。檔案內容的格式如下："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7872
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<replaceable>device</replaceable>       <replaceable>/mount-point</replaceable> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>     <replaceable>options</replaceable>      <replaceable>dumpfreq</replaceable>     <replaceable>passno</replaceable>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:7876
+msgid "<literal>device</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7878
+msgid ""
+"An existing device name as explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
+msgstr "已存在的裝置名稱，詳情請參閱 <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:7884
+msgid "<literal>mount-point</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7887
+msgid "An existing directory on which to mount the file system."
+msgstr "檔案系統要掛載到的目錄 (該目錄必須存在)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:7893
+msgid "<literal>fstype</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7896
+msgid ""
+"The file system type to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default FreeBSD "
+"file system is <literal>ufs</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"檔案系統類型，這是要傳給 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的參數。 FreeBSD 預設的"
+"檔案系統是 <literal>ufs</literal>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:7903
+msgid "<literal>options</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7906
+msgid ""
+"Either <option>rw</option> for read-write file systems, or <option>ro</"
+"option> for read-only file systems, followed by any other options that may "
+"be needed. A common option is <option>noauto</option> for file systems not "
+"normally mounted during the boot sequence. Other options are listed in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"可讀可寫(Read-Write)的檔案系統用 <option>rw</option>，而唯讀(Read-Only)的檔案"
+"系統則是用 <option>ro</option>，後面視需要還可以加其他選項。 常見的選項如 "
+"<option>noauto</option> 是用在不要於開機過程中自動的掛載的檔案系統。 其他選項"
+"可參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:7917
+msgid "<literal>dumpfreq</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7920
+msgid ""
+"Used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine which file systems require dumping. "
+"If the field is missing, a value of zero is assumed."
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 由此項目決定那些檔案系統需要傾印。 如果這格空白則以零為預設值。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:7927
+msgid "<literal>passno</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7930
+msgid ""
+"Determines the order in which file systems should be checked. File systems "
+"that should be skipped should have their <literal>passno</literal> set to "
+"zero. The root file system needs to be checked before everything else and "
+"should have its <literal>passno</literal> set to one. The other file systems "
+"should be set to values greater than one. If more than one file system has "
+"the same <literal>passno</literal>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will attempt to check "
+"file systems in parallel if possible."
+msgstr ""
+"這個項目決定檔案系統檢查的順序。 對於要跳過檢查的檔案系統，它們的 "
+"<literal>passno</literal> 值要設為零。 根檔案系統的 <literal>passno</"
+"literal> 值應設為一 (因為需要比所有其他的還要先檢查)，而其他的檔案系統的 "
+"<literal>passno</literal> 值應該要設得比一大。 若有多個檔案系統具有相同的 "
+"<literal>passno</literal> 值，則 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 會試著平行地 (如果可能"
+"的話) 檢查這些檔案系統。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7944
+msgid ""
+"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the format of <filename>/"
+"etc/fstab</filename> and its options."
+msgstr ""
+"更多關於 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 檔案格式及選項的資訊請參閱 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 說明文件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7949
+msgid ""
+"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:7951
+msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7956
+msgid ""
+"File systems are mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The most basic syntax "
+"is as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 指令是拿來掛載檔案系統用的。基本的操作指令格式如下:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7960
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>device</replaceable> <replaceable>mountpoint</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7963
+msgid ""
+"This command provides many options which are described in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, The most commonly used options include:"
+msgstr ""
+"在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 裡面有提到一大堆的選項，不過最常用的就是這些："
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7967
+msgid "Mount Options"
+msgstr "掛載選項"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7970 book.translate.xml:23150
+msgid "<option>-a</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7973
+msgid ""
+"Mount all the file systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, except "
+"those marked as <quote>noauto</quote>, excluded by the <option>-t</option> "
+"flag, or those that are already mounted."
+msgstr ""
+"把 /etc/fstab 裡面所有還沒有被掛載、沒有被標記成 <filename>/etc/fstab</"
+"filename> 而且沒有用 <option>-t</option> 排除的檔案系統掛載起來。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:7982
+msgid "<option>-d</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7986
+msgid ""
+"Do everything except for the actual mount system call. This option is useful "
+"in conjunction with the <option>-v</option> flag to determine what "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> is actually trying to do."
+msgstr ""
+"執行所有的動作，但是不真的去呼叫掛載的 system call。 這個選項和 <option>-v</"
+"option> 搭配拿來推測 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 將要做什麼動作時很好"
+"用。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:7994 book.translate.xml:26243
+msgid "<option>-f</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7997
+msgid ""
+"Force the mount of an unclean file system (dangerous), or the revocation of "
+"write access when downgrading a file system's mount status from read-write "
+"to read-only."
+msgstr ""
+"強迫掛載不乾淨的檔案系統 (危險)，或是用來強制取消寫入權限 (把檔案系統的掛載狀"
+"態從可存取變成唯讀)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8005
+msgid "<option>-r</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8008
+msgid ""
+"Mount the file system read-only. This is identical to using <option>-o ro</"
+"option>."
+msgstr ""
+"用唯讀的方式掛載檔案系統。 這個選項和在 -o 選項中指定 ro 參數是一樣的。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8014
+msgid "<option>-t</option> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8018
+msgid ""
+"Mount the specified file system type or mount only file systems of the given "
+"type, if <option>-a</option> is included. <quote>ufs</quote> is the default "
+"file system type."
+msgstr ""
+"用指定的檔案系統型態來掛載指定的檔案系統，或是在有 <option>-a</option> 選項時"
+"只掛載指定型態的檔案系統。預設的檔案系統類型為 <quote>ufs</quote>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8026
+msgid "<option>-u</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8029
+msgid "Update mount options on the file system."
+msgstr "更新檔案系統的掛載選項。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8034 book.translate.xml:23167
+msgid "<option>-v</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8037
+msgid "Be verbose."
+msgstr "顯示詳細資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8042
+msgid "<option>-w</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8045
+msgid "Mount the file system read-write."
+msgstr "以可讀寫的模式掛載檔案系統。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8050
+msgid ""
+"The following options can be passed to <option>-o</option> as a comma-"
+"separated list:"
+msgstr "<option>-o</option> 選項後面會接著以逗號分隔的參數："
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8055
+msgid "nosuid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8058
+msgid ""
+"Do not interpret setuid or setgid flags on the file system. This is also a "
+"useful security option."
+msgstr ""
+"不解析檔案系統上的 setuid 或 setgid 旗標， 這也是一個蠻有用的安全選項。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8067
+msgid ""
+"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8069
+msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>unmounting</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8074
+msgid ""
+"To unmount a file system use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This command takes "
+"one parameter which can be a mountpoint, device name, <option>-a</option> or "
+"<option>-A</option>."
+msgstr ""
+"要缺載檔案系統可使用 umount(8) 指令。該指令需要一個參數可以是掛載點 "
+"(mountpoint)，裝置名稱，以及 -a 或是 -A 等選項。 "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8078
+msgid ""
+"All forms take <option>-f</option> to force unmounting, and <option>-v</"
+"option> for verbosity. Be warned that <option>-f</option> is not generally a "
+"good idea as it might crash the computer or damage data on the file system."
+msgstr ""
+"加上 <option>-f</option> 可以強制卸載，加上 <option>-v</option> 則是會顯示詳"
+"細資訊。 要注意的是一般來說用 <option>-f</option> 並不是個好主意，強制卸載檔"
+"案系統有可能會造成電腦當機， 或者損壞檔案系統內的資料。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8083
+msgid ""
+"To unmount all mounted file systems, or just the file system types listed "
+"after <option>-t</option>, use <option>-a</option> or <option>-A</option>. "
+"Note that <option>-A</option> does not attempt to unmount the root file "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"<option>-a</option> 和 <option>-A</option> 是用來卸載所有已掛載的檔案系統，另"
+"外還可以用 <option>-t</option> 來指定要卸載的是哪些種類的檔案系統。 要注意的"
+"是 <option>-A</option> 並不會試圖卸載根檔案系統。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8092
+msgid "Processes and Daemons"
+msgstr "程序與 Daemon"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8094
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD is a multi-tasking operating system. Each program running at any one "
+"time is called a <firstterm>process</firstterm>. Every running command "
+"starts at least one new process and there are a number of system processes "
+"that are run by FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 是一個多工的作業系統，也就是說在同一時間內可以跑超過一個程式。 每一個"
+"正在花時間跑的程式就叫做 <firstterm>程序</firstterm> (process)。 您下的每個指"
+"令都至少會開啟一個新的程序， 而有些系統程序是一直在跑以維持系統正常運作的。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8100
+msgid ""
+"Each process is uniquely identified by a number called a <firstterm>process "
+"ID</firstterm> (<acronym>PID</acronym>). Similar to files, each process has "
+"one owner and group, and the owner and group permissions are used to "
+"determine which files and devices the process can open. Most processes also "
+"have a parent process that started them. For example, the shell is a "
+"process, and any command started in the shell is a process which has the "
+"shell as its parent process. The exception is a special process called "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> which is always the first process to start at boot time and "
+"which always has a <acronym>PID</acronym> of <literal>1</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"每一個程序都有一個獨一無二的數字叫做 <firstterm>程序代號</firstterm> "
+"(Process ID, PID)，而且就像檔案一樣，每一個程序也有擁有者及群組。 擁有者及群"
+"組的資訊是用來決定什麼檔案或裝置是這個程序可以開啟的 (前面有提到過檔案權"
+"限)。 大部份的程序都有父程序。 父程序是開啟這個程序的程序，例如：您對 shell "
+"輸入指令，shell 本身就是一個程序，而您執行的指令也是程序。 每一個您用這種方式"
+"跑的程序的父程序都是 shell。 有一個特別的程序叫做 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 是個例外，在 FreeBSD 開機的時候 init 會自動地被開啟，init 永遠"
+"是第一個程序，所以他的 <acronym>PID</acronym> 一直都會是 <literal>1</"
+"literal>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8112
+msgid ""
+"Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and "
+"disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web "
+"server responds to web requests, rather than user input. Mail servers are "
+"another example of this type of application. These types of programs are "
+"known as <firstterm>daemons</firstterm>. The term daemon comes from Greek "
+"mythology and represents an entity that is neither good nor evil, and which "
+"invisibly performs useful tasks. This is why the BSD mascot is the cheerful-"
+"looking daemon with sneakers and a pitchfork."
+msgstr ""
+"有些程式並不是設計成一直在接收使用者的輸入的， 而是在開始執行的時候就從中斷與"
+"終端機的連線。 例如說， 網頁伺服器整天都在回應網頁方面的要求，它通常不需要您"
+"輸入任何東西。 另外，像是把信從一個站傳送到另一個站的程式，也是這種類型的應用"
+"程式。我們把這種程式稱作 <firstterm>Daemon</firstterm>。 Daemon 一詞是來自是"
+"希臘神話中的角色：祂們既不屬於善良陣營或邪惡陣營，祂們在背地裡做一些有用的事"
+"情。這也就是為何 BSD 的吉祥物，是一隻穿著帆布鞋拿著三叉耙的快樂小惡魔的原因。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8123
+msgid ""
+"There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a "
+"trailing <quote>d</quote>. For example, <application>BIND</application> is "
+"the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but the actual program that executes is "
+"<command>named</command>. The <application>Apache</application> web server "
+"program is <command>httpd</command> and the line printer spooling daemon is "
+"<command>lpd</command>. This is only a naming convention. For example, the "
+"main mail daemon for the <application>Sendmail</application> application is "
+"<command>sendmail</command>, and not <literal>maild</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"通常來說做為 Deamon 執行的程式名字後面都會加一個字母 <quote>d</quote>。 "
+"<application>BIND</application> 是 Berkeley Internet Name Domain 的縮寫，但實"
+"際上執行的程式名稱是 <command>named</command>、<application>Apache</"
+"application> 網頁伺服器的程式名稱是 <command>httpd</command>、行列式印表機暫"
+"存服務(Line Printer Spooling) Daemon 是 <command>lpd</command>，依此類推。 但"
+"這是習慣用法，並沒有硬性規定，例如 <application>Sendmail</application> 主要的"
+"寄信 Daemon 是叫做 <command>sendmail</command> 而不是 <literal>maild</"
+"literal>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8137
+msgid "Viewing Processes"
+msgstr "檢視程序"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8139
+msgid ""
+"To see the processes running on the system, use "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To display a static "
+"list of the currently running processes, their <acronym>PID</acronym>s, how "
+"much memory they are using, and the command they were started with, use "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. To display all the running processes and update the display "
+"every few seconds in order to interactively see what the computer is doing, "
+"use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"要看系統執行中的程序，有兩個相當有用的指令可用： "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 以及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 指令是用來列出正在執行之程序，而且可以顯示它們的 <acronym>PID</"
+"acronym>、用了多少記憶體、執行的指令名稱及其後之參數是什麼等等。 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 指令則是顯示所有正在執行的程序， 並且數秒鐘更新一次。因此您可以"
+"互動式的觀看您的電腦正在做什麼。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8147
+msgid ""
+"By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> only shows the commands that are running and owned "
+"by the user. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+"在預設的情況下，<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令只會顯示使用者所擁有的的程序。 例如："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8150
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ps</userinput>\n"
+" PID TT  STAT    TIME COMMAND\n"
+"8203  0  Ss   0:00.59 /bin/csh\n"
+"8895  0  R+   0:00.00 ps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8155
+msgid ""
+"The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> is organized into a number of columns. The "
+"<literal>PID</literal> column displays the process ID. <acronym>PID</"
+"acronym>s are assigned starting at 1, go up to 99999, then wrap around back "
+"to the beginning. However, a <acronym>PID</acronym> is not reassigned if it "
+"is already in use. The <literal>TT</literal> column shows the tty the "
+"program is running on and <literal>STAT</literal> shows the program's state. "
+"<literal>TIME</literal> is the amount of time the program has been running "
+"on the CPU. This is usually not the elapsed time since the program was "
+"started, as most programs spend a lot of time waiting for things to happen "
+"before they need to spend time on the CPU. Finally, <literal>COMMAND</"
+"literal> is the command that was used to start the program."
+msgstr ""
+"在這個範例裡可以看到 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的輸出分成好幾個欄位。 "
+"<literal>PID</literal> 就是前面有提到的程序代號。 <literal>PID</literal> 的分"
+"配是從 1 開始一直到 99999，如果用完的話又會繞回來重頭開始分配 (若該 "
+"<acronym>PID</acronym> 已經在用了，則 PID 不會重新分配)。 <literal>TT</"
+"literal> 欄位是指這個程式在哪個 Console (tty) 上執行，在這裡可以先忽略不管。"
+"<literal>STAT</literal> 是程式的狀態，也可以先不要管。<literal>TIME</"
+"literal> 是這個程式在 CPU 上執行的時間—這通常不是程式總共花的時間， 因為當您"
+"開始執行程式後，大部份的程式在 CPU 上執行前會先花上不少時間等待 。 最後，"
+"<literal>COMMAND</literal> 是執行這個程式的指令。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8170
+msgid ""
+"A number of different options are available to change the information that "
+"is displayed. One of the most useful sets is <literal>auxww</literal>, where "
+"<option>a</option> displays information about all the running processes of "
+"all users, <option>u</option> displays the username and memory usage of the "
+"process' owner, <option>x</option> displays information about daemon "
+"processes, and <option>ww</option> causes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to display the full "
+"command line for each process, rather than truncating it once it gets too "
+"long to fit on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"有幾個不同的選項組合可以用來變更顯示出來的資訊，其中一個最有用的組合是 "
+"<literal>auxww</literal>。 <option>a</option> 可以顯示所有正在跑的程序的指"
+"令，不只是您自已的。 <option>u</option> 則是顯示程序的擁有者名稱以及記憶體使"
+"用情況。 <option>x</option> 可以把 daemon 程序顯示出來， 而 <option>ww</"
+"option> 可讓 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 顯示出每個程序完整的內容， 而不致因過長而被螢幕截掉"
+"了。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8181
+msgid ""
+"The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is similar:"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 也有類似的輸出。 一般的情況看像是這樣："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>\n"
+"last pid:  9609;  load averages:  0.56,  0.45,  0.36              up 0+00:20:03  10:21:46\n"
+"107 processes: 2 running, 104 sleeping, 1 zombie\n"
+"CPU:  6.2% user,  0.1% nice,  8.2% system,  0.4% interrupt, 85.1% idle\n"
+"Mem: 541M Active, 450M Inact, 1333M Wired, 4064K Cache, 1498M Free\n"
+"ARC: 992M Total, 377M MFU, 589M MRU, 250K Anon, 5280K Header, 21M Other\n"
+"Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n"
+"\n"
+"  PID USERNAME    THR PRI NICE   SIZE    RES STATE   C   TIME   WCPU COMMAND\n"
+"  557 root          1 -21  r31   136M 42296K select  0   2:20  9.96% Xorg\n"
+" 8198 dru           2  52    0   449M 82736K select  3   0:08  5.96% kdeinit4\n"
+" 8311 dru          27  30    0  1150M   187M uwait   1   1:37  0.98% firefox\n"
+"  431 root          1  20    0 14268K  1728K select  0   0:06  0.98% moused\n"
+" 9551 dru           1  21    0 16600K  2660K CPU3    3   0:01  0.98% top\n"
+" 2357 dru           4  37    0   718M   141M select  0   0:21  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
+" 8705 dru           4  35    0   480M    98M select  2   0:20  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
+" 8076 dru           6  20    0   552M   113M uwait   0   0:12  0.00% soffice.bin\n"
+" 2623 root          1  30   10 12088K  1636K select  3   0:09  0.00% powerd\n"
+" 2338 dru           1  20    0   440M 84532K select  1   0:06  0.00% kwin\n"
+" 1427 dru           5  22    0   605M 86412K select  1   0:05  0.00% kdeinit4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8204
+msgid ""
+"The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six "
+"lines) shows the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the last process to run, the "
+"system load averages (which are a measure of how busy the system is), the "
+"system uptime (time since the last reboot) and the current time. The other "
+"figures in the header relate to how many processes are running, how much "
+"memory and swap space has been used, and how much time the system is "
+"spending in different CPU states. If the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system "
+"module has been loaded, an <literal>ARC</literal> line indicates how much "
+"data was read from the memory cache instead of from disk."
+msgstr ""
+"輸出的資訊分成兩個部份。開頭 (前五行或六行) 顯示出最近一個程序的 "
+"<acronym>PID</acronym>、系統平均負載 (系統有多忙錄的測試)、系統的開機時間 (從"
+"上次重開算起) 以及現在的時間等。 在開頭裡面的其他數字分別是在講有多少程序正在"
+"執行、有多少記憶體及 swap 空間被占用了，還有就是系統分別花了多少時間在不同的 "
+"CPU 狀態上。If the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system module has been "
+"loaded, an <literal>ARC</literal> line indicates how much data was read from "
+"the memory cache instead of from disk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8216
+msgid ""
+"Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to "
+"the output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>, such as the <acronym>PID</acronym>, username, "
+"amount of CPU time, and the command that started the process. By default, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> also displays the amount of memory space taken by the process. "
+"This is split into two columns: one for total size and one for resident "
+"size. Total size is how much memory the application has needed and the "
+"resident size is how much it is actually using now."
+msgstr ""
+"接下來的部份是由好幾個欄位所構成，和 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 輸出的資訊類似。 就如同"
+"前例，您可以看到 <acronym>PID</acronym>、使用者名稱、CPU 花費的時間以及正在執"
+"行的指令。 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 在預設的情況下還會告訴您程序用掉了多少的記憶體空"
+"間。 在這邊會分成兩欄，一個是總用量 (total size)，另一個是實際用量 (resident "
+"size)——總用量是指這個應用程式需要的記憶體空間，而實際用量則是指目前實際上該程"
+"式的記憶體使用量。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8226
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> automatically updates the display every two seconds. A "
+"different interval can be specified with <option>-s</option>."
+msgstr ""
+"top(1) 每隔 2 秒鐘會自動更新顯示內容，可用 <option>-s</option> 選項來改變間隔"
+"的時間。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8232
+msgid "Killing Processes"
+msgstr "終止程序"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8234
+msgid ""
+"One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a "
+"<firstterm>signal</firstterm> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. There are a number of "
+"different signals; some have a specific meaning while others are described "
+"in the application's documentation. A user can only send a signal to a "
+"process they own and sending a signal to someone else's process will result "
+"in a permission denied error. The exception is the <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem> user, who can send signals to anyone's "
+"processes."
+msgstr ""
+"要與執行中的程序或 Daemon 溝通唯一的方法是透過 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 指令傳送<firstterm>信號</firstterm> (signal)。 信號有很多種，有"
+"些有特定的意義，有些則是會由應用程式來解讀，應用程式的說明文件會告訴您該程式"
+"是如何解讀信號。 使用者只能送信號給自己所擁有的程序，送信號給其他人的程序會出"
+"現權限不足的錯誤。 唯一的例外是 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
+"systemitem>使用者，他可以送信號給任何人的程序。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8244
+msgid ""
+"The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application "
+"is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, "
+"FreeBSD will send the process the <quote>Segmentation Violation</quote> "
+"signal (<literal>SIGSEGV</literal>). If an application has been written to "
+"use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>alarm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> system call to be alerted after a period of time "
+"has elapsed, it will be sent the <quote>Alarm</quote> signal "
+"(<literal>SIGALRM</literal>)."
+msgstr ""
+"作業系統在某些情況也會送信號給應用程式。 假設有個應用程式寫得不好，企圖要存取"
+"它不該碰的記憶體的時候，FreeBSD 會送一個 <quote>Segmentation Violation</"
+"quote> 信號 (<literal>SIGSEGV</literal>) 給這個程序。 如果有一個應用程式用了 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>alarm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 的 system call 要求系統在過一段時間之後發出通知，時間到了的時候"
+"系統就會發出通知信號 (SIGALRM) 給該程式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8254
+msgid ""
+"Two signals can be used to stop a process: <literal>SIGTERM</literal> and "
+"<literal>SIGKILL</literal>. <literal>SIGTERM</literal> is the polite way to "
+"kill a process as the process can read the signal, close any log files it "
+"may have open, and attempt to finish what it is doing before shutting down. "
+"In some cases, a process may ignore <literal>SIGTERM</literal> if it is in "
+"the middle of some task that cannot be interrupted."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>SIGTERM</literal> 與 <literal>SIGKILL</literal> 這兩個信號可以拿來終"
+"止程序。 用 <literal>SIGTERM</literal> 結束程序是比較有禮貌的方式，該程序收到"
+"信號後可以把自已所使用的日誌檔關閉及其他要在結束前要做的事完成， 然後在關掉程"
+"序之前結束掉手邊的工作。 在某些情況下程序有可能會忽略 <literal>SIGTERM</"
+"literal>，如它正在做一些不能中斷的工作的話。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8266
+msgid ""
+"There are a few tasks that cannot be interrupted. For example, if the "
+"process is trying to read from a file that is on another computer on the "
+"network, and the other computer is unavailable, the process is said to be "
+"<quote>uninterruptible</quote>. Eventually the process will time out, "
+"typically after two minutes. As soon as this time out occurs the process "
+"will be killed."
+msgstr ""
+"還是有少數東西不能被中斷。 例如有個程序正在從網路上的別的電腦讀一個檔案， 而"
+"那部電腦因為某些理由連不到，那這個程序就是一個 <quote>不能中斷的</quote> 程"
+"序。 通常在經過 2 分鐘左右之後這個程序會逾時。 當發生逾時的時候這個程序就會被"
+"結束掉了。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8263
+msgid ""
+"<literal>SIGKILL</literal> cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a "
+"<literal>SIGKILL</literal> to a process will usually stop that process there "
+"and then. <_:footnote-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>SIGKILL</literal> 就沒有辦法被程序忽略。 傳送 <literal>SIGKILL</"
+"literal> 信號給程序通常會將程序直接中止<_:footnote-1/>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8275
+msgid ""
+"Other commonly used signals are <literal>SIGHUP</literal>, <literal>SIGUSR1</"
+"literal>, and <literal>SIGUSR2</literal>. Since these are general purpose "
+"signals, different applications will respond differently."
+msgstr ""
+"其他常用的信號有：<literal>SIGHUP</literal>, <literal>SIGUSR1</literal> 及 "
+"<literal>SIGUSR2</literal>。 這些是通用的信號，對不同的應用程式會有不同的反"
+"應。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8280
+msgid ""
+"For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web "
+"server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting "
+"<command>httpd</command> would result in a brief outage period on the web "
+"server. Instead, send the daemon the <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Be "
+"aware that different daemons will have different behavior, so refer to the "
+"documentation for the daemon to determine if <literal>SIGHUP</literal> will "
+"achieve the desired results."
+msgstr ""
+"舉例來說，當您更動了網頁伺服器的設定檔，您想要叫網頁伺服器去重新讀取設定。 重"
+"新啟動 <command>httpd</command> 會造成網頁伺服器暫停服務一段時間，我們可以傳"
+"送 <literal>SIGHUP</literal> 信號來取代關掉重開。 不同的 Daemon 會有不同的行"
+"為，所以使用前請先參考 Deamon 的說明文件查看是否可以達到想要的結果。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8291
+msgid "Sending a Signal to a Process"
+msgstr "送信號給程序"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8293
+msgid ""
+"This example shows how to send a signal to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file is "
+"<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, and "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> will re-read this configuration file when it is sent a "
+"<literal>SIGHUP</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"這個範例將會示範如何送一個信號給 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 的設定檔是 <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>，而 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 會在收到 <literal>SIGHUP</literal> 的時候重新讀取這個設定檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8300
+msgid ""
+"Find the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the process to send the signal to using "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgrep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. In this example, the <acronym>PID</acronym> for "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> is 198:"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgrep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來查詢要傳送信號的目標程序。 在這個例子中 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 的 <acronym>PID</acronym> 為 198："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8304
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pgrep -l inetd</userinput>\n"
+"198  inetd -wW"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8310
+msgid ""
+"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> to send the signal. Because "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> is owned by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, "
+"use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> to become <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
+"first."
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來發送信號。因為 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 是 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 所有，因此"
+"必須先用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 切換成 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
+"systemitem> 先。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8317
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/bin/kill -s HUP 198</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8321
+msgid ""
+"Like most <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> commands, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> will not print any output if it is successful. If a signal is "
+"sent to a process not owned by that user, the message <errorname>kill: "
+"<replaceable>PID</replaceable>: Operation not permitted</errorname> will be "
+"displayed. Mistyping the <acronym>PID</acronym> will either send the signal "
+"to the wrong process, which could have negative results, or will send the "
+"signal to a <acronym>PID</acronym> that is not currently in use, resulting "
+"in the error <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</replaceable>: No such "
+"process</errorname>."
+msgstr ""
+"對大多數 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 指令來講，"
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 執行成功時並不會輸出任何訊息。 假設您送一個信號給某個不是使用者"
+"所擁有的程序， 那麼就會顯示這個錯誤訊息： <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</"
+"replaceable>: Operation not permitted</errorname>。 若打錯 <acronym>PID</"
+"acronym> 的話，那就會把信號送給錯誤的程序，並把該程序關閉，或者是把信號送給一"
+"個非使用中的 <acronym>PID</acronym>，那您就會看到錯誤：<errorname>kill: "
+"<replaceable>PID</replaceable>: No such process</errorname>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8334
+msgid "Why Use <command>/bin/kill</command>?"
+msgstr "為何要使用 <command>/bin/kill</command>？ "
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8336
+msgid ""
+"Many shells provide <command>kill</command> as a built in command, meaning "
+"that the shell will send the signal directly, rather than running <filename>/"
+"bin/kill</filename>. Be aware that different shells have a different syntax "
+"for specifying the name of the signal to send. Rather than try to learn all "
+"of them, it can be simpler to specify <command>/bin/kill</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"多數 shell 都有提供內建的 <command>kill</command> 指令。 也就是說這種 shell "
+"會直接發送信號，而不是執行 <filename>/bin/kill</filename>。 但要小心不同的 "
+"shell 會有不同的語法來指定信號的名稱等。 與其嘗試去把它們通通學會，不如就單純"
+"的直接用 <command>/bin/kill</command>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8348
+msgid ""
+"When sending other signals, substitute <literal>TERM</literal> or "
+"<literal>KILL</literal> with the name of the signal."
+msgstr ""
+"要送其他的信號的話也是非常類似，就視需要把指令中的 <literal>TERM</literal> "
+"或 <literal>KILL</literal> 替換成其他信號的名稱即可。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8353
+msgid ""
+"Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, <acronym>PID</acronym> 1, is special. Running <command>/bin/"
+"kill -s KILL 1</command> is a quick, and unrecommended, way to shutdown the "
+"system. <emphasis>Always</emphasis> double check the arguments to "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> <emphasis>before</emphasis> pressing <keycap>Return</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+"隨便抓一個系統中的程序然後把他砍掉並不是個好主意。 特別是 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>， <acronym>PID</acronym> 1 是一個非常特別的程序。 執行 "
+"<command>/bin/kill -s KILL 1</command> 的結果就是系統立刻關機。 因此在您按下 "
+"<keycap>Return</keycap> 要執行 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 之前， 請<emphasis>一定"
+"要</emphasis>記得再次確認您下的參數。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8365
+msgid "Shells"
+msgstr "Shell"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8367
+msgid "<primary>shells</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8370
+msgid "<primary>command line</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8374
+msgid ""
+"A <firstterm>shell</firstterm> provides a command line interface for "
+"interacting with the operating system. A shell receives commands from the "
+"input channel and executes them. Many shells provide built in functions to "
+"help with everyday tasks such as file management, file globbing, command "
+"line editing, command macros, and environment variables. FreeBSD comes with "
+"several shells, including the Bourne shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>) and the extended C "
+"shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>). Other shells are available from the FreeBSD "
+"Ports Collection, such as <command>zsh</command> and <command>bash</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm>Shell</firstterm> 提供了指令列介面可用來與作業系統互動，Shell 負責"
+"從輸入的頻道接收指令並執行它們。 多數 Shell 也內建一些有助於日常工作的功能，"
+"像是檔案管理、檔案搜尋、指令列編輯、指令巨集以及環境變數等。 FreeBSD 有內附了"
+"幾個 Shell，包含 Bourne Shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>)，與改良版的 C-shell "
+"(<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>)。 還有許多其他的 Shell 可以從 FreeBSD Ports 套件集中取得，像"
+"是 <command>zsh</command> 以及 <command>bash</command> 等。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8385
+msgid ""
+"The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might "
+"feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. A <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> user "
+"might prefer <command>bash</command>. Each shell has unique properties that "
+"may or may not work with a user's preferred working environment, which is "
+"why there is a choice of which shell to use."
+msgstr ""
+"要用哪個 Shell 牽涉到每個人的喜好。 如果您是一個 C 程式設計師，那對於使用像"
+"是 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 這種 C-like 的 shell 可能會感到較容易上手。 如果是 "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 的使用者，那您也許會想要用 "
+"<command>bash</command>。 每一個 Shell 都有自已獨特之處，至於這些特點能不能符"
+"合使用者的喜好，就是您選擇 shell 的重點了。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8392
+msgid ""
+"One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the "
+"first few letters of a command or filename and presses <keycap>Tab</keycap>, "
+"the shell completes the rest of the command or filename. Consider two files "
+"called <filename>foobar</filename> and <filename>football</filename>. To "
+"delete <filename>foobar</filename>, the user might type <command>rm foo</"
+"command> and press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to complete the filename."
+msgstr ""
+"常見的 Shell 功能之一就是檔名自動補齊。 首先輸入指令或檔案的前幾個字母，然後"
+"按下 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 鍵，Shell 就會自動把指令或是檔案名稱剩餘的部份補"
+"齊。 假設您有兩個檔案分別叫作 <filename>foobar</filename> 及 "
+"<filename>football</filename>。 要刪掉 <filename>foobar</filename>，那麼可以"
+"輸入 <command>rm foo</command> 然後按下 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 來補齊檔名。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8401
+msgid ""
+"But the shell only shows <command>rm foo</command>. It was unable to "
+"complete the filename because both <filename>foobar</filename> and "
+"<filename>football</filename> start with <literal>foo</literal>. Some shells "
+"sound a beep or show all the choices if more than one name matches. The user "
+"must then type more characters to identify the desired filename. Typing a "
+"<literal>t</literal> and pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> again is enough to "
+"let the shell determine which filename is desired and fill in the rest."
+msgstr ""
+"但 Shell 只顯示了 <command>rm foo</command>，這代表它沒有辦法完全自動補齊檔"
+"名，因為有不只一個檔名符合條件。 <filename>foobar</filename> 和 "
+"<filename>football</filename> 都是 <literal>foo</literal> 開頭的檔名。 有一"
+"些 Shell 會有嗶的音效或者顯示所有符符條件的檔名。 使用者只需要多打幾個字元來"
+"分辦想要的檔名。 輸入 <literal>t</literal> 然後再按 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 一"
+"次，那 Shell 就能夠替您把剩下的檔名填滿了。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8411
+msgid "<primary>environment variables</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8415
+msgid ""
+"Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. "
+"Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's "
+"environment. This environment can be read by any program invoked by the "
+"shell, and thus contains a lot of program configuration. <xref linkend="
+"\"shell-env-vars\"/> provides a list of common environment variables and "
+"their meanings. Note that the names of environment variables are always in "
+"uppercase."
+msgstr ""
+"Shell 的另一項特點是使用了環境變數。 環境變數是以變數與鍵值 (variable/key) 的"
+"對應關係儲存於 Shell 的環境，任何由該 Shell 所產生的程序都可以讀取此環境變"
+"數， 因此環境變數儲存了許多程序的設定。 <xref linkend=\"shell-env-vars\"/> 提"
+"供了常見的環境變數與其涵義的清單。 請注意環境變數的名稱永遠以大寫表示。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8425
+msgid "Common Environment Variables"
+msgstr "常用環境變數"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8430 book.translate.xml:22964
+msgid "Variable"
+msgstr "變數"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8437
+msgid "<envar>USER</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8438
+msgid "Current logged in user's name."
+msgstr "目前登入的使用者名稱。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8442
+msgid "<envar>PATH</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8443
+msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries."
+msgstr "以冒號 (:) 隔開的目錄列表，用以搜尋執行檔的路徑。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8448
+msgid "<envar>DISPLAY</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8449
+msgid ""
+"Network name of the <application>Xorg</application> display to connect to, "
+"if available."
+msgstr ""
+"若存在這個環境變數，則代表 <application>Xorg</application> 顯示器的網路名稱。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8455
+msgid "<envar>SHELL</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8456
+msgid "The current shell."
+msgstr "目前使用的 Shell。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8460
+msgid "<envar>TERM</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8462
+msgid ""
+"The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities "
+"of the terminal."
+msgstr "使用者終端機類型的名稱，用來判斷終端機有那些功能。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8467
+msgid "<envar>TERMCAP</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8469
+msgid ""
+"Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal "
+"functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8474
+msgid "<envar>OSTYPE</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8475
+msgid "Type of operating system."
+msgstr "作業系統的類型。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8479
+msgid "<envar>MACHTYPE</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8480
+msgid "The system's CPU architecture."
+msgstr "系統的 CPU 架構。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8484
+msgid "<envar>EDITOR</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8485
+msgid "The user's preferred text editor."
+msgstr "使用者偏好的文字編輯器。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8489
+msgid "<envar>PAGER</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8490
+msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time."
+msgstr "使用者偏好的文字分頁檢視工具。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8495
+msgid "<envar>MANPATH</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8496
+msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages."
+msgstr "以冒號 (:) 隔開的目錄列表，用以搜尋使用手冊的路徑。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8503
+msgid "<primary>Bourne shells</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8507
+msgid ""
+"How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <command>setenv</"
+"command> to set environment variables. In <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <command>bash</"
+"command>, use <command>export</command> to set the current environment "
+"variables. This example sets the default <envar>EDITOR</envar> to <filename>/"
+"usr/local/bin/emacs</filename> for the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shell:"
+msgstr ""
+"在不同的 shell 底下設定環境變數的方式也有所不同。 在 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 和 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>，使用 setenv 來設定環境"
+"變數。 在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 和 <command>bash</command>, use <command>export</"
+"command>，則使用 <command>export</command> 來設定目前環境的變數。 以下範例將 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 下的 <envar>EDITOR</envar> 環境變數從預設值更改為 <filename>/"
+"usr/local/bin/emacs</filename>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8516
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8518
+msgid "The equivalent command for <command>bash</command> would be:"
+msgstr "相同功能的指令在 <command>bash</command> 下則是："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8521
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8523
+msgid ""
+"To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type "
+"a <literal>$</literal> character in front of its name on the command line. "
+"For example, <command>echo $TERM</command> displays the current <envar>"
+"$TERM</envar> setting."
+msgstr ""
+"要展開以顯示目前環境變數中的值，只要在指令列輸入環境變數之前加上 <literal>$</"
+"literal> 字元。 舉例來說，<command>echo $TERM</command> 會顯示出目前 <envar>"
+"$TERM</envar> 的設定值。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8529
+msgid ""
+"Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special "
+"representations of data. The most common meta-character is <literal>*</"
+"literal>, which represents any number of characters in a filename. Meta-"
+"characters can be used to perform filename globbing. For example, "
+"<command>echo *</command> is equivalent to <command>ls</command> because the "
+"shell takes all the files that match <literal>*</literal> and <command>echo</"
+"command> lists them on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+"Shell 中有特殊字元用來表示特殊資料，我們將其稱作 Ｍeta-characters。 其中最常"
+"見的 Ｍeta-characters 是 <literal>*</literal> 字元，它代表了檔名中的任意字"
+"元。 Meta-characters 可以用在搜尋檔名，舉例來說，輸入 <command>echo *</"
+"command> 會和輸入 <command>ls</command> 得到幾乎相同的結果，這是因為 shell 會"
+"將所有符合 <literal>*</literal> 字元的檔案由 <command>echo</command> 顯示出"
+"來。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8539
+msgid ""
+"To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from "
+"the shell by starting it with a backslash (<literal>\\</literal>). For "
+"example, <command>echo $TERM</command> prints the terminal setting whereas "
+"<command>echo \\$TERM</command> literally prints the string <literal>$TERM</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"為了避免 Shell 轉譯這些特殊字元，我們可以在這些特殊字元前放一個反斜線 "
+"(<literal>\\</literal>) 字元使他們跳脫(escape) Shell 的轉譯。舉例來說，"
+"<command>echo $TERM</command> 會印出你目前終端機的設定， <command>echo \\"
+"$TERM</command> 則會直接印出 <literal>$TERM</literal> 這幾個字。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8547
+msgid "Changing the Shell"
+msgstr "變更 Shell"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8549
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use "
+"<command>chsh</command>. Running this command will open the editor that is "
+"configured in the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable, which by "
+"default is set to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Change the "
+"<literal>Shell:</literal> line to the full path of the new shell."
+msgstr ""
+"永久變更 Shell 最簡單的方法就是透過 <command>chsh</command> 命令。 執行 "
+"<command>chsh</command> 將會使用環境變數中 <envar>EDITOR</envar> 指定的文字編"
+"輯器，如果沒有設定，則預設是 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 請修改 "
+"<literal>Shell:</literal> 為新的 Shell 的完整路徑。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8556
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, use <command>chsh -s</command> which will set the specified "
+"shell without opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to "
+"<command>bash</command>:"
+msgstr ""
+"或者，使用 <command>chsh -s</command>， 來直接設定 Shell 而不開啟文字編輯"
+"器。 例如， 假設想把 Shell 更改為 <command>bash</command>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8560
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8563
+msgid ""
+"The new shell <emphasis>must</emphasis> be present in <filename>/etc/shells</"
+"filename>. If the shell was installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as "
+"described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>, it should be automatically added to "
+"this file. If it is missing, add it using this command, replacing the path "
+"with the path of the shell:"
+msgstr ""
+"新的 Shell <emphasis>必須</emphasis>已列於 <filename>/etc/shells</filename> "
+"裡頭。 若是依 <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 說明由 Ports 套件集來裝的 Shell， 那"
+"就會自動列入至該檔案裡。 若仍缺少，請使用以下指令加入檔案 (請將路徑替換為新"
+"的 Shell 的路徑)："
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8570
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo <replaceable>/usr/local/bin/bash</replaceable> &gt;&gt; /etc/shells</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8572
+msgid ""
+"Then, rerun <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"然後重新執行 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8578
+msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques"
+msgstr "進階 Shell 技巧"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: book.translate.xml:8581 book.translate.xml:31000 book.translate.xml:35394
+#: book.translate.xml:35474 book.translate.xml:37083 book.translate.xml:43967
+#: book.translate.xml:54419 book.translate.xml:56854
+msgid ""
+"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
+"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8591
+msgid ""
+"The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> shell is not just a "
+"command interpreter, it acts as a powerful tool which allows users to "
+"execute commands, redirect their output, redirect their input and chain "
+"commands together to improve the final command output. When this "
+"functionality is mixed with built in commands, the user is provided with an "
+"environment that can maximize efficiency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8599
+msgid ""
+"Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a "
+"command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> command, for example, into a file, redirect the output:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8604
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls &gt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8606
+msgid ""
+"The directory contents will now be listed in <filename>directory_listing."
+"txt</filename>. Some commands can be used to read input, such as "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. To sort this listing, redirect the input:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8611
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8613
+msgid ""
+"The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input "
+"into another file, one could redirect the output of "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> by mixing the direction:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8617
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt &gt; sorted.txt</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8619
+msgid ""
+"In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection "
+"using file descriptors. Every <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
+"trademark> system has file descriptors, which include standard input "
+"(stdin), standard output (stdout), and standard error (stderr). Each one has "
+"a purpose, where input could be a keyboard or a mouse, something that "
+"provides input. Output could be a screen or paper in a printer. And error "
+"would be anything that is used for diagnostic or error messages. All three "
+"are considered <acronym>I/O</acronym> based file descriptors and sometimes "
+"considered streams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8630
+msgid ""
+"Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to "
+"be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. "
+"Another method of redirection is the pipe operator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8635
+msgid ""
+"The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> pipe operator, <quote>|"
+"</quote> allows the output of one command to be directly passed or directed "
+"to another program. Basically, a pipe allows the standard output of a "
+"command to be passed as standard input to another command, for example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8641
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8643
+msgid ""
+"In that example, the contents of <filename>directory_listing.txt</filename> "
+"will be sorted and the output passed to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>less</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows the user "
+"to scroll through the output at their own pace and prevent it from scrolling "
+"off the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8652
+msgid "Text Editors"
+msgstr "文字編輯器"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8654
+msgid "<primary>text editors</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8657 book.translate.xml:8693
+msgid "<primary>editors</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8661
+msgid ""
+"Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files. Because of this, "
+"it is a good idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with "
+"a few as part of the base system, and many more are available in the Ports "
+"Collection."
+msgstr ""
+"在 FreeBSD 中有許多設定必須透過編輯文字檔完成。 因此，若能熟悉文字編輯器是再"
+"好不過的。 FreeBSD 本身就內建幾種文字編輯器， 您也可以透過 Ports 套件集來安裝"
+"其他的文字編輯器。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8666
+msgid "<primary><command>ee</command></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8669
+msgid ""
+"<primary>editors</primary> <secondary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8674
+msgid ""
+"A simple editor to learn is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which stands for easy "
+"editor. To start this editor, type <command>ee <replaceable>filename</"
+"replaceable></command> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is the name "
+"of the file to be edited. Once inside the editor, all of the commands for "
+"manipulating the editor's functions are listed at the top of the display. "
+"The caret (<literal>^</literal>) represents <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, so "
+"<literal>^e</literal> expands to <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</"
+"keycap> <keycap>e</keycap> </keycombo>. To leave "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>, then choose the <quote>leave "
+"editor</quote> option from the main menu. The editor will prompt to save any "
+"changes if the file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+"最簡單易學的文字編輯器叫做 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>，意為簡易的編輯器(Easy "
+"Editor)。 要開始使用這個編輯器， 只需輸入 <command>ee <replaceable>filename</"
+"replaceable></command>，其中 <replaceable>filename</replaceable> 代表你想要編"
+"輯的檔案名稱。 在編輯器中， 所有編輯器的功能與操作都顯示在螢幕的上方。 其中的"
+"插入符號 (<literal>^</literal>) 代表鍵盤上的 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 鍵，所以 "
+"<literal>^e</literal> 代表的是  <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</"
+"keycap> <keycap>e</keycap> </keycombo>。 若要結束 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>，請按下 <keycap>Esc</keycap> 鍵，接著選擇 <quote>leave editor</"
+"quote> 即可。 此時如果該檔案有修改過，編輯器會提醒你是否要存檔。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8690
+msgid "<primary><command>vi</command></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8696
+msgid "<primary><command>emacs</command></primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8700
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, as part of the base system. Other editors, like "
+"<package>editors/emacs</package> and <package>editors/vim</package>, are "
+"part of the FreeBSD Ports Collection. These editors offer more functionality "
+"at the expense of being more complicated to learn. Learning a more powerful "
+"editor such as <application>vim</application> or <application>Emacs</"
+"application> can save more time in the long run."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 同時也內建功能強大的文字編輯器，像是<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 其他編輯器如 "
+"<package>editors/emacs</package> 及 <package>editors/vim</package> 則由 "
+"FreeBSD Ports 套件集提供。 這些編輯器提供更強的功能，但是也比較難學習。 長期"
+"來看學習 <application>vim</application> 或 <application>Emacs</application> "
+"會在日後為您省下更多的時間。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8710
+msgid ""
+"Many applications which modify files or require typed input will "
+"automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the "
+"<envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable as described in <xref linkend="
+"\"shells\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8717
+msgid "Devices and Device Nodes"
+msgstr "裝置及裝置節點"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8719
+msgid ""
+"A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, "
+"including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD "
+"boots, the majority of the boot messages refer to devices being detected. A "
+"copy of the boot messages are saved to <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"裝置(Device)一詞大多是跟硬體比較有關的術語，包括磁碟、印表機、顯示卡和鍵盤。 "
+"FreeBSD 開機過程當中，開機訊息(Boot Message)中主要是會列出偵測到的硬體裝置，"
+"開機訊息的複本也會存放在 <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8726
+msgid ""
+"Each device has a device name and number. For example, <filename>ada0</"
+"filename> is the first SATA hard drive, while <filename>kbd0</filename> "
+"represents the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"每一個裝置都有一個裝置名稱及編號，舉例來說 <filename>ada0</filename> 是第一"
+"台 SATA 硬碟，而 <filename>kbd0</filename> 則代表鍵盤。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8731
+msgid ""
+"Most devices in a FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called "
+"device nodes, which are located in <filename>/dev</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"在 FreeBSD 中大多數的裝置必須透過裝置節點(Device Node)的特殊檔案來存取，這些"
+"檔案會放置在 <filename>/dev</filename>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8737
+msgid "Manual Pages"
+msgstr "操作手冊"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8739
+msgid "<primary>manual pages</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8743
+msgid ""
+"The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual "
+"pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference "
+"manual explaining the basic operation and available arguments. These manuals "
+"can be viewed using <command>man</command>:"
+msgstr ""
+"在 FreeBSD 中，最詳細的文件莫過於操作手冊。 幾乎在系統上所有程式都會有簡短的"
+"操作手冊來介紹該程式的基本操作以及可用的參數。 這些操作手冊可以使用 "
+"<command>man</command> 指令來檢視："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8749
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8751
+msgid ""
+"where <replaceable>command</replaceable> is the name of the command to learn "
+"about. For example, to learn more about <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
+msgstr ""
+"其中 <replaceable>command</replaceable> 想要瞭解指令的名稱。 舉例，要知道 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 的詳細用法，就可以打："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8755
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ls</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8757
+msgid ""
+"Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. In "
+"FreeBSD, the following sections are available:"
+msgstr ""
+"操作手冊被分成很多個章節，每個章節有不同的主題。 在 FreeBSD 中操作手冊有以下"
+"章節："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8763
+msgid "User commands."
+msgstr "使用者指令。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8767
+msgid "System calls and error numbers."
+msgstr "系統呼叫(System call)與錯誤編號。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8771
+msgid "Functions in the C libraries."
+msgstr "C 程式庫函數。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8775
+msgid "Device drivers."
+msgstr "裝置驅動程式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8779
+msgid "File formats."
+msgstr "檔案格式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8783
+msgid "Games and other diversions."
+msgstr "遊戲及其他程式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8787
+msgid "Miscellaneous information."
+msgstr "其他資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8791
+msgid "System maintenance and operation commands."
+msgstr "系統維護與操作指令。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8795
+msgid "System kernel interfaces."
+msgstr "系統核心介面。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8799
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the "
+"online manual. For example, there is a <command>chmod</command> user command "
+"and a <function>chmod()</function> system call. To tell "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> which section to display, specify the section number:"
+msgstr ""
+"有些情況會有同樣主題會同時出現在不同章節。 舉個例子，系統內會有 "
+"<command>chmod</command> 使用者指令，但同時也有 <function>chmod()</function> "
+"系統呼叫。 在這種情況，要告訴 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 要查詢的章節編號："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8805
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man 1 chmod</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8807
+msgid ""
+"This will display the manual page for the user command "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. References to a particular section of the online manual are "
+"traditionally placed in parenthesis in written documentation, so "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> refers to the user command and "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> refers to the system call."
+msgstr ""
+"如此一來就會查詢使用者指令 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 通常在寫文件時會把有"
+"參考到特定章節的號碼寫在括號內。 所以 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 就是指使用者指令，而 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 則是指系統呼叫。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8813
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the manual page is unknown, use <command>man -k</command> to "
+"search for keywords in the manual page descriptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"若不曉得操作手冊的名稱，可以使用 <command>man -k</command> 來以關鍵字查詢所有"
+"操作手冊的描述："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8817
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>mail</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8819
+msgid ""
+"This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword <quote>mail</"
+"quote> in their descriptions. This is equivalent to using "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apropos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"這個指令會顯示所有描述中有使用到關鍵字 <quote>mail</quote> 的指令。 這等同使"
+"用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>apropos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8823
+msgid ""
+"To read the descriptions for all of the commands in <filename>/usr/bin</"
+"filename>, type:"
+msgstr "想要閱讀所有在 <filename>/usr/bin</filename> 底下的指令說明則可輸入："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8826
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -f * | more</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8829 book.translate.xml:49388
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "或"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8831
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>whatis * |more</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8835
+msgid "GNU Info Files"
+msgstr "GNU Info 檔"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8841
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free "
+"Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may "
+"include hypertext documents called <literal>info</literal> files. These can "
+"be viewed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or, if "
+"<package>editors/emacs</package> is installed, the info mode of "
+"<application>emacs</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 有許多應用程式與工具來自自由軟體基金會(Free Software Foundation, "
+"FSF)。 除了操作手冊之外，這些程式提供了另外一種更具有彈性的超文字文件叫做 "
+"<literal>info</literal> 檔。 這些檔案可以使用 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 指令來閱讀，或者若有裝 <package>editors/emacs</package> 亦可透"
+"過 <application>emacs</application> 的 info 模式閱讀。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8849
+msgid ""
+"To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
+msgstr ""
+"要使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令，只需輸入："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8851
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>info</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8853
+msgid ""
+"For a brief introduction, type <literal>h</literal>. For a quick command "
+"reference, type <literal>?</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"要查詢簡單說明請按 <literal>h</literal> 鍵，若要查訊快速指令參考請按 "
+"<literal>?</literal> 鍵。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8867
+msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports"
+msgstr "安裝應用程式: 套件與 Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8872
+msgid "<primary>ports</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:8873
+msgid "<primary>packages</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>套件</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8874
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the "
+"base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies "
+"for installing third-party software: the FreeBSD Ports Collection, for "
+"installing from source, and packages, for installing from pre-built "
+"binaries. Either method may be used to install software from local media or "
+"from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 已內建豐富的系統工具，此外 FreeBSD 提供了 2 種安裝第三方軟體的套件管"
+"理技術︰由原始碼安的 FreeBSD Ports 套件集，以及由預先編譯好的 Binary 安裝的 "
+"Binary  套件集。 無論要用哪一種方式，都可由本地的媒體或網路來安裝軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8886
+msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports."
+msgstr "Binary 套件集與 Ports 的差別。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8890
+msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD."
+msgstr "如何找到已移植到 FreeBSD 的第三方軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8895
+msgid "How to manage binary packages using <application>pkg</application>."
+msgstr "如何使用 <application>pkg</application> 管理 Binary 套件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8900
+msgid ""
+"How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection."
+msgstr "如何編譯來自 Ports 套件集的第三方軟體原始碼。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8905
+msgid ""
+"How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation "
+"configuration."
+msgstr "如何找到應用程式已安裝的檔案來完成安裝後的設定。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8910
+msgid "What to do if a software installation fails."
+msgstr "若軟體安裝失敗要如何處理。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8916
+msgid "Overview of Software Installation"
+msgstr "安裝軟體的概要"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8918
+msgid ""
+"The typical steps for installing third-party software on a <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system include:"
+msgstr ""
+"通常要在 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 系統上安裝第三方軟"
+"體時，有幾個步驟要作："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8923
+msgid ""
+"Find and download the software, which might be distributed in source code "
+"format or as a binary."
+msgstr "找到並且下載軟體，該軟體有可能以原始碼或 Binary 格式發佈。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8928
+msgid ""
+"Unpack the software from its distribution format. This is typically a "
+"tarball compressed with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"解壓縮軟體。 發佈的格式通常會使用 tarball 並以 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 或 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 壓縮。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8934
+msgid ""
+"Locate the documentation in <filename>INSTALL</filename>, <filename>README</"
+"filename> or some file in a <filename>doc/</filename> subdirectory and read "
+"up on how to install the software."
+msgstr ""
+"找到位於 <filename>INSTALL</filename>, <filename>README</filename> 或者 "
+"<filename>doc/</filename> 子目錄底下的檔案閱讀如何安裝該軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8941
+msgid ""
+"If the software was distributed in source format, compile it. This may "
+"involve editing a <filename>Makefile</filename> or running a "
+"<command>configure</command> script."
+msgstr ""
+"若軟體是以原始碼的格式發佈則需要編譯該軟體。 這可能會需要修改 "
+"<filename>Makefile</filename> 或執行 <command>configure</command> Script。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8948
+msgid "Test and install the software."
+msgstr "測試並安裝該軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8952
+msgid ""
+"If the software package was not deliberately ported, or tested to work, on "
+"FreeBSD, the source code may need editing in order for it to install and run "
+"properly. At the time of this writing, over 24,000 third-party applications "
+"have been ported to FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"如果軟體套件未被特意移植到 FreeBSD 或測試是否可運作。 那可能需要修改一下該軟"
+"體的原始碼才能正常使用。 在搛寫此篇文章時候， 已經有超過 24,000 個第三方應用"
+"程式已經被移植到 FreeBSD。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8958
+msgid ""
+"A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an "
+"application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A package "
+"can be manipulated with the <application>pkg</application> commands, such as "
+"<command>pkg install</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD Binary 套件中包含了應用程式預先編譯好的指令、設定檔及文件。 套件可以"
+"使用 <application>pkg</application> 指令來管理，如 <command>pkg install</"
+"command>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8964
+msgid ""
+"A FreeBSD port is a collection of files designed to automate the process of "
+"compiling an application from source code. The files that comprise a port "
+"contain all the necessary information to automatically download, extract, "
+"patch, compile, and install the application."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD Port 套件則包含了已設計好從原始碼編譯成應用程式的自動化程序。 Port 套"
+"件中的檔案包含自動下載、解壓縮、修補、編譯及安裝應用程式流程中所有需要的資"
+"訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8970
+msgid ""
+"The ports system can also be used to generate packages which can be "
+"manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands."
+msgstr "Ports 系統可以透過 FreeBSD 套件管理指令來產生套件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8974
+msgid ""
+"Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is "
+"used to install an application and a dependent library is not already "
+"installed, the library will automatically be installed first."
+msgstr ""
+"不論是 Binary 套件或者 Ports 套件都有相依的功能，若以 Binary 或 Port 套件安裝"
+"應用程式，且該應用程式有相依的程式庫尚未被安裝，則會自動先安裝該程式庫。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8979
+msgid ""
+"While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their "
+"own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for "
+"installing a particular application."
+msgstr ""
+"雖然兩種技術非常相似，但 Binary 套件及 Ports 套件有各自的優點。 要視您要安裝"
+"的應用程式需求來選擇。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8985
+msgid "Package Benefits"
+msgstr "Binary 套件優點"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8988
+msgid ""
+"A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed "
+"tarball containing the source code for the application."
+msgstr "應用程式壓縮 Binary 套件的 tarball 會比壓縮原始碼的 tarball 還要小。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8994
+msgid ""
+"Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as "
+"<application>Mozilla</application>, <application>KDE</application>, or "
+"<application>GNOME</application>, this can be important on a slow system."
+msgstr ""
+"安裝 Binary 套件不需要編譯的時間，對於較慢的電腦要安裝大型的應用程式如 "
+"<application>Mozilla</application>, <application>KDE</application> 或 "
+"<application>GNOME</application> 這點顯的相當重要。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9002
+msgid ""
+"Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in "
+"compiling software on FreeBSD."
+msgstr "Binary 套件不需要了解在 FreeBSD 上編譯軟體的流程。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9008
+msgid "Port Benefits"
+msgstr "Port 套件優點"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9011
+msgid ""
+"Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have "
+"to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can "
+"change the compilation options."
+msgstr ""
+"由於 Binary 套件必須盡可能在大多數系統上執行，通常會採用較通用的編譯選項來編"
+"譯，由 Port 來編輯可更改編譯選項。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9018
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are "
+"installed. For example, <application>Apache</application> can be configured "
+"with a wide variety of different built-in options."
+msgstr ""
+"部份應用程式編譯期選項會與要安裝的功能有關，舉例來說 <application>Apache</"
+"application> 便有大量不同的內建選項可以設定。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9023
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to "
+"specify certain settings. For example, <application>Ghostscript</"
+"application> is available as a <filename>ghostscript</filename> package and "
+"a <filename>ghostscript-nox11</filename> package, depending on whether or "
+"not <application>Xorg</application> is installed. Creating multiple packages "
+"rapidly becomes impossible if an application has more than one or two "
+"different compile-time options."
+msgstr ""
+"在某些情況，同樣的應用程式會存在多個不同的 Binary 套件，如 "
+"<application>Ghostscript</application> 有 <filename>ghostscript</filename> "
+"及 <filename>ghostscript-nox11</filename> 兩種 Binary 套件，用來區別是否有安"
+"裝 <application>Xorg</application>。 若應用程式有一個以上的編譯期選項便無法用"
+"這個方式來區別 Binary 套件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9035
+msgid ""
+"The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such "
+"software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the "
+"end-user."
+msgstr ""
+"部份軟體的授權條款中禁止以 Binary 格式發佈。 這種軟體必須以原始碼發佈並由終端"
+"使用者編譯。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9041
+msgid ""
+"Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through "
+"source code in order to look for potential problems."
+msgstr "部份人並不相信 Binary 發佈版本，寧願閱讀原始碼來查看是否潛藏的問題。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9047
+msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches."
+msgstr "原始碼可套用自訂的修補。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9052
+msgid ""
+"To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">FreeBSD ports mailing "
+"list</link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs\">FreeBSD ports bugs mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"要持續追蹤 Ports 的更新可以訂閱 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
+"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">FreeBSD Ports 郵遞論壇</link> 與 <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs"
+"\">FreeBSD Ports 問題郵遞論壇</link>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9056
+msgid ""
+"Before installing any application, check <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml."
+"freebsd.org/\"/> for security issues related to the application or type "
+"<command>pkg audit -F</command> to check all installed applications for "
+"known vulnerabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"在安裝任何應用程式之前，請先查看 <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/"
+"\"/> 是否有與該應用程式相關的安全性問題或輸入 <command>pkg audit -F</"
+"command> 來檢查所有已安裝的應用程式是否有已知的漏洞。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9062
+msgid ""
+"The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to "
+"install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"本章接下來的部份將說明如何在 FreeBSD 使用 Binary 套件及 Ports 套件安裝與管理"
+"第三方軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9068
+msgid "Finding Software"
+msgstr "搜尋軟體"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9070
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are "
+"a number of ways to find software to install:"
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 上可安裝的軟體清單不斷在增加， 有幾種方式可以來找你想安裝的軟體："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9076
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the "
+"available applications, at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index."
+"html\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/</link>. The ports can be searched by "
+"application name or by software category."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 網站有維護一份可搜尋的最新應用程式清單，在 <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/</"
+"link>。 可以依應用程式名稱或軟體分類來搜尋 Ports。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:9083
+msgid "<primary>FreshPorts</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9085
+msgid ""
+"Dan Langille maintains <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreshPorts.org/"
+"\">FreshPorts.org</link> which provides a comprehensive search utility and "
+"also tracks changes to the applications in the Ports Collection. Registered "
+"users can create a customized watch list in order to receive an automated "
+"email when their watched ports are updated."
+msgstr ""
+"由 Dan Langille 維護的 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreshPorts.org/"
+"\">FreshPorts.org</link>，提供完整的搜尋工具並且可追蹤在 Ports 套件集中的應用"
+"程式變更。註冊的使用者可以建立自訂的監視清單會自動寄發電子郵件通知 Ports 的更"
+"新資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:9094
+msgid "<primary>SourceForge</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9096
+msgid ""
+"If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a "
+"site like <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sourceforge.net/\">SourceForge.net</"
+"link> or <link xlink:href=\"http://www.github.com/\">GitHub.com</link> then "
+"check back at the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html"
+"\">FreeBSD site</link> to see if the application has been ported."
+msgstr ""
+"若找不到指定的應用程式，可以先到網站 <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
+"sourceforge.net/\">SourceForge.net</link> 或 <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
+"github.com/\">GitHub.com</link> 搜尋，後然再回到 <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">FreeBSD 網站</link> 檢查該應用程式是否"
+"已被移植。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:9104
+msgid "<primary>pkg</primary> <secondary>search</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#pkg-search
+#: book.translate.xml:9109
+msgid "To search the binary package repository for an application:"
+msgstr "要搜尋 Binary 套件檔案庫中的應用程式可："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"git-subversion-<replaceable>1.9.2</replaceable>\n"
+"java-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
+"p5-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
+"py27-hgsubversion-<replaceable>1.6</replaceable>\n"
+"py27-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
+"ruby-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
+"subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
+"subversion-book-<replaceable>4515</replaceable>\n"
+"subversion-static-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
+"subversion16-<replaceable>1.6.23_4</replaceable>\n"
+"subversion17-<replaceable>1.7.16_2</replaceable>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9125
+msgid ""
+"Package names include the version number and in case of ports based on "
+"python, the version number of the version of python the package was built "
+"with. Some ports also have multiple versions available. In case of "
+"<application>subversion</application> there are different versions "
+"available, as well as different compile options. In this case, the "
+"statically linked version of <application>subversion</application>. When "
+"indicating which package to install, it is best to specify the application "
+"by the port origin, which is the path in the ports tree. Repeat the "
+"<command>pkg search</command> with <option>-o</option> to list the origin of "
+"each package:"
+msgstr ""
+"套件名稱包含版本編號，且若 Ports 使用 Python 為基礎，也會包含用來編譯該套件"
+"的 Python 版本。有些 Ports 會有多個版本可使用，如 <application>subversion</"
+"application> ，因編譯選項不同，有多個版本可用，這個例子中即指靜態連結版本的 "
+"<application>subversion</application>。在指定要安裝的套件時，最好使用 Ports "
+"來源來指定該應用程式，Ports 來源是指應用程式在 Ports 樹中的路徑。再輸入一次 "
+"<command>pkg search</command> 並加上 <option>-o</option> 來列出每個套件來源："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9139
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search -o <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"devel/git-subversion\n"
+"java/java-subversion\n"
+"devel/p5-subversion\n"
+"devel/py-hgsubversion\n"
+"devel/py-subversion\n"
+"devel/ruby-subversion\n"
+"devel/subversion16\n"
+"devel/subversion17\n"
+"devel/subversion\n"
+"devel/subversion-book\n"
+"devel/subversion-static"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9152
+msgid ""
+"Searching by shell globs, regular expressions, exact match, by description, "
+"or any other field in the repository database is also supported by "
+"<command>pkg search</command>. After installing <package>ports-mgmt/pkg</"
+"package> or <package>ports-mgmt/pkg-devel</package>, see "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-search</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
+msgstr ""
+"<command>pkg search</command> 支援使用 Shell 萬手字元(globs)、正規表示法、描"
+"述或檔案庫中的其他其他內容。在安裝 <package>ports-mgmt/pkg</package> 或 "
+"<package>ports-mgmt/pkg-devel</package> 之後，可參考 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-search</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 以取得更多詳細資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9161
+msgid ""
+"If the Ports Collection is already installed, there are several methods to "
+"query the local version of the ports tree. To find out which category a port "
+"is in, type <command>whereis <replaceable>file</replaceable></command>, "
+"where <replaceable>file</replaceable> is the program to be installed:"
+msgstr ""
+"若 Ports 套件集已安裝，有數個方法可以查詢 Ports 樹中的本地版本。要找到 Port "
+"所在的分類，可輸入 <command>whereis <replaceable>file</replaceable></"
+"command>，其中 <replaceable>file</replaceable> 是要安裝的程式："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9168
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>whereis lsof</userinput>\n"
+"lsof: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9171
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>echo</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> statement can be used:"
+msgstr ""
+"或者，也可使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>echo</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9174
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*</userinput>\n"
+"/usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9177
+msgid ""
+"Note that this will also return any matched files downloaded into the "
+"<filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+"請注意，這也會顯示已下載至 <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> 目錄中任"
+"何已符合條件的檔案。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9183
+msgid ""
+"Another way to find software is by using the Ports Collection's built-in "
+"search mechanism. To use the search feature, <application>cd</application> "
+"to <filename>/usr/ports</filename> then run <command>make search "
+"name=program-name</command> where <replaceable>program-name</replaceable> is "
+"the name of the software. For example, to search for <command>lsof</command>:"
+msgstr ""
+"另一個方法是使用 Ports 套件集內建的搜尋機制來找軟體。要使用搜尋的功能需先 "
+"<application>cd</application> 到 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> 然後執行 "
+"<command>make search name=program-name</command>，其中 <replaceable>program-"
+"name</replaceable> 代表軟體的名稱。舉例搜尋 <command>lsof</command>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9192
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make search name=lsof</userinput>\n"
+"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
+"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))\n"
+"Maint:  ler@lerctr.org\n"
+"Index:  sysutils\n"
+"B-deps:\n"
+"R-deps: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9203
+msgid ""
+"The built-in search mechanism uses a file of index information. If a message "
+"indicates that the <filename>INDEX</filename> is required, run <command>make "
+"fetchindex</command> to download the current index file. With the "
+"<filename>INDEX</filename> present, <command>make search</command> will be "
+"able to perform the requested search."
+msgstr ""
+"內建的搜尋機制會使用索引檔內的資訊。若出現訊息指出需要 <filename>INDEX</"
+"filename> 檔，可執行 <command>make fetchindex</command> 來下載最新的索引檔。"
+"當 <filename>INDEX</filename> 檔存在時，<command>make search</command> 方可執"
+"行請求的搜尋動作。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9212
+msgid "The <quote>Path:</quote> line indicates where to find the port."
+msgstr "<quote>Path:</quote> 此行代表 Ports 的所在位置。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9215
+msgid ""
+"To receive less information, use the <command>quicksearch</command> feature:"
+msgstr "若不要接受這麼多資訊，可使用 <command>quicksearch</command> 功能："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9218
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make quicksearch name=lsof</userinput>\n"
+"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
+"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9224
+msgid ""
+"For more in-depth searching, use <command>make search "
+"key=<replaceable>string</replaceable></command> or <command>make quicksearch "
+"key=<replaceable>string</replaceable></command>, where <replaceable>string</"
+"replaceable> is some text to search for. The text can be in comments, "
+"descriptions, or dependencies in order to find ports which relate to a "
+"particular subject when the name of the program is unknown."
+msgstr ""
+"若要進行更有深度的搜尋，使用 <command>make search key=<replaceable>string</"
+"replaceable></command> 或 <command>make quicksearch key=<replaceable>string</"
+"replaceable></command> 其中 <replaceable>string</replaceable> 是要搜尋的文"
+"字。該文字可以是一部份的註解、描述或相依套件，當不清楚程式的名稱時可以找到與"
+"特定主題相關的 Ports。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:9235
+msgid "search"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:9236
+msgid "quicksearch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9235
+msgid ""
+"When using <_:buildtarget-1/> or <_:buildtarget-2/>, the search string is "
+"case-insensitive. Searching for <quote>LSOF</quote> will yield the same "
+"results as searching for <quote>lsof</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"當使用 <_:buildtarget-1/> 或 <_:buildtarget-2/> 時，搜尋的字串不分大小寫。 搜"
+"尋 <quote>LSOF</quote> 會與搜尋 <quote>lsof</quote> 產生相同的結果。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9245
+msgid "Using <application>pkg</application> for Binary Package Management"
+msgstr "使用 <application>pkg</application> 管理 Binary 套件"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9248
+msgid ""
+"<application>pkg</application> is the next generation replacement for the "
+"traditional FreeBSD package management tools, offering many features that "
+"make dealing with binary packages faster and easier."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>pkg</application> 是新一代套件管理工具用來取代舊版工具，提供許多"
+"功能讓處理 Binary 套件更快更簡單。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9253
+msgid ""
+"<application>pkg</application> is not a replacement for port management "
+"tools like <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> or <package>ports-mgmt/"
+"portupgrade</package>. These tools can be used to install third-party "
+"software from both binary packages and the Ports Collection, while "
+"<application>pkg</application> installs only binary packages."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>pkg</application> 並不是用來取代 Port 管理工具如 <package>ports-"
+"mgmt/portmaster</package> 或 <package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package>，這些"
+"工具可用來安裝來自 Binary 與 Ports 套件集的第三方軟體，而 <application>pkg</"
+"application> 僅能安裝 Binary 套件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9263
+msgid "Getting Started with <application>pkg</application>"
+msgstr "開始使用 <application>pkg</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9266
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD includes a bootstrap utility which can be used to download and "
+"install <application>pkg</application>, along with its manual pages."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 內建啟動(Bootstrap)工具可用來下載並安裝 <application>pkg</"
+"application> 及其操作手冊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9270
+msgid "To bootstrap the system, run:"
+msgstr "要啟動(Bootstrap)系統請執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9272
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/pkg</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9274
+msgid ""
+"For earlier FreeBSD versions, <application>pkg</application> must instead be "
+"installed from the Ports Collection or as a binary package."
+msgstr ""
+"對較舊的 FreeBSD 版本，<application>pkg</application> 必須改透過 Ports 套件集"
+"或者 Binary 套件來安裝。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9278
+msgid "To install the port, run:"
+msgstr "要安裝 Port 套件，請執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9280
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9284
+msgid ""
+"When upgrading an existing system that originally used the older package "
+"system, the database must be converted to the new format, so that the new "
+"tools are aware of the already installed packages. Once <application>pkg</"
+"application> has been installed, the package database must be converted from "
+"the traditional format to the new format by running this command:"
+msgstr ""
+"當升級原使用舊版套件系統的既有系統時，必須將資料庫轉換成新的格式，因此新的工"
+"具才會知道有那些已安裝過的套件。一旦 <application>pkg</application> 已安裝，"
+"必須執行以下指令將套件資料庫從舊版格式轉換到新版格式："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9292
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg2ng</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9294
+msgid ""
+"This step is not required for new installations that do not yet have any "
+"third-party software installed."
+msgstr "新安裝的版本因尚未安裝任何第三方軟體因此不須做這個步驟。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9299
+msgid ""
+"This step is not reversible. Once the package database has been converted to "
+"the <application>pkg</application> format, the traditional <literal>pkg_*</"
+"literal> tools should no longer be used."
+msgstr ""
+"這個步驟無法還原。一旦套件資料庫轉為成 <application>pkg</application> 的格"
+"式，舊版 <literal>pkg_*</literal> 工具就不該再繼續使用。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9306
+msgid ""
+"The package database conversion may emit errors as the contents are "
+"converted to the new version. Generally, these errors can be safely ignored. "
+"However, a list of third-party software that was not successfully converted "
+"will be listed after <command>pkg2ng</command> has finished and these "
+"applications must be manually reinstalled."
+msgstr ""
+"套件資料庫轉換的過程可能會因內容轉換為新版本產生錯誤。通常，這些錯誤皆可安全"
+"忽略，雖然如此，仍然有在執行 <command>pkg2ng</command> 後無法成功轉換的第三方"
+"軟體清單，這些應用程式則必須手動重新安裝。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9314
+msgid ""
+"To ensure that the FreeBSD Ports Collection registers new software with "
+"<application>pkg</application>, and not the traditional packages format, "
+"FreeBSD versions earlier than 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> require this "
+"line in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"為了確保 FreeBSD Ports 套件集會將新軟體的資訊註冊到 <application>pkg</"
+"application> 而非舊版套件格式，FreeBSD 版本 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> "
+"之前需要在 <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> 加入此行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9320
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "WITH_PKGNG=\tyes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9322
+msgid ""
+"By default <application>pkg</application> uses the FreeBSD package mirrors. "
+"For information about building a custom package repository, see <xref "
+"linkend=\"ports-poudriere\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"預設 <application>pkg</application> 會使用 FreeBSD 套件鏡像站。若要取得有關編"
+"譯自訂套件檔案庫的資訊，請參考 \n"
+"<xref linkend=\"ports-poudriere\"/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9326
+msgid ""
+"Additional <application>pkg</application> configuration options are "
+"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"其他 <application>pkg</application> 設定選項說明請參考 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9329
+msgid ""
+"Usage information for <application>pkg</application> is available in the "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> manual page or by running <command>pkg</command> without "
+"additional arguments."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>pkg</application> 的用法資訊可在 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 操作手冊或不加任何參數執行 <command>pkg</command> 來取得。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9333
+msgid ""
+"Each <application>pkg</application> command argument is documented in a "
+"command-specific manual page. To read the manual page for <command>pkg "
+"install</command>, for example, run either of these commands:"
+msgstr ""
+"每個 <application>pkg</application> 指令參數皆記庫在指令操件手冊。要閱讀 "
+"<command>pkg install</command> 的操作手冊，可執行以下指令："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9338
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg help install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9340
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man pkg-install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9342
+msgid ""
+"The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks "
+"which can be performed using <application>pkg</application>. Each "
+"demonstrated command provides many switches to customize its use. Refer to a "
+"command's help or man page for details and more examples."
+msgstr ""
+"本章節剩餘的部份將會示範使用 <application>pkg</application> 執行常用的 "
+"Binary 套件管理工作。每個示範的指令皆會提供多個參數可使用，請參考指令的說明或"
+"操作手冊以取得詳細資訊或更多範例。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9351
+msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages"
+msgstr "取得有關已安裝套件的資訊"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9353
+msgid ""
+"Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by "
+"running <command>pkg info</command> which, when run without any switches, "
+"will list the package version for either all installed packages or the "
+"specified package."
+msgstr ""
+"有關已安裝在系統的套件資訊可透過執行 <command>pkg info</command> 來檢視，若執"
+"行時未指定任何參數，將會列出所有已安裝或指定的套件版本。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9359
+msgid ""
+"For example, to see which version of <application>pkg</application> is "
+"installed, run:"
+msgstr "例如，要查看已安裝的 <application>pkg</application> 版本可執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9362
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info pkg</userinput>\n"
+"pkg-1.1.4_1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9367
+msgid "Installing and Removing Packages"
+msgstr "安裝與移除套件"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9369
+msgid ""
+"To install a binary package use the following command, where "
+"<replaceable>packagename</replaceable> is the name of the package to install:"
+msgstr ""
+"要安裝 Binary 套件可使用以下指令，其中 <replaceable>packagename</"
+"replaceable> 為要安裝的套件名稱："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9373
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install <replaceable>packagename</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9375
+msgid ""
+"This command uses repository data to determine which version of the software "
+"to install and if it has any uninstalled dependencies. For example, to "
+"install <application>curl</application>:"
+msgstr ""
+"這個指令會使用檔案庫的資料來決定要安裝的軟體版本以及是否有任何未安裝的相依。"
+"例如，要安裝 <application>curl</application>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9380
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install curl</userinput>\n"
+"Updating repository catalogue\n"
+"/usr/local/tmp/All/curl-7.31.0_1.txz          100% of 1181 kB 1380 kBps 00m01s\n"
+"\n"
+"/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz   100% of  288 kB 1700 kBps 00m00s\n"
+"\n"
+"Updating repository catalogue\n"
+"The following 2 packages will be installed:\n"
+"\n"
+"        Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n"
+"        Installing curl: 7.31.0_1\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation will require 3 MB more space\n"
+"\n"
+"0 B to be downloaded\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
+"Checking integrity... done\n"
+"[1/2] Installing ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done\n"
+"[2/2] Installing curl-7.31.0_1... done\n"
+"Cleaning up cache files...Done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9402
+msgid ""
+"The new package and any additional packages that were installed as "
+"dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:"
+msgstr "新的套件以及任何做為相依安裝的額外套件可在已安裝的套件清單中看到："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9406
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info</userinput>\n"
+"ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\tThe root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n"
+"curl-7.31.0_1\tNon-interactive tool to get files from FTP, GOPHER, HTTP(S) servers\n"
+"pkg-1.1.4_6\tNew generation package manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9411
+msgid ""
+"Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with <command>pkg delete</"
+"command>. For example:"
+msgstr "不再需要的套件可以使用 <command>pkg delete</command> 來移除，例如："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9414
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg delete curl</userinput>\n"
+"The following packages will be deleted:\n"
+"\n"
+"\tcurl-7.31.0_1\n"
+"\n"
+"The deletion will free 3 MB\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
+"[1/1] Deleting curl-7.31.0_1... done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9426
+msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages"
+msgstr "升級已安裝套件"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9428
+msgid "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions by running:"
+msgstr "執行以下指令，可將已安裝的套件升級到最新版本："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9431
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg upgrade</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9433
+msgid ""
+"This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the "
+"repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository."
+msgstr ""
+"這個指令將會比對已安裝的版本與在檔案庫分類中的版本，並從檔案庫升級這些套件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9439
+msgid "Auditing Installed Packages"
+msgstr "稽查已安裝套件"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9441
+msgid ""
+"Occasionally, software vulnerabilities may be discovered in third-party "
+"applications. To address this, <application>pkg</application> includes a "
+"built-in auditing mechanism. To determine if there are any known "
+"vulnerabilities for the software installed on the system, run:"
+msgstr ""
+"偶爾可能會在第三方的應用程式中發現軟體漏洞，要找出這些程式，可使用 "
+"<application>pkg</application> 內建的稽查機制。要查詢已安裝在系統上的軟體是否"
+"有任何已知的漏洞可執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9448 book.translate.xml:26673
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg audit -F</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9452
+msgid "Automatically Removing Leaf Dependencies"
+msgstr "自動移除不使用的相依"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9454
+msgid ""
+"Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer "
+"required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies can be "
+"automatically detected and removed using:"
+msgstr ""
+"移除一個套件可能會留下不再需要使用的相依套件。不再需要的相依套件可以使用以下"
+"指令自動偵測並移除："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9459
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg autoremove</userinput>\n"
+"Packages to be autoremoved:\n"
+"\tca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\n"
+"\n"
+"The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
+"Deinstalling ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9470
+msgid "Restoring the Package Database"
+msgstr "還原套件資料庫"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9472
+msgid ""
+"Unlike the traditional package management system, <application>pkg</"
+"application> includes its own package database backup mechanism. This "
+"functionality is enabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+"不如傳統的套件管理系統，<application>pkg</application> 有自己的套件資料庫備份"
+"機制，此功能預設是開啟的。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9478
+msgid ""
+"To disable the periodic script from backing up the package database, set "
+"<literal>daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"</literal> in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"要停止週期的 Script 備份套件資料庫可在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic."
+"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 設定 "
+"<literal>daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"</literal>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9484
+msgid ""
+"To restore the contents of a previous package database backup, run the "
+"following command replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> with "
+"the location of the backup:"
+msgstr ""
+"要還原先前套件資料庫的備份，可執行以下指令並將 <replaceable>/path/to/pkg."
+"sql</replaceable> 替換為備份的位置："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9489
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -r <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9492
+msgid ""
+"If restoring a backup taken by the periodic script, it must be decompressed "
+"prior to being restored."
+msgstr "若要還原有週期 Script 所產生的備份必須在還原前先解壓縮。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9496
+msgid ""
+"To run a manual backup of the <application>pkg</application> database, run "
+"the following command, replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> "
+"with a suitable file name and location:"
+msgstr ""
+"要手動備份 <application>pkg</application> 資料庫，可執行以下指令，並替換 "
+"<replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> 為適當的檔案名稱與位置："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9501
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -d <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9505
+msgid "Removing Stale Packages"
+msgstr "移除過時的套件"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9507
+msgid ""
+"By default, <application>pkg</application> stores binary packages in a cache "
+"directory defined by <envar>PKG_CACHEDIR</envar> in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only copies of the latest installed packages are "
+"kept. Older versions of <application>pkg</application> kept all previous "
+"packages. To remove these outdated binary packages, run:"
+msgstr ""
+"預設 <application>pkg</application> 會儲存 Binary 套件在快取目錄定義在  "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 中的 <envar>PKG_CACHEDIR</envar>，只會保留最後安裝"
+"的套件複本。較舊版的 <application>pkg</application>  會保留所有先前的套件，若"
+"要移除這些過時的  Binary 套件，可執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9514
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9516
+msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:"
+msgstr "使用以下指令可清空全部的快取："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9518
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean -a</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9522
+msgid "Modifying Package Metadata"
+msgstr "修改套件 Metadata"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9524
+msgid ""
+"Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version "
+"number changes. To address this, <application>pkg</application> has a built-"
+"in command to update package origins. This can be useful, for example, if "
+"<package>lang/php5</package> is renamed to <package>lang/php53</package> so "
+"that <package>lang/php5</package> can now represent version <literal>5.4</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"在 FreeBSD Ports 套件集中的軟體可能會經歷主要版號的修改，要解決這個問題可使"
+"用 <application>pkg</application> 內建的指令來更新套件來源。這非常有用，例如 "
+"<package>lang/php5</package> 重新命名為 <package>lang/php53</package> 因此 "
+"<package>lang/php5</package> 從此之後代表版本 <literal>5.4</literal>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9533
+msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:"
+msgstr "要更改上述例子中的套件來源，可執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9536
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9538
+msgid ""
+"As another example, to update <package>lang/ruby18</package> to "
+"<package>lang/ruby19</package>, run:"
+msgstr ""
+"再一個例子，要更新 <package>lang/ruby18</package> 為 <package>lang/ruby19</"
+"package>，可執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9542
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9544
+msgid ""
+"As a final example, to change the origin of the <filename>libglut</filename> "
+"shared libraries from <package>graphics/libglut</package> to "
+"<package>graphics/freeglut</package>, run:"
+msgstr ""
+"最後一個例子，要更改 <filename>libglut</filename> 共用程式庫的來源從 "
+"<package>graphics/libglut</package> 改成 <package>graphics/freeglut</"
+"package> 可執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9549
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9552
+msgid ""
+"When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that "
+"are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a "
+"reinstallation of dependent packages, run:"
+msgstr ""
+"在更改套件來源之後，很重要的一件事是要重新安裝套件，來讓相依的套件也同時使用"
+"修改後的來源。要強制重新安裝相依套件，可執行："
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9557
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install -Rf <replaceable>graphics/freeglut</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9563
+msgid "Using the Ports Collection"
+msgstr "使用 Ports 套件集"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9565
+msgid ""
+"The Ports Collection is a set of <filename>Makefiles</filename>, patches, "
+"and description files stored in <filename>/usr/ports</filename>. This set of "
+"files is used to compile and install applications on FreeBSD. Before an "
+"application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection must first be "
+"installed. If it was not installed during the installation of FreeBSD, use "
+"one of the following methods to install it:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ports 套件集是指一系列儲存在 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> 的 "
+"<filename>Makefiles</filename>、修補及描述檔，這一系列檔案用來編譯與安裝在 "
+"FreeBSD 上的應用程式。在使用 Port 安裝應用程式前，必須先安裝 Ports 套件集，若"
+"未在安裝 FreeBSD 的過程式中安裝，可使用下列其中一種方法來安裝："
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9575
+msgid "Portsnap Method"
+msgstr "Portsnap 方法"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9577
+msgid ""
+"The base system of FreeBSD includes <application>Portsnap</application>. "
+"This is a fast and user-friendly tool for retrieving the Ports Collection "
+"and is the recommended choice for most users. This utility connects to a "
+"FreeBSD site, verifies the secure key, and downloads a new copy of the Ports "
+"Collection. The key is used to verify the integrity of all downloaded files."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD 的基礎系統內含 <application>Portsnap</application>，這是一個可用來取"
+"得 Ports 套件集簡單又快速的工具，較建議多數使用者使用這個方式。此工具會連線"
+"到 FreeBSD 的網站，驗証密鑰，然後下載 Ports 套件集的新複本。該金鑰是要用來檢"
+"驗所有已下載檔案的完整性。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9586
+msgid ""
+"To download a compressed snapshot of the Ports Collection into <filename>/"
+"var/db/portsnap</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"要下載壓縮後的 Ports 套件集快照 (Snapshot) 到 <filename>/var/db/portsnap</"
+"filename>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9590
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9594
+msgid ""
+"When running <application>Portsnap</application> for the first time, extract "
+"the snapshot into <filename>/usr/ports</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"當第一次執行 <application>Portsnap</application> 時，要先解壓縮快照到 "
+"<filename>/usr/ports</filename>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9598
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap extract</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9602
+msgid ""
+"After the first use of <application>Portsnap</application> has been "
+"completed as shown above, <filename>/usr/ports</filename> can be updated as "
+"needed by running:"
+msgstr ""
+"在完成上述第一次使用 <application>Portsnap</application> 的動作之後，往後可隨"
+"需要執行以下指令來更新 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> ："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9607
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap update</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9610
+msgid ""
+"When using <literal>fetch</literal>, the <literal>extract</literal> or the "
+"<literal>update</literal> operation may be run consecutively, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+"當使用 <literal>fetch</literal> 時也可同時執行 <literal>extract</literal> 或 "
+"<literal>update</literal> 如："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9614
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch update</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9619
+msgid "Subversion Method"
+msgstr "Subversion 方法"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9621
+msgid ""
+"If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be "
+"maintained, <application>Subversion</application> can be used to obtain the "
+"Ports Collection. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
+"ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide/subversion-primer.html\">the Subversion "
+"Primer</link> for a detailed description of <application>Subversion</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+"若要取得更多對 Ports 樹的控制，或若有本地的變更需要維護，可以使用 "
+"<application>Subversion</application> 來取得 Ports 套件集。請參考 <link "
+"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide/"
+"subversion-primer.html\">Subversion Primer</link> 來取得 "
+"<application>Subversion</application> 的詳細說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9629
+msgid ""
+"<application>Subversion</application> must be installed before it can be "
+"used to check out the ports tree. If a copy of the ports tree is already "
+"present, install <application>Subversion</application> like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"必須安裝 <application>Subversion</application> 才可用來取出 (Check out) "
+"Ports 樹。若已存在 Ports 樹的複本，可使用此方式安裝 <application>Subversion</"
+"application>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9634 book.translate.xml:65535
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9637
+msgid ""
+"If the ports tree is not available, or <application>pkg</application> is "
+"being used to manage packages, <application>Subversion</application> can be "
+"installed as a package:"
+msgstr ""
+"若尚無法使用 Ports 樹，或已經使用 <application>pkg</application> 來管理套件，"
+"可使用套件來安裝 <application>Subversion</application>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9642 book.translate.xml:65535
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9647
+msgid "Check out a copy of the ports tree:"
+msgstr "取出 Ports 樹的複本："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9649 book.translate.xml:65535
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head /usr/ports</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9653
+msgid ""
+"As needed, update <filename>/usr/ports</filename> after the initial "
+"<application>Subversion</application> checkout:"
+msgstr ""
+"若需要，在第一次 <application>Subversion</application> 取出後可使用以下指令更"
+"新 <filename>/usr/ports</filename>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9657 book.translate.xml:65535
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/ports</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9661
+msgid ""
+"The Ports Collection installs a series of directories representing software "
+"categories with each category having a subdirectory for each application. "
+"Each subdirectory, also referred to as a ports skeleton, contains a set of "
+"files that tell FreeBSD how to compile and install that program. Each port "
+"skeleton includes these files and directories:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ports 套件集會安裝一系列代表軟體分類的目錄，每個分類底下的子目錄代表每隻應用"
+"程式。 這些子目錄又稱做 Ports Skeleton，裡面檔案是用來告訴 FreeBSD 如何編譯與"
+"安裝該程式，每個 Port Skeleton 會含有以下檔案及目錄："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9670
+msgid ""
+"<filename>Makefile</filename>: contains statements that specify how the "
+"application should be compiled and where its components should be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>Makefile</filename>: 內含用來說明應用程式要如何編譯、要安裝該程式到"
+"那的敘述句。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9676
+msgid ""
+"<filename>distinfo</filename>: contains the names and checksums of the files "
+"that must be downloaded to build the port."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>distinfo</filename>: 內含編譯 Port 必須下載的檔案名稱以及校驗碼 "
+"(Checksums)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9682
+msgid ""
+"<filename>files/</filename>: this directory contains any patches needed for "
+"the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also "
+"contain other files used to build the port."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>files/</filename>: 此目錄含有編譯與安裝程式到 FreeBSD 時所需的修補"
+"檔。此目錄也可能含有其他用來編譯 Ports 的檔案。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9689
+msgid ""
+"<filename>pkg-descr</filename>: provides a more detailed description of the "
+"program."
+msgstr "<filename>pkg-descr</filename>: 提供程式更詳細的說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9694
+msgid ""
+"<filename>pkg-plist</filename>: a list of all the files that will be "
+"installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove "
+"upon deinstallation."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>pkg-plist</filename>: Port 安裝的所有檔案清單，也同時會告訴 Ports "
+"系統解除安裝時要移除那一些檔案。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9701
+msgid ""
+"Some ports include <filename>pkg-message</filename> or other files to handle "
+"special situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in "
+"general, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
+"ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html\">FreeBSD Porter's Handbook</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"部份 Ports 含有 <filename>pkg-message</filename> 或其他檔案用來處理特殊情況。"
+"要取得有關這些檔案的詳細資訊，以及 Ports 的概要可參考 <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html"
+"\">FreeBSD Porter's Handbook</link>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9706
+msgid ""
+"The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a "
+"<filename>distfile</filename>. The extract portion of building a port will "
+"automatically save the downloaded source to <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Port 中並不含實際的原始碼，即為 <filename>distfile</filename>，在編譯 Port 解"
+"壓縮時會自動下載的原始碼到 <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9712
+msgid "Installing Ports"
+msgstr "安裝 Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:9714
+msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>installing</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9719
+msgid ""
+"This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to "
+"install or remove software. The detailed description of available "
+"<command>make</command> targets and environment variables is available in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"下面我們會介紹如何使用 Ports 套件集來安裝、移除軟體的基本用法。 "
+"<command>make</command> 可用的目標及環境變數詳細說明可參閱 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9725
+msgid ""
+"Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as "
+"described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-party "
+"software can introduce security vulnerabilities, it is recommended to first "
+"check <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> for known security "
+"issues related to the port. Alternately, run <command>pkg audit -F</command> "
+"before installing a new port. This command can be configured to "
+"automatically perform a security audit and an update of the vulnerability "
+"database during the daily security system check. For more information, refer "
+"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-audit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"在編譯任何 Port 套件前，請先確認已經如前章節所敘述之方法更新 Ports 套件集。安"
+"裝任何第三方軟體皆可能會導致安全性漏洞，建議在安裝前先閱讀 <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> 了解  Port 已知的安全性問題。或者在每次安裝"
+"新 Port 前執行 <command>pkg audit -F</command>。此指令可以設定在每日系統安全"
+"性檢查時自動完成安全性稽查以及更新漏洞資料庫。要取得更多資訊，請參考 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-audit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9739
+msgid ""
+"Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also "
+"requires superuser privilege."
+msgstr ""
+"使用 Ports 套件集會假設您擁有可正常連線的網路，同時也會需要超級使用者的權限。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9742
+msgid ""
+"To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be "
+"installed, then type <command>make install</command> at the prompt. Messages "
+"will indicate the progress:"
+msgstr ""
+"要編譯並安裝 Port，需切換目錄到要安裝的 Port 底下，然後輸入 <command>make "
+"install</command>，訊息中會顯示安裝的進度："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9747
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
+"&gt;&gt; lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist in /usr/ports/distfiles/.\n"
+"&gt;&gt; Attempting to fetch from ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/lsof/.\n"
+"===&gt;  Extracting for lsof-4.88\n"
+"...\n"
+"[extraction output snipped]\n"
+"...\n"
+"&gt;&gt; Checksum OK for lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz.\n"
+"===&gt;  Patching for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"===&gt;  Applying FreeBSD patches for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"===&gt;  Configuring for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"...\n"
+"[configure output snipped]\n"
+"...\n"
+"===&gt;  Building for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"...\n"
+"[compilation output snipped]\n"
+"...\n"
+"\n"
+"===&gt;  Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"...\n"
+"[installation output snipped]\n"
+"...\n"
+"===&gt;   Generating temporary packing list\n"
+"===&gt;   Compressing manual pages for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"===&gt;   Registering installation for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"===&gt;  SECURITY NOTE:\n"
+"      This port has installed the following binaries which execute with\n"
+"      increased privileges.\n"
+"/usr/local/sbin/lsof\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9780
+msgid ""
+"Since <command>lsof</command> is a program that runs with increased "
+"privileges, a security warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the "
+"installation is complete, the prompt will be returned."
+msgstr ""
+"<command>lsof</command> 是需要進階權限才有辦法執行的程式，因此當該程式安裝完"
+"成時會顯示安全性警告。一旦安裝完成便會顯示指令提示。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9785
+msgid ""
+"Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the "
+"directories listed in the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable, to speed "
+"up lookup operations for the executable file of these commands. Users of the "
+"<command>tcsh</command> shell should type <command>rehash</command> so that "
+"a newly installed command can be used without specifying its full path. Use "
+"<command>hash -r</command> instead for the <command>sh</command> shell. "
+"Refer to the documentation for the shell for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"有些 Shell 會將 <envar>PATH</envar> 環境變數中所列目錄中可用的指令做快取，來"
+"增加在執行指這些指令時的查詢速度。<command>tcsh</command> Shell 的使用者應輸"
+"入 <command>rehash</command> 來讓新安裝的指令不須指定完整路徑便可使用。若在 "
+"<command>sh</command> Shell 則使用 <command>hash -r</command>。請參考 Shell "
+"的說明文件以取得更多資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9796
+msgid ""
+"During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all "
+"the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves "
+"disk space and minimizes the chance of problems later when upgrading to the "
+"newer version of the port:"
+msgstr ""
+"安裝過程中會建立工作用的子目錄用來儲存編譯時暫存的檔案。可移除此目錄來節省磁"
+"碟空間並漸少往後升級新版 Port 時造成問題："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9802
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
+"===&gt;  Cleaning for lsof-88.d,8\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9807
+msgid ""
+"To save this extra step, instead use <command>make install clean</command> "
+"when compiling the port."
+msgstr ""
+"若想要少做這個額外的步驟，可以編譯 Port 時使用 <command>make install clean</"
+"command>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9812
+msgid "Customizing Ports Installation"
+msgstr "自訂 Ports 安裝"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9814
+msgid ""
+"Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable "
+"application components, provide security options, or allow for other "
+"customizations. Examples include <package>www/firefox</package>, "
+"<package>security/gpgme</package>, and <package>mail/sylpheed-claws</"
+"package>. If the port depends upon other ports which have configurable "
+"options, it may pause several times for user interaction as the default "
+"behavior is to prompt the user to select options from a menu. To avoid this, "
+"run <command>make config-recursive</command> within the port skeleton to do "
+"this configuration in one batch. Then, run <command>make install [clean]</"
+"command> to compile and install the port."
+msgstr ""
+"部份 Ports 提供編譯選項，可用來開啟或關閉應用程式中的元件、安全選項、或其他允"
+"許自訂的項目。這類的應用程式例子包括 <package>www/firefox</package>, "
+"<package>security/gpgme</package> 以及 <package>mail/sylpheed-claws</"
+"package>。若 Port 相依的其他 Port 有可設定的選項時，預設的模式會提示使用者選"
+"擇選單中的選項，這可能會讓安裝的過程暫停讓使用者操作數次。要避免這個情況，可"
+"在 Port skeleton 中執行 <command>make config-recursive</command> 來一次設定所"
+"有選項。然後再執行 <command>make install [clean]</command> 編譯與安裝該 "
+"Port。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:9831
+msgid "config-recursive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:9833
+msgid "all-depends-list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9830
+msgid ""
+"When using <_:buildtarget-1/>, the list of ports to configure are gathered "
+"by the <_:buildtarget-2/> target. It is recommended to run <command>make "
+"config-recursive</command> until all dependent ports options have been "
+"defined, and ports options screens no longer appear, to be certain that all "
+"dependency options have been configured."
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <_:buildtarget-1/> 時，會使用 <_:buildtarget-2/> Target 來收集所有要設"
+"定 Port 清單。建議執行 <command>make config-recursive</command> 直到所有相依"
+"的 Port 選項都已定義，直到 Ports 的選項畫面不會再出現，來確定所有相依的選項都"
+"已經設定。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9841
+msgid ""
+"There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to "
+"add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One method "
+"is to <command>cd</command> into the directory containing the port and type "
+"<command>make config</command>. Another option is to use <command>make "
+"showconfig</command>. Another option is to execute <command>make rmconfig</"
+"command> which will remove all selected options and allow you to start over. "
+"All of these options, and others, are explained in great detail in "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"有許多方式可以重新進入 Port 的編譯選項清單，以便在編譯 Port 之後加入、移除或"
+"更改這些選項。方法之一是 <command>cd</command> 進入含有 Port 的目錄並輸入 "
+"<command>make config</command>。還有另一個方法是使用 <command>make "
+"showconfig</command>。最後一個方法是執行 <command>make rmconfig</command> 來"
+"移除所有曾選擇過的選項，讓您能夠重新設定。這些方法在 "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 中都有詳細的說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9853
+msgid ""
+"The ports system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to download the source "
+"files, which supports various environment variables. The "
+"<envar>FTP_PASSIVE_MODE</envar>, <envar>FTP_PROXY</envar>, and "
+"<envar>FTP_PASSWORD</envar> variables may need to be set if the FreeBSD "
+"system is behind a firewall or FTP/HTTP proxy. See "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> for the complete list of supported variables."
+msgstr ""
+"Ports 系統使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來下載檔案，它支援許多"
+"的環境變數可設定。若 FreeBSD 系統在防火牆或 FTP/HTTP 代理伺服器後面，可以設"
+"定 <envar>FTP_PASSIVE_MODE</envar>, <envar>FTP_PROXY</envar> 以及 "
+"<envar>FTP_PASSWORD</envar> 變數。請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> 取得完整支援的變數清"
+"單。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9861
+msgid ""
+"For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, "
+"<command>make fetch</command> can be run within <filename>/usr/ports</"
+"filename>, to fetch all distfiles, or within a category, such as <filename>/"
+"usr/ports/net</filename>, or within the specific port skeleton. Note that if "
+"a port has any dependencies, running this command in a category or ports "
+"skeleton will <emphasis>not</emphasis> fetch the distfiles of ports from "
+"another category. Instead, use <command>make fetch-recursive</command> to "
+"also fetch the distfiles for all the dependencies of a port."
+msgstr ""
+"對於那些無法一直連線到網際網路的使用者，可在 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> "
+"下執行 <command>make fetch</command> 來下載所有的 distfiles，或是可在某個分類"
+"的目錄中，例如 <filename>/usr/ports/net</filename>，或指定的 Port Skeleton 中"
+"執行。要注意的是，若 Port 有任何的相依，在分類或 Ports Skeleton 中執行此指令"
+"並 <emphasis>不會</emphasis> 下載相依在其他分類的 Port distfiles。可使用 "
+"<command>make fetch-recursive</command> 來下載所有相依 Port 的 distfiles。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9873
+msgid ""
+"In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles "
+"repository, the <varname>MASTER_SITES</varname> variable can be used to "
+"override the download locations specified in the <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename>. When using, specify the alternate location:"
+msgstr ""
+"在部份少數情況，例如當公司或組織有自己的本地 distfiles 檔案庫，可使用 "
+"<varname>MASTER_SITES</varname> 變數來覆蓋在 <filename>Makefile</filename> 中"
+"指定的下載位址。當要指定替代的位址時可："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9879
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/<replaceable>directory</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE= \\\n"
+"<replaceable>ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/</replaceable> fetch</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9883
+msgid ""
+"The <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> and <varname>PREFIX</varname> variables "
+"can override the default working and target directories. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+"也可使用 <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> 及 <varname>PREFIX</varname> 變數來"
+"覆蓋預設的工作及目標目錄。例如："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9887
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9889
+msgid ""
+"will compile the port in <filename>/usr/home/example/ports</filename> and "
+"install everything under <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"會編譯在 <filename>/usr/home/example/ports</filename> 的 Port 並安裝所有東西"
+"到 <filename>/usr/local</filename> 下。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9893
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9895
+msgid ""
+"will compile the port in <filename>/usr/ports</filename> and install it in "
+"<filename>/usr/home/example/local</filename>. And:"
+msgstr ""
+"會編譯在 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> Port 並安裝到 <filename>/usr/home/"
+"example/local</filename>。然後："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9899
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9901
+msgid "will combine the two."
+msgstr "來同時設定工作及目標目錄。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9903
+msgid ""
+"These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page "
+"for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable."
+msgstr ""
+"這些變數也可做為環境變數設定，請參考您使用的 Shell 操作手冊來取得如何設定環境"
+"變數的說明。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9910
+msgid "Removing Installed Ports"
+msgstr "移除已安裝的 Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:9912
+msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9917
+msgid ""
+"Installed ports can be uninstalled using <command>pkg delete</command>. "
+"Examples for using this command can be found in the "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-delete</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
+msgstr ""
+"安裝的 Ports 可以使用 <command>pkg delete</command> 解除安裝。 使用這個指令的"
+"範例可以在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-delete</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 操作手冊找到。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9921
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, <command>make deinstall</command> can be run in the port's "
+"directory:"
+msgstr "或者，可在 Port 的目錄下執行 <command>make deinstall</command>："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9924
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput>make deinstall</userinput>\n"
+"===&gt;  Deinstalling for sysutils/lsof\n"
+"===&gt;   Deinstalling\n"
+"Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n"
+"\n"
+"\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n"
+"\n"
+"The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n"
+"[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9935
+msgid ""
+"It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the "
+"port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be "
+"displayed but the uninstallation will proceed. In such cases, it may be "
+"better to reinstall the application in order to prevent broken dependencies."
+msgstr ""
+"建議閱讀 Port 解除安裝後的訊息，若有任何相依該 Port 的應用程式，這些資訊會被"
+"顯示出來，但解除安裝的程序仍會繼續。在這種情況下最好重新安裝應用程式來避免破"
+"壞相依性。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9944
+msgid "Upgrading Ports"
+msgstr "升級 Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:9946
+msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9951
+msgid ""
+"Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports "
+"Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be "
+"upgraded and how to perform the upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+"隨著時間推移，Ports 套件集中會有新版的軟體可用。本節將說明如何檢查是否有可以"
+"升級的軟體及如何升級。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9956
+msgid ""
+"To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that "
+"the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating "
+"command described in either <xref linkend=\"ports-using-portsnap-method\"/> "
+"or <xref linkend=\"ports-using-subversion-method\"/>. On FreeBSD 10 and "
+"later, or if the system has been converted to <application>pkg</"
+"application>, the following command will list the installed ports which are "
+"out of date:"
+msgstr ""
+"要檢查已安裝 Ports 是否有新版可用，請先確定已安裝最新版本的 Ports 樹，使用 "
+"<xref linkend=\"ports-using-portsnap-method\"/> 或 <xref linkend=\"ports-"
+"using-subversion-method\"/> 中說明的指令來更新。在 FreeBSD 10 與更新的版本，"
+"或若套件系統已轉換為 <application>pkg</application>，可以使用下列指令列出已經"
+"安裝的 Ports 中有那些已過時："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9965
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9967
+msgid ""
+"For FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and lower, the following command "
+"will list the installed ports that are out of date:"
+msgstr ""
+"在 FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> 與較舊的版本，可以使用下列指令列出"
+"已經安裝的 Ports 中有那些已過時："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9971
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg_version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9974
+msgid ""
+"Before attempting an upgrade, read <filename>/usr/ports/UPDATING</filename> "
+"from the top of the file to the date closest to the last time ports were "
+"upgraded or the system was installed. This file describes various issues and "
+"additional steps users may encounter and need to perform when updating a "
+"port, including such things as file format changes, changes in locations of "
+"configuration files, or any incompatibilities with previous versions. Make "
+"note of any instructions which match any of the ports that need upgrading "
+"and follow these instructions when performing the upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+"在嘗試升級之前，請先從檔首閱讀 <filename>/usr/ports/UPDATING</filename> 來取"
+"得最近有那些 Ports 已升級或系統已安裝。這個檔案中會說明各種問題及在升級 Port "
+"時可能會需要使用者執行的額外步驟，例如檔案格式更改、設定檔位置更改、或任何與"
+"先前版本不相容的問題。留意那些與您要升級 Ports 相關的指示，並依照這些指示執行"
+"升級。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9988
+msgid ""
+"To perform the actual upgrade, use either <application>Portmaster</"
+"application> or <application>Portupgrade</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"要執行實際的升級，可使用 <application>Portmaster</application> 或 "
+"<application>Portupgrade</application>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9993
+msgid "Upgrading Ports Using <application>Portmaster</application>"
+msgstr "使用 <application>Portmaster</application> 升級 Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:9996
+msgid "<primary>portmaster</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10000
+msgid ""
+"<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> is a very small utility for "
+"upgrading installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with "
+"FreeBSD without depending on other ports or databases. To install this "
+"utility as a port:"
+msgstr ""
+"<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> 是可用來升級已安裝 Port 的小巧工具，"
+"它可不需要相依其他 Ports 或資料庫便可在 FreeBSD 使用，要使用 Port 安裝此工具"
+"可："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10007
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10010
+msgid "<application>Portmaster</application> defines four categories of ports:"
+msgstr "<application>Portmaster</application> 將 Ports 定義成四種類型："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10015
+msgid ""
+"Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports."
+msgstr "根 Port：沒有相依且也不被任何其他 Ports 相依。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10020
+msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it."
+msgstr "主幹 Port：沒有相依，但被其他 Ports 相依。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10025
+msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it."
+msgstr "分支 Port：有相依，且其被其他 Ports 相依。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10030
+msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it."
+msgstr "枝 Port：有相依，但沒有被其他 Ports 相依。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10035
+msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:"
+msgstr "要列出這幾個分類並搜尋是否有新版："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10037
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -L</userinput>\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Root ports (No dependencies, not depended on)\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; ispell-3.2.06_18\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; screen-4.0.3\n"
+"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: screen-4.0.3_1\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; tcpflow-0.21_1\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 7 root ports\n"
+"...\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Branch ports (Have dependencies, are depended on)\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; apache22-2.2.3\n"
+"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: apache22-2.2.8\n"
+"...\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Leaf ports (Have dependencies, not depended on)\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; automake-1.9.6_2\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; bash-3.1.17\n"
+"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: bash-3.2.33\n"
+"...\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 32 leaf ports\n"
+"\n"
+"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 137 total installed ports\n"
+"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; 83 have new versions available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10059
+msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:"
+msgstr "此指令用來升級所有過時的 Port："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10062
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -a</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10065
+msgid ""
+"By default, <application>Portmaster</application> makes a backup package "
+"before deleting the existing port. If the installation of the new version is "
+"successful, <application>Portmaster</application> deletes the backup. Using "
+"<option>-b</option> instructs <application>Portmaster</application> not to "
+"automatically delete the backup. Adding <option>-i</option> starts "
+"<application>Portmaster</application> in interactive mode, prompting for "
+"confirmation before upgrading each port. Many other options are available. "
+"Read through the manual page for <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
+"\"><refentrytitle>portmaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> for details regarding their usage."
+msgstr ""
+"預設 <application>Portmaster</application> 會在刪除已存在的 Port 前備份套件，"
+"若成功安裝新版 <application>Portmaster</application> 會刪除該備份。使用 "
+"<option>-b</option> 來讓 <application>Portmaster</application> 不會自動刪除備"
+"份。加入 <option>-i</option> 可啟動 <application>Portmaster</application> 的"
+"互動模式，會在升級每個 Port 前提示訊息。尚有許多可用的其他選項，請閱讀 "
+"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>portmaster</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的操作手冊來取得詳細的"
+"用法。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10079
+msgid ""
+"If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add <option>-f</"
+"option> to upgrade and rebuild all ports:"
+msgstr ""
+"若升級的過程發生錯誤，可加入 <option>-f</option> 來升級並重新編譯所有 Ports："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10083 book.translate.xml:44408
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -af</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10085
+msgid ""
+"<application>Portmaster</application> can also be used to install new ports "
+"on the system, upgrading all dependencies before building and installing the "
+"new port. To use this function, specify the location of the port in the "
+"Ports Collection:"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Portmaster</application> 也可用來安裝新的 Ports 到系統，在編譯及"
+"安裝新 Port 前升級所有相依模組。要使用這個功能，要指定 Port 位於 Ports 套件集"
+"中的位置："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10091
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster <replaceable>shells/bash</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10095
+msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade"
+msgstr "使用 Portupgrade 升級 Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:10097
+msgid "<primary>portupgrade</primary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10101
+msgid ""
+"Another utility that can be used to upgrade ports is "
+"<application>Portupgrade</application>, which is available as the "
+"<package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> package or port. This utility "
+"installs a suite of applications which can be used to manage ports. However, "
+"it is dependent upon Ruby. To install the port:"
+msgstr ""
+"另一個可以用來升級 Ports 的工具是 <application>Portupgrade</application>，可"
+"在 <package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> 取得套件或 Ports，此工具會安裝一"
+"套可以用來管理 Ports 的應用程式，但是它需要相依 Ruby。要安裝該 Port："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10108
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10111
+msgid ""
+"Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan "
+"the list of installed ports using <command>pkgdb -F</command> and to fix all "
+"the inconsistencies it reports."
+msgstr ""
+"在執行升級之前使用此工具，建議使用 <command>pkgdb -F</command> 掃描已安裝的 "
+"Ports 並修正該指令回報的所有資訊不一致的套件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10116
+msgid ""
+"To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use "
+"<command>portupgrade -a</command>. Alternately, include <option>-i</option> "
+"to be asked for confirmation of every individual upgrade:"
+msgstr ""
+"要升級所有安裝在系統上過時的 Ports，可使用 <command>portupgrade -a</"
+"command>，或者加上 <option>-i</option> 會在每個套件升級時詢問確認："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -ai</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10123
+msgid ""
+"To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use "
+"<command>portupgrade <replaceable>pkgname</replaceable></command>. It is "
+"very important to include <option>-R</option> to first upgrade all the ports "
+"required by the given application:"
+msgstr ""
+"要升級指定的應用程式而非所有可用 Ports 可使用 <command>portupgrade "
+"<replaceable>pkgname</replaceable></command>，非常重要的是，要加上 <option>-"
+"R</option> 來先升級指定應用程式所有相依的 Ports："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10129
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -R firefox</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10131
+msgid ""
+"If <option>-P</option> is included, <application>Portupgrade</application> "
+"searches for available packages in the local directories listed in "
+"<envar>PKG_PATH</envar>. If none are available locally, it then fetches "
+"packages from a remote site. If packages can not be found locally or fetched "
+"remotely, <application>Portupgrade</application> will use ports. To avoid "
+"using ports entirely, specify <option>-PP</option>. This last set of options "
+"tells <application>Portupgrade</application> to abort if no packages are "
+"available:"
+msgstr ""
+"若使用 <option>-P</option>，<application>Portupgrade</application> 會先在 "
+"<envar>PKG_PATH</envar> 清單中的本地目錄中搜尋可用的套件。若本地沒有可用的套"
+"件，則會從遠端下載。若套件無法在本地或遠端找到，<application>Portupgrade</"
+"application> 則會使用 Ports 來安裝。要避免完全使用 Ports 安裝，可使用 "
+"<option>-PP</option>，這個選項會告訴 <application>Portupgrade</application> "
+"若沒有套件可用時放棄安裝："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10144
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -PP gnome3</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10146
+msgid ""
+"To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if <option>-P</option> is "
+"specified, without building or installing anything, use <option>-F</option>. "
+"For further information on all of the available switches, refer to the "
+"manual page for <command>portupgrade</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"若只想要下載 Port distfiles 或套件，使用 <option>-P</option> 參數。若不要編譯"
+"或安裝任何東西，使用 <option>-F</option>。請參考 <command>portupgrade</"
+"command> 的操作手冊來取得所有可用選項的更多資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10155
+msgid "Ports and Disk Space"
+msgstr "Ports 與磁碟空間"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:10157
+msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>disk-space</secondary>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10162
+msgid ""
+"Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building "
+"and installing a port, running <command>make clean</command> within the "
+"ports skeleton will clean up the temporary <filename>work</filename> "
+"directory. If <application>Portmaster</application> is used to install a "
+"port, it will automatically remove this directory unless <option>-K</option> "
+"is specified. If <application>Portupgrade</application> is installed, this "
+"command will remove all <filename>work</filename> directories found within "
+"the local copy of the Ports Collection:"
+msgstr ""
+"使用 Ports 套件集會隨著時間消耗磁碟空間。在編譯與安裝 Port 完之後，在 Ports "
+"Skeleton 中執行 <command>make clean</command> 可清除暫存的 <filename>work</"
+"filename> 目錄。若使用 <application>Portmaster</application> 來安裝 Port，則"
+"會自動移除該目錄，除非使用 <option>-K</option>。若有安裝 "
+"<application>Portupgrade</application>，此指令將會移除所有在 Ports 套件集的本"
+"地複本中找到的 <filename>work</filename> 目錄："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -C</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10175
+msgid ""
+"In addition, a lot of out-dated source distribution files will collect in "
+"<filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> over time. If "
+"<application>Portupgrade</application> is installed, this command will "
+"delete all the distfiles that are no longer referenced by any ports:"
+msgstr ""
+"除此之外，許多過時的原始碼發行檔案會儲存在 <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</"
+"filename>。若有安裝 <application>Portupgrade</application>，此指令將會刪除所"
+"有不再被任何 Ports 所引用的 distfiles："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -D</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10183
+msgid ""
+"To use <application>Portupgrade</application> to remove all distfiles not "
+"referenced by any port currently installed on the system:"
+msgstr ""
+"要使用 <application>Portupgrade</application> 來移除所有未被任何安裝在系統上"
+"的 Port 所引用的 distfiles："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -DD</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10189
+msgid "If <application>Portmaster</application> is installed, use:"
+msgstr "若有安裝 <application>Portmaster</application>，則可使用："
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10192
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster --clean-distfiles</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10194
+msgid ""
+"By default, this command is interactive and will prompt the user to confirm "
+"if a distfile should be deleted."
+msgstr "預設這個指令會互動的方式詢問使用者確認是否要刪除 distfile。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10197
+msgid ""
+"In addition to these commands, the <package>ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves</"
+"package> package or port automates the task of removing installed ports that "
+"are no longer needed."
+msgstr ""
+"除了以上指令外，<package>ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves</package> 套件或 Port 可自"
+"動移除不再需要使用的 Ports。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10205
+msgid "Building Packages with <application>Poudriere</application>"
+msgstr "使用 <application>Poudriere</application> 編譯套件"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10208
+msgid ""
+"<application>Poudriere</application> is a <acronym>BSD</acronym>-licensed "
+"utility for creating and testing FreeBSD packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to "
+"set up isolated compilation environments. These jails can be used to build "
+"packages for versions of FreeBSD that are different from the system on which "
+"it is installed, and also to build packages for i386 if the host is an amd64 "
+"system. Once the packages are built, they are in a layout identical to the "
+"official mirrors. These packages are usable by "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> and other package management tools."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Poudriere</application> 是一個使用 <acronym>BSD</acronym> 授權條"
+"款用來建立與測試 FreeBSD 套件的工具。它使用 FreeBSD Jail 來建置獨立的編譯環"
+"境，這些 Jail 可以用來編譯與目前所在系統不同 FreeBSD 版本的套件，也同樣可以在"
+"主機為 amd64 的系統上編譯供 i386 使用的套件。套件編譯完成後的目錄配置會與官方"
+"鏡像站完全相同。這些套件可由 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 及其他套件管理工具使"
+"用。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10219
+msgid ""
+"<application>Poudriere</application> is installed using the <package role="
+"\"port\">ports-mgmt/poudriere</package> package or port. The installation "
+"includes a sample configuration file <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf."
+"sample</filename>. Copy this file to <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere."
+"conf</filename>. Edit the copied file to suit the local configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Poudriere</application> 可使用 <package role=\"port\">ports-"
+"mgmt/poudriere</package> 套件或 Ports 安裝。安裝完成後會有一個範例的設定檔 "
+"<filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf.sample</filename>。複製此檔案到 "
+"<filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename>，編輯複製的檔案來配合本地"
+"的設定。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10227
+msgid ""
+"While <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is not required on the system running "
+"<application>poudriere</application>, it is beneficial. When <acronym>ZFS</"
+"acronym> is used, <varname>ZPOOL</varname> must be specified in <filename>/"
+"usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename> and <varname>FREEBSD_HOST</varname> "
+"should be set to a nearby mirror. Defining <varname>CCACHE_DIR</varname> "
+"enables the use of <package role=\"port\">devel/ccache</package> to cache "
+"compilation and reduce build times for frequently-compiled code. It may be "
+"convenient to put <application>poudriere</application> datasets in an "
+"isolated tree mounted at <filename>/poudriere</filename>. Defaults for the "
+"other configuration values are adequate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10241
+msgid ""
+"The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds "
+"should run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with "
+"<acronym>RAM</acronym> or swap space. If virtual memory runs out, compiling "
+"jails will stop and be torn down, resulting in weird error messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10248
+msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees"
+msgstr "初始化 Jails 與 Port 樹"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10250
+msgid ""
+"After configuration, initialize <application>poudriere</application> so that "
+"it installs a jail with the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify "
+"a name for the jail using <option>-j</option> and the FreeBSD version with "
+"<option>-v</option>. On systems running FreeBSD/amd64, the architecture can "
+"be set with <option>-a</option> to either <literal>i386</literal> or "
+"<literal>amd64</literal>. The default is the architecture shown by "
+"<command>uname</command>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10260
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere jail -c -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -v <replaceable>10.0-RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Creating 10amd64 fs... done\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Fetching base.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
+"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/base.txz      100% of   59 MB 1470 kBps 00m42s\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Extracting base.txz... done\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Fetching src.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
+"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/src.txz       100% of  107 MB 1476 kBps 01m14s\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Extracting src.txz... done\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Fetching games.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
+"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/games.txz     100% of  865 kB  734 kBps 00m01s\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Extracting games.txz... done\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Fetching lib32.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
+"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/lib32.txz     100% of   14 MB 1316 kBps 00m12s\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Extracting lib32.txz... done\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Cleaning up... done\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Jail 10amd64 10.0-RELEASE amd64 is ready to be used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10277
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere ports -c -p <replaceable>local</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Creating local fs... done\n"
+"====&gt;&gt; Extracting portstree \"local\"...\n"
+"Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 7 mirrors found.\n"
+"Fetching public key from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
+"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
+"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
+"Fetching snapshot generated at Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014:\n"
+"94a3431f0ce567f6452ffde4fd3d7d3c6e1da143efec76100% of   69 MB 1246 kBps 00m57s\n"
+"Extracting snapshot... done.\n"
+"Verifying snapshot integrity... done.\n"
+"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
+"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
+"Updating from Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014 to Tue Feb 11 16:05:20 CET 2014.\n"
+"Fetching 4 metadata patches... done.\n"
+"Applying metadata patches... done.\n"
+"Fetching 0 metadata files... done.\n"
+"Fetching 48 patches.\n"
+"(48/48) 100.00%  done.\n"
+"done.\n"
+"Applying patches...\n"
+"done.\n"
+"Fetching 1 new ports or files... done.\n"
+"/poudriere/ports/tester/CHANGES\n"
+"/poudriere/ports/tester/COPYRIGHT\n"
+"\n"
+"[...]\n"
+"\n"
+"Building new INDEX files... done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10307
+msgid ""
+"On a single computer, <application>poudriere</application> can build ports "
+"with multiple configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port "
+"trees. Custom configurations for these combinations are called "
+"<emphasis>sets</emphasis>. See the CUSTOMIZATION section of <citerefentry "
+"vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details after <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere</"
+"package> or <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere-devel</package> is installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10316
+msgid ""
+"The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-"
+"specific <filename>make.conf</filename> in <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
+"poudriere.d</filename>. The filename in this example is created by combining "
+"the jail name, port name, and set name: <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-"
+"workstation</replaceable>-make.conf</filename>. The system <filename>make."
+"conf</filename> and this new file are combined at build time to create the "
+"<filename>make.conf</filename> used by the build jail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10326
+msgid ""
+"Packages to be built are entered in <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-"
+"workstation</replaceable>-pkglist</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:10329
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"editors/emacs\n"
+"devel/git\n"
+"ports-mgmt/pkg\n"
+"..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10334
+msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10337
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere options -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10339
+msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10342
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere bulk -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10344
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></"
+"keycombo> displays the current state of the build. <application>Poudriere</"
+"application> also builds files in <filename>/poudriere/logs/bulk/"
+"<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename> that can be used with a web "
+"server to display build information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10351
+msgid ""
+"Packages are now available for installation from the <application>poudriere</"
+"application> repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10355
+msgid ""
+"For more information on using <application>poudriere</application>, see "
+"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the main web site, "
+"<link xlink:href=\"https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10360
+msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a Poudriere Repository"
+msgstr "設定 pkg 客戶端使用 Poudriere 檔案庫"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10363
+msgid ""
+"While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the "
+"official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official "
+"repository. This is done by creating a configuration file that overrides and "
+"disables the official configuration file. Create <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
+"pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf</filename> that contains the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10371
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD: {\n"
+"\tenabled: no\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10375
+msgid ""
+"Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines "
+"via HTTP. Setup a webserver to serve up the package directory, usually "
+"something like: <filename>/usr/local/poudriere/data/packages/"
+"<replaceable>10amd64</replaceable></filename>. Where <filename>10amd64</"
+"filename> is the name of the build."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10382
+msgid ""
+"If the URL to the package repository is: <literal>http://pkg.example."
+"com/10amd64</literal>, then the repository configuration file in <filename>/"
+"usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom.conf</filename> would look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:10388
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"custom: {\n"
+"\turl: \"<replaceable>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</replaceable>\",\n"
+"\tenabled: yes,\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10396
+msgid "Post-Installation Considerations"
+msgstr "安裝後的注意事項"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10398
+msgid ""
+"Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or "
+"port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration "
+"after installation. The following commands and locations can be used to help "
+"determine what was installed with the application."
+msgstr ""
+"不論軟體是從套件或 Port 安裝，大部份的第三方應用程式安裝完後需要做某種程度的"
+"設定，下列指令與位置可以用來協助找到應用程式安裝了什麼。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10406
+msgid ""
+"Most applications install at least one default configuration file in "
+"<filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>. In the case where an application has a "
+"large number of configuration files, a subdirectory will be created to hold "
+"them. Often, sample configuration files are installed which end with a "
+"suffix such as <filename>.sample</filename>. The configuration files should "
+"be reviewed and possibly edited to meet the system's needs. To edit a sample "
+"file, first copy it without the <filename>.sample</filename> extension."
+msgstr ""
+"大部份應用程式安裝會在 <filename>/usr/local/etc</filename> 安裝至少一個預設的"
+"設定檔，在應用程式有大量設定檔的情況會建立一個子目錄來存放這些設定檔。範例的"
+"設定檔名通常會使用 <filename>.sample</filename> 結尾，應要檢查這些檔案的內"
+"容，並可能要做一些編輯讓設定檔符合系統的需求，要編輯設定檔範本前需先複製該檔"
+"案並去除 <filename>.sample</filename> 副檔名。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10419
+msgid ""
+"Applications which provide documentation will install it into <filename>/usr/"
+"local/share/doc</filename> and many applications also install manual pages. "
+"This documentation should be consulted before continuing."
+msgstr ""
+"應用程式提供的文件會安裝到 <filename>/usr/local/share/doc</filename>，且許多"
+"應用程式也同時會安裝操作手冊，在繼續使用應用程式前應先查看這些文件。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10426
+msgid ""
+"Some applications run services which must be added to <filename>/etc/rc."
+"conf</filename> before starting the application. These applications usually "
+"install a startup script in <filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>. See "
+"<link linkend=\"configtuning-starting-services\">Starting Services</link> "
+"for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"部份應用程式會以服務的方式執行，在啟動應用程式前前需要加入設定到 <filename>/"
+"etc/rc.conf</filename>。這些應用程式通常會安裝啟動 Script 到 <filename>/usr/"
+"local/etc/rc.d</filename>，請參考 <link linkend=\"configtuning-starting-"
+"services\">啟動服務</link> 來取得更多資訊。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10435
+msgid ""
+"Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> should run <command>rehash</command> to rebuild "
+"the known binary list in the shells <envar>PATH</envar>."
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> 的使用者應要執行 <command>rehash</command> 來更新已知 Binary 清"
+"單到 Shell 的 <envar>PATH</envar>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10441
+msgid ""
+"Use <command>pkg info</command> to determine which files, man pages, and "
+"binaries were installed with the application."
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <command>pkg info</command> 來了解應用程式安裝了那些檔案、操作手冊以及 "
+"Binary。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10449
+msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports"
+msgstr "處理損壞的 Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10451
+msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:"
+msgstr "當發現某個 Port 無法順利編譯或安裝，可以嘗試以下幾種方法解決："
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10456
+msgid ""
+"Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html\">Problem Report database</link>. If so, "
+"implementing the proposed fix may fix the issue."
+msgstr ""
+"搜尋 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html\">問題回報資料庫</"
+"link> 看該 Port 有沒有待審核的修正，若有的話可以使用該修正來修正問題。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10463
+msgid ""
+"Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type <command>make maintainer</"
+"command> in the ports skeleton or read the port's <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename> to find the maintainer's email address. Remember to include the "
+"<literal>$FreeBSD:</literal> line from the port's <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename> and the output leading up to the error in the email to the "
+"maintainer."
+msgstr ""
+"尋求維護人員的協助，在 Ports Skeleton 目錄中輸入 <command>make maintainer</"
+"command> 或閱讀 Port 的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 來取得維護人員的電子郵"
+"件位址。寄給維護人員的郵件內容請記得要包含 Port 的 <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename> 中的 <literal>$FreeBSD:</literal> 一整行及輸出的錯誤訊息。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10473
+msgid ""
+"Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a <link xlink:"
+"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/mailing-list-faq/"
+"article.html\">mailing list</link>. Many, but not all, of these addresses "
+"look like <email role=\"nolink\">freebsd-listname@FreeBSD.org</email>. Take "
+"this into account when sending an email."
+msgstr ""
+"有一些 Port 並非由個人維護，而是由 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/mailing-list-faq/article.html\">郵遞論壇</link> 維"
+"護，只要郵件地址長的像 <email role=\"nolink\">freebsd-listname@FreeBSD.org</"
+"email> 都是，寄信時記得代入實際的論壇名稱。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10479
+msgid ""
+"In particular, ports shown as maintained by <email role=\"nolink"
+"\">ports@FreeBSD.org</email> are not maintained by a specific individual. "
+"Instead, any fixes and support come from the general community who subscribe "
+"to that mailing list. More volunteers are always needed!"
+msgstr ""
+"尤其是顯示 <email role=\"nolink\">ports@FreeBSD.org</email> 的  Port  都不是"
+"由特定個人維護，該 Ports 的修正與支援來自訂閱該郵遞論壇的一般社群所提供，我們"
+"非常歡迎志工參與。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10487
+msgid ""
+"If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report "
+"using the instructions in <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
+"ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/article.html\">Writing FreeBSD Problem "
+"Reports</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"若寄信後沒有取得任何回應，可以依照 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/article.html\">撰寫 FreeBSD 問題回報"
+"</link> 的說明使用 Bugzilla 提出問題回報。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10494
+msgid ""
+"Fix it! The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
+"porters-handbook/index.html\">Porter's Handbook</link> includes detailed "
+"information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional "
+"broken port or even submit your own!"
+msgstr ""
+"自行修正看看! <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
+"porters-handbook/index.html\">Porter's Handbook</link> 中含有 Port 基礎架構的"
+"詳細資訊，可提供資訊讓您可修正偶然損壞的 Port 或甚至您可以提交之自己的 Port。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10501
+msgid ""
+"Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in <xref "
+"linkend=\"pkgng-intro\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"依照 <xref linkend=\"pkgng-intro\"/> 中的說明安裝 Binary 套件，替代使用 Port "
+"安裝。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10531
+msgid "The X Window System"
+msgstr "X Window 系統"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10536
+msgid ""
+"An installation of FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</application> does "
+"not automatically install a graphical user interface. This chapter describes "
+"how to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>, which provides "
+"the open source X Window System used to provide a graphical environment. It "
+"then describes how to find and install a desktop environment or window "
+"manager."
+msgstr ""
+"使用 <application>bsdinstall</application> 安裝 FreeBSD 並不會自動安裝圖型化"
+"使用者介面。本章將說明如何安裝並設定 <application>Xorg</application>，該應用"
+"程式提供開放源碼的 X Window 系統來提供圖型化環境。接著會說明如何找到並安裝桌"
+"面環境或視窗管理程式。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10545
+msgid ""
+"Users who prefer an installation method that automatically configures the "
+"<application>Xorg</application> and offers a choice of window managers "
+"during installation should refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd."
+"org/\">pcbsd.org</link> website."
+msgstr ""
+"偏好安裝時會自動設定 <application>Xorg</application> 並且在安裝過程提供視窗管"
+"理程式選項的使用者請參考 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">pcbsd."
+"org</link> 網站。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10552
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the video hardware that <application>Xorg</"
+"application> supports, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.x.org/\">x."
+"org</link> website."
+msgstr ""
+"更多有關 <application>Xorg</application> 支援影像硬體資訊，請參考 <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.x.org/\">x.org</link> 網站。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10559
+msgid ""
+"The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate."
+msgstr "組成 X Window 系統的各種元件以及它們是如何相互運作。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10564
+msgid "How to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>."
+msgstr "如何安裝並設定 <application>Xorg</application>。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10569
+msgid ""
+"How to install and configure several window managers and desktop "
+"environments."
+msgstr "如何安裝並設定各種視窗管理程式與桌面環境。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10574
+msgid ""
+"How to use <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts in "
+"<application>Xorg</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"如何在 <application>Xorg</application> 上使用 <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">TrueType</trademark> 字型。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10579
+msgid ""
+"How to set up your system for graphical logins (<application>XDM</"
+"application>)."
+msgstr "如何設定系統以使用圖形化登入 (<application>XDM</application>)。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10588
+msgid ""
+"Know how to install additional third-party software as described in <xref "
+"linkend=\"ports\"/>."
+msgstr "了解如何依照 <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 說明安裝其他第三方軟體。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10595
+msgid "Terminology"
+msgstr "術語"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10597
+msgid ""
+"While it is not necessary to understand all of the details of the various "
+"components in the X Window System and how they interact, some basic "
+"knowledge of these components can be useful."
+msgstr ""
+"雖然 X 各元件的所有細節及運作方式，並不是必須要知道的。 但對它們有些基本概念"
+"會更容易上手。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:10604
+msgid "X server"
+msgstr "X 伺服器(X Server)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:10607
+msgid ""
+"X was designed from the beginning to be network-centric, and adopts a "
+"<quote>client-server</quote> model. In this model, the <quote>X server</"
+"quote> runs on the computer that has the keyboard, monitor, and mouse "
+"attached. The server's responsibility includes tasks such as managing the "
+"display, handling input from the keyboard and mouse, and handling input or "
+"output from other devices such as a tablet or a video projector. This "
+"confuses some people, because the X terminology is exactly backward to what "
+"they expect. They expect the <quote>X server</quote> to be the big powerful "
+"machine down the hall, and the <quote>X client</quote> to be the machine on "
+"their desk."
+msgstr ""
+"X 最初設計是以網路為中心，採用 <quote>client-server&l